Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 10-Q

 

x QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended January 2, 2009

or

 

¨ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                      to                     

Commission File Number 1-7598

VARIAN MEDICAL SYSTEMS, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   94-2359345

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

3100 Hansen Way,

Palo Alto, California

  94304-1030
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

(650) 493-4000

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   x     No   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   x    Accelerated filer   ¨
Non-accelerated filer   ¨    Smaller reporting company   ¨
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)   

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes   ¨     No   x

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date: 124,391,480 shares of common stock, par value $1 per share, outstanding as of January 30, 2009.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

VARIAN MEDICAL SYSTEMS, INC.

FORM 10-Q for the Quarter Ended January 2, 2009

INDEX

 

Part I.

   Financial Information    3
Item 1.    Unaudited Financial Statements    3
   Condensed Consolidated Statements of Earnings    3
   Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets    4
   Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows    5
   Notes to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements    6
Item 2.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations    27
Item 3.    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk    47
Item 4.    Controls and Procedures    48

Part II.

   Other Information    49
Item 1.    Legal Proceedings    49
Item 1A.    Risk Factors    49
Item 2.    Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds    70
Item 3.    Defaults Upon Senior Securities    70
Item 4.    Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders    70
Item 5.    Other Information    70
Item 6.    Exhibits    71

Signatures

   72

Index to Exhibits

   73

 

2


Table of Contents

PART I

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

Item 1. Financial Statements

VARIAN MEDICAL SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS

(Unaudited)

 

     Three Months Ended  

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

   January 2,
2009
    December 28,
2007
 

Revenues:

    

Product

   $ 402,141     $ 364,336  

Service contracts and other

     106,528       86,877  
                

Total revenues

     508,669       451,213  
                

Cost of revenues:

    

Product

     233,280       214,560  

Service contracts and other

     56,432       45,548  
                

Total cost of revenues

     289,712       260,108  
                

Gross margin

     218,957       191,105  

Operating expenses:

    

Research and development

     36,978       28,944  

Selling, general and administrative

     83,233       75,073  
                

Total operating expenses

     120,211       104,017  
                

Operating earnings

     98,746       87,088  

Interest income

     2,262       2,810  

Interest expense

     (953 )     (1,296 )
                

Earnings from continuing operations before taxes

     100,055       88,602  

Taxes on earnings

     30,476       30,371  
                

Earnings from continuing operations

     69,579       58,231  

Loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes

     (782 )     (2,752 )
                

Net Earnings

   $ 68,797     $ 55,479  
                

Net earnings (loss) per share - basic:

    

Continuing operations

   $ 0.56     $ 0.47  

Discontinued operations

     —         (0.03 )
                

Net earnings per share

   $ 0.56     $ 0.44  
                

Net earnings (loss) per share - diluted:

    

Continuing operations

   $ 0.56     $ 0.46  

Discontinued operations

     (0.01 )     (0.03 )
                

Net earnings per share

   $ 0.55     $ 0.43  
                

Shares used in the calculation of net earnings per share:

    

Weighted average shares outstanding - Basic

     123,818       124,809  
                

Weighted average shares outstanding - Diluted

     125,167       127,793  
                

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

3


Table of Contents

VARIAN MEDICAL SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(Unaudited)

 

(In thousands, except par values)

   January 2,
2009
    September 26,
2008 (1)
 
Assets     

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 422,871     $ 397,306  

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $3,362
at January 2, 2009 and $3,110 at September 26, 2008

     467,415       486,310  

Inventories

     327,265       282,980  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     55,451       78,018  

Deferred tax assets

     130,940       130,988  

Current assets held for sale

     18,603       18,799  
                

Total current assets

     1,422,545       1,394,401  

Property, plant and equipment, net

     253,072       218,183  

Goodwill

     206,261       209,146  

Other assets

     152,572       150,694  

Long-term assets held for sale

     3,552       3,088  
                

Total assets

   $ 2,038,002     $ 1,975,512  
                
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity     

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable

   $ 89,726     $ 105,281  

Accrued expenses

     234,850       252,915  

Product warranty

     49,011       51,141  

Deferred revenues

     158,168       141,368  

Advance payments from customers

     224,552       201,783  

Short-term borrowings

     25,000       —    

Current maturities of long-term debt

     7,992       7,987  

Current liabilities held for sale

     21,035       21,202  
                

Total current liabilities

     810,334       781,677  

Long-term debt

     32,337       32,399  

Other long-term liabilities

     153,065       134,251  
                

Total liabilities

     995,736       948,327  
                

Commitments and contingencies (Note 9)

    

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Preferred stock of $1 par value: 1,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding

     —         —    

Common stock of $1 par value: 189,000 shares authorized; 124,313 and 125,590 shares issued and outstanding at January 2, 2009 and at September 26, 2008, respectively

     124,313       125,590  

Capital in excess of par value

     468,615       468,384  

Retained earnings

     467,578       451,439  

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

     (18,240 )     (18,228 )
                

Total stockholders’ equity

     1,042,266       1,027,185  
                

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

   $ 2,038,002     $ 1,975,512  
                

 

(1) The condensed consolidated balance sheet as of September 26, 2008 was derived from audited financial statements as of that date, but does not include all disclosures required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

 

4


Table of Contents

VARIAN MEDICAL SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(Unaudited)

 

     Three Months Ended  

(In thousands)

   January 2,
2009
    December 28,
2007
 

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net earnings

   $ 68,797     $ 55,479  

Adjustments to reconcile net earnings to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Tax benefits from exercises of share-based payment awards

     2,956       11,872  

Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation

     (2,996 )     (10,803 )

Share-based compensation expense

     10,706       9,410  

Depreciation

     8,586       7,448  

Provision for doubtful accounts receivable

     423       (42 )

Amortization of intangible assets

     931       1,198  

Deferred taxes

     (1,944 )     (1,077 )

Net change in fair value of derivatives and underlying commitments

     346       (2,113 )

Loss on equity investment in affiliate

     7       984  

Other

     (791 )     (667 )

Changes in assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable

     10,926       74,446  

Inventories

     (44,958 )     (24,671 )

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     (3,626 )     (9,843 )

Accounts payable

     (13,360 )     (319 )

Accrued expenses

     14,434       (12,111 )

Deferred revenues

     16,800       23,084  

Product warranty

     (1,725 )     1,715  

Advance payments from customers

     22,894       (7,360 )

Other long-term liabilities

     (3,844 )     4,068  
                

Net cash provided by operating activities

     84,562       120,698  
                

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

     (18,467 )     (16,592 )

(Increase) Decrease in cash surrender value of life insurance

     (1,391 )     399  

Notes repayment from affiliate and other

     169       317  

Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment

     26       46  

Other, net

     (2,454 )     (1,775 )
                

Net cash used in investing activities

     (22,117 )     (17,605 )
                

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Repurchases of common stock

     (71,541 )     (41,196 )

Proceeds from issuance of common stock to employees

     4,491       24,350  

Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation

     2,996       10,803  

Net borrowings (repayments) under line of credit agreement

     25,000       (23,000 )

Employees’ taxes withheld and paid for restricted stock

     (285 )     (310 )

Repayments on bank borrowings

     (57 )     (53 )

Other

     (64 )     —    
                

Net cash used in financing activities

     (39,460 )     (29,406 )
                

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     2,580       (2,851 )
                

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     25,565       70,836  

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     397,306       263,246  
                

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 422,871     $ 334,082  
                

See accompanying notes to the condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

5


Table of Contents

VARIAN MEDICAL SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(Unaudited)

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Description of Business

Varian Medical Systems, Inc. (“VMS”) and subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”) designs, manufactures, sells and services equipment and software products for treating cancer with radiotherapy, stereotactic radiosurgery and brachytherapy. The Company also designs, manufactures, sells and services x-ray tubes for original equipment manufacturers; replacement x-ray tubes; and flat panel digital image detectors for filmless x-rays in medical, dental, veterinary, scientific and industrial applications. It designs, manufactures, sells and services linear accelerators, digital image detectors, image processing software and image detection products for security and inspection purposes. The Company also develops, designs, manufacturers and services proton therapy products and systems for cancer treatment.

Fiscal Year

The fiscal years of the Company as reported are the 52- or 53- week periods ending on the Friday nearest September 30. Fiscal year 2009 is the 53-week period ending October 2, 2009, and fiscal year 2008 was the 52-week period that ended on September 26, 2008. The fiscal quarter ended January 2, 2009 was a 14-week period and the fiscal quarter ended December 28, 2007 was a 13-week period.

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include those of VMS and its subsidiaries. Intercompany balances, transactions, and stock holdings have been eliminated in consolidation.

Basis of Presentation

The condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared by the Company pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Certain information and note disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations. These condensed consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes are unaudited and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended September 26, 2008 (the “2008 Annual Report”). In the opinion of management, the condensed consolidated financial statements herein include adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) necessary for a fair presentation of the Company’s financial position as of January 2, 2009 and September 26, 2008, results of operations for the three months ended January 2, 2009 and December 28, 2007, and cash flows for the three months ended January 2, 2009 and December 28, 2007. The results of operations for the three months ended January 2, 2009 are not necessarily indicative of the operating results to be expected for the full fiscal year or any future period.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Revenue Recognition

The Company’s revenues are derived primarily from the sale of hardware and software products, and related services and contracts from the Company’s Oncology Systems, X-ray Products, Security and Inspection Products (“SIP”) and ACCEL Proton Therapy businesses. The Company recognizes its revenues net of any value added or sales tax and net of sales discounts.

 

6


Table of Contents

VARIAN MEDICAL SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

(Unaudited)

 

Hardware Products

Except as described below under “Other,” the Company recognizes revenues for hardware products in accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 104, Revenue Recognition (“SAB 104”), when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, the price is fixed or determinable and collectibility is reasonably assured. For an arrangement with multiple deliverables, the Company recognizes product revenues in accordance with Emerging Issues Task Force (“EITF”) No. 00-21, Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables (“EITF 00-21”) and EITF No. 03-05, Applicability of AICPA Statement of Position 97-2 to Non-Software Deliverables in an Arrangement Containing More-Than-Incidental Software , with revenues allocated among the different elements. Except for government tenders, group purchases and orders with letters of credit, the Company typically requires its customers to provide a down payment prior to transfer of risk of loss of ordered products or prior to performance under service contracts. These down payments are recorded as “Advance payments from customers” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

For Oncology Systems and SIP hardware products with installation obligations, the Company recognizes as revenues a portion of the product purchase price upon transfer of risk of loss and defers revenue recognition on the portion associated with product installation until “acceptance,” provided that all other criteria for revenue recognition under SAB 104 and EITF 00-21 are met. The portion deferred is the greater of the fair market value of the installation services for such products or the amount of payment contractually linked to the “acceptance.” However, when (a) all of the purchase price for the hardware product is conditioned upon “acceptance,” (b) the hardware product does not have value to the customer on a standalone basis or (c) there is no objective and reliable evidence of the fair value of the undelivered item, then the Company defers all revenues until “acceptance” in accordance with the treatment for “delivered items” under EITF 00-21.

Installation of Oncology Systems and SIP hardware products involves the Company’s testing of each product at its factory prior to its delivery to ensure that the product meets the Company’s published specifications. Once these tests establish that the specifications have been met, the product is then disassembled and shipped to the customer’s site as specified in the customer contract. Risk of loss is transferred to the customer either at the time of shipment or delivery, depending upon the shipping terms of the contract. At the customer’s site, the product is reassembled, installed and retested in accordance with the Company’s installation procedures to ensure and demonstrate compliance with the Company’s published specifications for that product.

Under the terms of the Company’s hardware sales contract, “acceptance” of a hardware product with installation obligations is deemed to have occurred upon the earliest of (i) completion of product installation and testing in accordance with the Company’s standard installation procedures showing compliance with the Company’s published specifications for that product, (ii) receipt by the Company of an acceptance form executed by the customer acknowledging installation and compliance with the Company’s published specifications for that product, (iii) use by the customer of the product for any purpose after its delivery or (iv) six months after the delivery of the product to the customer by the Company. The contract allows for cancellation only by mutual agreement, thus the customer does not have a unilateral right to return the delivered hardware product.

The Company does not have installation obligations for x-ray tubes, digital image detectors, spare parts and certain hardware products in Oncology Systems and SIP business. For the products that do not include installation obligations, the Company recognizes revenues upon the transfer of risk of loss, which is either at the time of shipment or delivery, depending upon the shipping terms of the contract, provided that all other criteria under SAB 104 and EITF 00-21 have been met.

Software Products

Except as described below under “Other,” the Company recognizes revenues for software products in accordance with Statement of Position No. 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition (“SOP 97-2”), as amended by SOP No. 98-9, Software Revenue Recognition with Respect to Certain Agreements . The Company recognizes license revenues when all of the following criteria are met: persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the vendor’s fee is fixed or determinable, collection of the related receivable is probable, delivery of the product has occurred and the Company has received from the customer an acceptance form acknowledging installation and substantial conformance with the Company’s specifications (as set forth in the user manual) for such product, or upon verification of installation when customer acceptance is not required to be received, or upon the expiration of an acceptance period, provided that all other criteria for revenue recognition under SOP

 

7


Table of Contents

VARIAN MEDICAL SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

(Unaudited)

 

97-2 have been met. Revenues earned on software arrangements involving multiple elements are allocated to each element based on vendor-specific objective evidence of the fair value (“VSOE”), which is based on the price charged when the same element is sold separately. In instances when evidence of VSOE of all undelivered elements exists, but evidence does not exist for one or more delivered elements, revenues are recognized using the residual method. Under the residual method, the fair value of the undelivered elements is deferred and the remaining portion of the arrangement fee is recognized as revenue. Revenue allocated to maintenance and support is recognized ratably over the maintenance term (typically one year).

Installation of the Company’s software products may involve a certain amount of customer-specific implementation to enable the software product to function within the customer’s operating environment ( i.e. , with the customer’s information technology network and other hardware, with the customer’s data interfaces and with the customer’s administrative processes) and substantially in conformance with the Company’s specifications (as set forth in the user manual) for such product. With these software products, customers do not have full use of the software ( i.e. , functionality) until the software is installed as described above and functioning within the customer’s operating environment. Therefore, the Company recognizes 100% of such software revenues upon receipt from the customer of the Company’s acceptance form acknowledging installation and such substantial conformance, or upon verification of installation when the Company is not required to receive customer acceptance, or upon the expiration of an acceptance period, provided that all other criteria for revenue recognition under SOP 97-2 have been met.

The Company does not have installation obligations for certain brachytherapy and SIP software products. For software products that do not include installation obligations, the Company recognizes revenues upon the transfer of risk of loss, which is either at the time of shipment or delivery, depending upon the shipping terms of the contract, provided that all other criteria under SOP 97-2 are met.

Service Contracts and Other

Revenues related to service contracts are recognized ratably over the period of the related contracts. Revenues related to services performed on a time-and-materials basis are recognized when they are earned and billable.

Revenues related to certain proton therapy commissioning service contracts and highly customized image detection systems are recognized under the percentage-of-completion method or the completed-contract method in accordance with SOP No. 81-1, Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Product Type Contracts . Revenues recognized under the percentage-of-completion method are primarily based on contract costs incurred to date compared with total estimated contract costs. Estimated losses on contracts are charged to cost of sales in the period when the loss is identified.

Deferred revenue as of the end of each period represents the amount of unrecognized hardware and software revenues that was invoiced.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”), issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 157, Fair Value Measurements (“SFAS 157”). SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in conformity with GAAP, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. In February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (“FSP”), No. FAS 157-1 (“FSP No. 157-1”), and FSP No. FAS 157-2 (“FSP No. 157-2”). FSP No. 157-1 amends SFAS 157 to exclude from its scope SFAS No. 13, Accounting for Leases (“SFAS 13”), and other accounting pronouncements that address fair value measurements for purposes of lease classification or measurement under SFAS 13. FSP No. 157-2 delays the effective date of SFAS 157 for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, except for items that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis, to the Company’s first quarter of fiscal year 2010. In October 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. 157-3, Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When the Market for That Asset Is Not Active (“FSP 157-3”). FSP 157-3 clarifies the application of SFAS 157 in a market that is not active, and addresses application issues such as the use of internal assumptions when relevant observable data does not exist, the use of observable market information when the market is not active, and the use of market quotes when assessing the relevance of observable and unobservable data. FSP 157-3 is effective for all periods presented in accordance with SFAS 157. The measurement and disclosure requirements of SFAS 157 related to financial assets and financial liabilities were effective for the Company in the first quarter of fiscal year 2009.

 

8


Table of Contents

VARIAN MEDICAL SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

(Unaudited)

 

The adoption of SFAS 157 for financial assets and financial liabilities did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows. The Company is currently assessing the impact that SFAS 157 will have on its consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows when SFAS 157 is applied to nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2010.

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, Employer’s Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans—an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R) (“SFAS 158”). SFAS 158 requires the Company to (a) recognize a plan’s funded status in its statement of financial position, (b) measure a plan’s assets and the obligations that determine its funded status as of the end of its fiscal year and (c) recognize changes in the funded status of a defined benefit plan in the year in which the changes occur through other comprehensive income. The Company adopted the requirement to recognize the funded status of a defined benefit plan and the disclosure requirements in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2007. Please refer to Note 10 “Retirement Plans” in the 2008 Annual Report for a discussion of the effects of adopting the recognition provisions and disclosure requirements of SFAS 158. The adoption of the measurement date provisions of SFAS 158 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities -Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 (“SFAS 159”). SFAS 159 permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. The adoption of SFAS 159 in the first quarter of fiscal year 2009 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows. The Company has currently chosen not to elect the fair value option for any items that are not already required to be measured at fair value in accordance with GAAP.

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), Business Combinations (“SFAS 141(R)”). SFAS 141(R) establishes principles and requirements for how an acquirer recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree and the goodwill acquired. SFAS 141(R) also establishes disclosure requirements to enable the evaluation of the nature and financial effects of the business combination. SFAS 141(R) is effective for the Company in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010. The impact of the adoption of SFAS 141(R) will depend on the nature and extent of business combinations occurring on or after the beginning of fiscal year 2010.

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements—an amendment of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51 (“SFAS 160”). SFAS 160 establishes accounting and reporting standards for ownership interests in subsidiaries held by parties other than the parent’s, the amount of consolidated net income attributable to the parent and to the noncontrolling interest, changes in a parent’s ownership interest, and the valuation of retained noncontrolling equity investments when a subsidiary is deconsolidated. SFAS 160 also establishes disclosure requirements that clearly identify and distinguish between the interests of the parent and the interests of the noncontrolling owners. SFAS 160 is effective for the Company in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010. The Company is currently assessing the potential impact, if any, SFAS 160 may have on its consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (“SFAS 161”) , which is intended to improve financial reporting about derivative instruments and hedging activities by requiring enhanced disclosures to enable investors to better understand their effects on an entity’s financial position, financial performance and cash flows. SFAS 161 is effective for the Company in the second quarter of fiscal year 2009. The Company does not believe the adoption of SFAS 161 will have a material impact on its consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

In May 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 162, The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“SFAS 162”), which identifies the sources of accounting principles and the framework for selecting the principles used in the preparation of financial statements of nongovernmental entities that are presented in conformity with GAAP (the GAAP hierarchy). SFAS 162 will become effective 60 days following the SEC’s approval of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board amendments to AU Section 411, The Meaning of Present Fairly in Conformity With Generally Accepted Accounting Principles . The adoption of SFAS 162 did not have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 

9


Table of Contents

VARIAN MEDICAL SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

(Unaudited)

 

In November 2008, the FASB ratified EITF Issue No. 08-6, Equity Method Investment Accounting Considerations (“EITF 08-6”). EITF 08-6 clarifies the accounting for certain transactions and impairment considerations involving equity method investments. EITF 08-6 is effective for the Company in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010, with early adoption prohibited. The Company is currently assessing the potential impact, if any, EITF 08-6 may have on its consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

In November 2008, the FASB ratified EITF Issue No. 08-7, Accounting for Defensive Intangible Assets (“EITF 08-7”). EITF 08-7 clarifies the accounting for certain separately identifiable intangible assets which an acquirer does not intend to actively use but intends to hold to prevent its competitors from obtaining access to them. EITF 08-7 requires an acquirer in a business combination to account for a defensive intangible asset as a separate unit of accounting which should be amortized to expense over the period the asset diminishes in value. EITF 08-7 is effective for the Company in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010, with early adoption prohibited. The impact of the adoption of EITF 08-7 will depend on the nature and extent of defensive intangible assets acquired on or after the beginning of fiscal year 2010.

In December 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. FAS 132(R)-1, Employers’ Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets (“FSP No. 132(R)-1”). FSP No. 132(R)-1, which amends SFAS 132(R) Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits , provides guidance on an employer’s disclosure about plan assets of a defined benefit pension or other postretirement plan and requires employers to disclose information about fair value measurements of plan assets similar to the disclosure about fair value measurements requirement under SFAS 157. FSP No. 132(R)-1 will be effective for the Company in fiscal year 2010.

Reclassifications

Certain financial statement items have been reclassified to conform to the current fiscal year’s format. As discussed in Note 16 “Discontinued Operations and Assets Held for Sale”, the Company classified the assets and liabilities of the scientific research instruments business of ACCEL Instruments GmbH (“ACCEL”) (“Research Instruments”) as held for sale in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets and presented its operating results as a discontinued operation in the Condensed Consolidated Statement of Earnings for all periods presented. Because amounts related to Research Instruments in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows were not material for any period presented, the Company has not segregated them from continuing operations. Unless noted otherwise, discussion in these notes pertains to the Company’s continuing operations. These reclassifications had no impact on previously reported total net earnings.

2. BALANCE SHEET COMPONENTS:

The components of inventories are as follows:

 

(In millions)

   January 2,
2009
   September 26,
2008

Raw materials and parts

   $ 170.9    $ 156.8

Work-in-progress

     45.3      36.6

Finished goods

     111.1      89.6
             

Total inventories

   $ 327.3    $ 283.0
             

 

10


Table of Contents

VARIAN MEDICAL SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

(Unaudited)

 

(In millions)

   January 2,
2009
    September 26,
2008
 

Property, plant and equipment:

    

Land, land leaseholds and land improvements

   $ 37.5     $ 11.4  

Buildings and leasedhold improvements

     173.1       167.6  

Machinery and equipment

     230.9       226.3  

Construction in progress (1)

     53.4       46.5  

Assets subject to lease

     0.8       0.8  
                
     495.7       452.6  

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (242.6 )     (234.4 )
                

Property, plant and equipment, net

   $ 253.1     $ 218.2  
                

 

(1) Includes capitalized costs of $30.4 million as of January 2, 2009 and $28.8 million as of September 26, 2008 for the implementation of the Company’s enterprise resource planning system used for its worldwide operations, which was placed in service in the second quarter of fiscal year 2009.

The components of other long-term liabilities are as follows:

 

(In millions)

   January 2,
2009
   September 26,
2008

Long-term income taxes payable

   $ 85.5    $ 89.5

Other

     67.6      44.8
             

Total other long-term liabilities

   $ 153.1    $ 134.3
             

The “Other” category of other long-term liabilities primarily consisted of accruals for environmental costs, accrued pension and post-retirement benefits, deferred income tax liabilities and obligations for acquired building and land leaseholds as of January 2, 2009. As of September 26, 2008, the “Other” category of other long-term liabilities primarily consisted of accruals for environmental costs, accrued pension and post-retirement benefits and deferred income tax liabilities.

3. FAIR VALUE

Effective September 27, 2008, the Company adopted SFAS 157, which defines fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. SFAS 157 establishes a three-level fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value. This hierarchy requires entities to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The three levels of inputs used to measure fair value are as follows:

Level 1 — Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 — Observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

 

11


Table of Contents

VARIAN MEDICAL SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

(Unaudited)

 

The Company’s financial assets and liabilities are valued using Level 1 and Level 2 inputs. Level 1 instrument valuations are obtained from quotes for transactions in active exchange markets involving identical assets. Level 2 instruments include valuations obtained from quoted prices for identical assets in markets that are not active. In addition, the Company has elected to use the income approach to value its derivative instruments using standard valuation techniques and Level 2 inputs, such as currency spot rates, forward points and credit default swap spreads. The Company’s derivative instruments are short-term in nature, typically one month to twelve months in duration. As of January 2, 2009, the Company did not have any financial assets or liabilities without observable market values that would require a high level of judgment to determine fair value (Level 3 instruments).

The Company’s adoption of SFAS 157 did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements. The Company has segregated all financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis (at least annually) into the most appropriate level within the fair value hierarchy based on the inputs used to determine the fair value at the measurement date in the table below. FSP No. 157-2 delayed the effective date for all nonfinancial assets and liabilities until the first quarter of fiscal year 2010, except those that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis.

Effective September 27, 2008, the Company adopted SFAS 159, which provides entities the option to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. The Company has currently chosen not to elect the fair value option for any items that are not already required to be measured at fair value in accordance with GAAP.

Assets/Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The following tables present the Company’s financial assets and liabilities as of January 2, 2009 that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

     Fair Value Measurement Using  

Type of Instruments

(In millions)

   Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Instruments
(Level 1)
   Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
   Total
Balance
 

Assets:

          

Money market funds

   $ 11.8    $ —       $ —      $ 11.8  

Derivative assets

     —        2.1       —        2.1  
                              

Total assets measured at fair value

   $ 11.8    $ 2.1     $ —      $ 13.9  
                              

Liabilities:

          

Derivative liabilities

   $ —      $ (0.4 )   $ —      $ (0.4 )
                              

Total liabilities measured at fair value

   $ —      $ (0.4 )   $ —      $ (0.4 )
                              

 

12


Table of Contents

VARIAN MEDICAL SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

(Unaudited)

 

     Fair Value Measurement Using  

Line Item in Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet

(In millions)

   Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Instruments
(Level 1)
   Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
    Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
   Total
Balance
 

Assets:

          

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 10.8    $ —       $ —      $ 10.8  

Prepaid expenses

        2.1       —        2.1  

Other assets

     1.0      —         —        1.0  
                              

Total assets measured at fair value

   $ 11.8    $ 2.1     $ —      $ 13.9  
                              

Liabilities:

          

Accrued liabilities

   $ —      $ (0.4 )   $ —      $ (0.4 )
                              

Total liabilities measured at fair value

   $ —      $ (0.4 )   $ —      $ (0.4 )
                              

4. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

The following table reflects the gross carrying amount and accumulated amortization of the Company’s intangible assets included in “Other assets” in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as follows:

 

(In millions)

   January 2,
2009
    September 26,
2008
 

Intangible Assets:

    

Acquired existing technology

   $ 19.6     $ 19.7  

Patents, licenses and other

     14.5       14.5  

Customer contracts and supplier relationships

     10.4       10.5  

Accumulated amortization

     (34.5 )     (33.6 )
                

Net carrying amount

   $ 10.0     $ 11.1  
                

Amortization expense for intangible assets required to be amortized under SFAS No.142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets (“SFAS 142”), was $0.9 million and $1.1 million for the three months ended January 2, 2009 and December 28, 2007, respectively. The Company estimates amortization expense on a straight-line basis for the remaining nine months of fiscal year 2009, fiscal years 2010 through 2013 and thereafter, to be as follows (in millions):$2.6, $2.9, $2.2, $1.3, $0.9 and $0.1.

The following table reflects the allocation of goodwill:

 

(In millions)

   January 2,
2009
   September 26,
2008

Oncology Systems

   $ 125.5    $ 125.4

X-ray Products

     2.7      2.7

Other

     78.1      81.0
             

Total

   $ 206.3    $ 209.1
             

The change in goodwill balance in the “Other” category reflects the impact of foreign currency translation adjustments.

 

13


Table of Contents

VARIAN MEDICAL SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

(Unaudited)

 

5. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In fiscal years 1999 and 2000, VMS invested a total of $5 million in a three member consortium for a 20% ownership interest in dpiX Holding LLC (“dpiX Holding”), which in turn invested $25 million for an 80.1% ownership interest in dpiX LLC (“dpiX”), a supplier of amorphous silicon based thin-film transistor arrays (“flat panels”) for the Company’s X-ray Products’ digital image detectors and for its Oncology Systems’ On-Board Imager ® and PortalVision TM imaging products. VMS had the right to appoint one manager of the five person board of managers and the investment was accounted for under the equity method. In accordance with the dpiX Holding agreement, net losses were to be allocated to the other two members, in succession, until their capital accounts equaled zero, then to the three members in accordance with their ownership interests. The dpiX Holding agreement also provided that net profits were to be allocated to the other two members, in succession, until their capital accounts equaled the net losses previously allocated, then to the three members in accordance with their ownership interests.

In September 2004, VMS acquired another member’s 20% ownership interest in dpiX Holding for $1 million. As a result, VMS has the right to appoint two managers of the five person board of managers and its ownership interest in dpiX Holding increased to 40% with the remaining 60% being held by the other original member. When VMS acquired this additional 20% ownership interest, the capital account of the selling member was nearly zero because it was the first in the consortium to be allocated losses. As a result, when dpiX Holding recorded net profits after VMS acquired the additional 20% ownership interest, VMS was the first to be allocated net profits to recover previously allocated losses. VMS recorded loss on the equity investment in dpiX Holding of $7,000 in the three months ended January 2, 2009 and a loss of $1 million in the three months ended December 28, 2007. Incomes and losses on the equity investment in dpiX Holding are included in “Selling, general and administrative” expenses in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Earnings.

In accordance with the dpiX agreement, the member that owned the other 19.9% ownership interest in dpiX had the right to sell back to dpiX on dpiX’s last business day in December 2004, 2005 and 2006, cumulatively all of that member’s ownership interest for $5 million if dpiX had not become a publicly traded company as of the last business day in December 2004. In December 2004, that member exercised its right to sell back to dpiX its 19.9% ownership interest. On each of December 22, 2005 and December 24, 2004, dpiX repurchased from that member a 7.96% ownership interest for a payment of $2 million (in aggregate, a 15.92% interest for $4 million). On December 22, 2006, dpiX repurchased the remaining 3.98% ownership interest for $1 million and VMS’s indirect ownership interest in dpiX increased to 40%.

In December 2004, VMS agreed to loan $2 million to dpiX in four separate installments, with the loan bearing interest at prime plus 1% per annum. The principal balance is due and payable to VMS in twelve equal quarterly installments that began in October 2006; interest is payable in full according to a quarterly schedule, which began in April 2005; and the entire principal balance, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon and all other related amounts payable thereunder, is due and payable on July 10, 2009. The note receivable from dpiX of $0.5 million and $0.7 million at January 2, 2009 and September 26, 2008, respectively, was included in “Prepaid Expense” in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

In February 2008, VMS agreed to loan an additional $1.6 million to dpiX, with the loan bearing interest at prime plus 1% per annum. The principal balance is due and payable to VMS in twelve equal quarterly installments beginning in January 2010; interest is payable in full according to a quarterly schedule which began in April 2008; and the entire principal balance, together with accrued and unpaid interest thereon and all other related amounts payable hereunder, is due and payable on October 10, 2012. The additional note receivable from dpiX of $1.6 million at both January 2, 2009 and September 26, 2008 was included in “Other Assets” in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

In March 2006, VMS and the other member of dpiX Holding agreed to invest an aggregate $92 million in dpiX Holding, with each member’s contribution based on its percentage ownership interest in dpiX Holding, for dpiX to acquire and construct a manufacturing facility in Colorado to increase its production capacity. As of January 2, 2009 and September 26, 2008, VMS’s contribution of $36.8 million to dpiX Holding for the Colorado manufacturing facility was included in “Other assets” in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.

During the three months ended January 2, 2009 and December 28, 2007, the Company purchased glass transistor arrays from dpiX totaling approximately $7.8 million and $5.5 million, respectively. These purchases of flat panels are included as a component of “Inventory” in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets and “Cost of revenues - product” in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Earnings for these periods.

 

14


Table of Contents

VARIAN MEDICAL SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

(Unaudited)

 

6. PRODUCT WARRANTY

The following table reflects the changes in the Company’s accrued product warranty during the three months ended January 2, 2009 and December 28, 2007:

 

     Three Months Ended  

(In millions)

   January 2,
2009
    December 28,
2007
 

Accrued product warranty, at beginning of period

   $ 51.1     $ 51.3  

Charged to cost of revenues

     11.2       12.5  

Actual product warranty expenditures

     (13.3 )     (10.8 )
                

Accrued product warranty, at end of period

   $ 49.0     $ 53.0  
                

7. CREDIT FACILITY

In July 2007, the Company entered into a credit agreement with Bank of America, N.A. (“BofA”) providing for an unsecured revolving credit facility that enabled the Company to borrow and have outstanding at any given time a maximum of $100 million (the “BofA Credit Facility”). On November 10, 2008, the Company amended and restated the BofA Credit Facility (the “Amended BofA Credit Facility”) to increase the line of credit to $150 million and collateralize a portion of the credit facility with a pledge of stock of certain of the Company’s present and future subsidiaries that are deemed to be material subsidiaries under the terms of the Amended BofA Credit Facility. As of January 2, 2009, the Company has pledged to BofA 65% of the voting shares that it holds in Varian Medical Systems Nederland B.V., a wholly-owned subsidiary. The Amended BofA Credit Facility may be used for working capital, capital expenditures, permitted acquisitions and other lawful corporate purposes. The Amended BofA Credit Facility will expire, if not extended by mutual agreement of the Company and BofA, on November 10, 2011. Borrowings under the Amended BofA Credit Facility accrue interest either (i) based on the London Inter Bank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus a margin of 1.25% to 1.50% based on a leverage ratio involving funded indebtedness and earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”), or (ii) based upon a base rate of either the federal funds rate plus 0.5% or BofA’s announced prime rate, whichever is greater, minus a margin of 0.5% to 0% based on a leverage ratio involving funded indebtedness and EBITDA, depending upon the Company’s instructions to BofA. The Company may select borrowing periods of one, two, three or six months for advances based on the LIBOR rate. Interest rates on advances based on the base rate are adjustable daily.

At January 2, 2009, $25 million was outstanding under the Amended BofA Credit Facility with a weighted average interest rate of 2.89%. There was no outstanding balance under the BofA Credit Facility as of September 26, 2008. The Amended BofA Credit Facility also provided $25 million to support letters of credit issued on behalf of the Company, of which none were outstanding as of January 2, 2009.

The Amended BofA Credit Facility contains customary affirmative and negative covenants for facilities of this type. The Company has also agreed to maintain certain financial covenants relating to (i) leverage ratios involving funded indebtedness and EBITDA, (ii) liquidity and (iii) consolidated assets. As of January 2, 2009, the Company was in compliance with all covenants.

8. DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES

The Company accounts for derivative instruments in accordance with SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, as amended by SFAS No. 149, Amendment of SFAS No. 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities (“SFAS 133”). The Company has many transactions denominated in foreign currencies and addresses certain of those financial exposures through a program of risk management that includes the use of derivative financial instruments. The Company sells products throughout the world, often in the local currency of the customer’s country, and typically hedges certain of these larger foreign currency transactions when they are not in the subsidiaries’ functional currency. These foreign currency sales transactions are hedged using forward exchange contracts. The Company may use other derivative instruments in the future. The Company enters into foreign currency forward exchange contracts primarily to reduce the effects of fluctuating foreign currency exchange rates. The Company does not enter into forward exchange contracts for speculative or trading purposes. The forward exchange contracts range from one to twelve months in maturity. As of January 2, 2009, the Company did not have any forward exchange contracts with an original maturity greater than twelve months.

 

15


Table of Contents

VARIAN MEDICAL SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

(Unaudited)

 

(a) Cash Flow Hedging Activities

The hedges of foreign currency denominated forecasted revenues are accounted for in accordance with SFAS 133, pursuant to which the Company has designated its hedges of anticipated foreign currency revenues as cash flow hedges. During the first quarter of fiscal year 2009, there were no material gains or losses due to hedge ineffectiveness of cash flow hedges and the Company did not discontinue any cash flow hedges that had a material impact on the Company’s results of operations. The Company did not have any cash flow hedges in the first quarter of fiscal years 2008. As of January 2, 2009, net unrealized gain on derivative instruments of $1.8 million, before tax, is included in “Accumulated other comprehensive loss,” and is expected to be reclassified to net earnings over the next twelve months.

(b) Fair Value Hedging Activities

During the first quarter of fiscal years 2009 and 2008, there were no material gains or losses due to hedge ineffectiveness of fair value hedges and there were no material gains or losses recognized when hedged firm commitments no longer qualified as fair value hedges. At January 2, 2009, the Company had no outstanding foreign exchange forward contracts designated as fair value hedges.

(c) Balance Sheet Hedging Activities

The Company also hedges balance sheet exposures from its various foreign subsidiaries and business units. The Company enters into foreign currency forward exchange contracts to minimize the short-term impact of foreign currency fluctuations on monetary assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the functional currency. These hedges of foreign-currency-denominated assets and liabilities do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment under SFAS 133. For derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments, changes in their fair values are recognized in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Earnings.

Changes in the values of these hedging instruments are offset by changes in the values of foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities. Variations from the forecasted foreign currency assets or liabilities, coupled with a significant currency movement, may result in a material gain or loss if the hedges are not effectively offsetting the change in value of the foreign currency asset or liability. Other than foreign exchange hedging activities, the Company has no other freestanding or embedded derivative instruments.

At January 2, 2009, the Company had foreign exchange forward contracts with notional values to sell and purchase $305.1 million and $51.1 million, respectively, in various foreign currencies. At September 26, 2008, the Company had foreign exchange forward contracts with notional values to sell and purchase $280.9 million and $62.7 million, respectively, in various foreign currencies.

9. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Commitments

In October 2008, the Company consummated an agreement with Varian, Inc (“VI”), under which VI will surrender its sublease of a building containing approximately 210,000 square feet of floor space and the related leasehold interest for the land; the term of this sublease expires in the year 2056. This building, which is located adjacent to the Company’s corporate headquarters in Palo Alto, California, will support the growth of the Company’s operations and its longer term objective of co-locating certain of its operations. Pursuant to this agreement, VI agreed to surrender the space in the building to the Company over the period which began in October 2008 and which ends in June 2010 and the Company agreed to pay VI an aggregate of $21 million in cash and assume the obligations of sublessor under a below-market rate sublease to a third party for a portion of the building. As of January 2, 2009, $5 million had been paid to VI pursuant to this agreement and the remaining $16 million will be payable in June 2010 when VI completely surrenders this building to the Company. The amount payable to VI is included in “Other long-term liabilities” in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet.

 

16


Table of Contents

VARIAN MEDICAL SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

(Unaudited)

 

Environmental Remediation Liabilities

The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) or third parties have named the Company as a potentially responsible party (“PRP”) under the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended (“CERCLA”), at nine sites where the Company, as Varian Associates, Inc., was alleged to have shipped manufacturing waste for recycling or disposal and, as a PRP, the Company may have an obligation to reimburse the EPA or other third parties for cleanup costs at these sites. In addition, the Company is overseeing environmental cleanup projects and, as applicable, reimbursing third parties for cleanup activities under the direction of, or in consultation with, federal, state and/or local agencies at certain current VMS or former Varian Associates, Inc. facilities. Under the terms of the agreement governing the Spin-offs of VI and Varian Semiconductor Equipment Associates, Inc. (“VSEA”), by the Company in 1999, VI and VSEA are each obligated to indemnify the Company for one-third of these environmental cleanup costs (after adjusting for any insurance proceeds realized or tax benefits recognized by the Company). The Company spent $0.2 million and $0.3 million (net of amounts borne by VI and VSEA) during the three months ended January 2, 2009 and December 28, 2007, respectively, on environmental cleanup costs, third-party claim costs, project management costs and legal costs.

Various uncertainties make it difficult to estimate, or determine the likelihood within a range of estimates of, the project management costs, legal costs and costs of certain third-party claims at all of the sites and facilities. In addition, for the nine sites and one of the facilities, various uncertainties make it difficult to assess the likelihood and scope of further cleanup activities or to estimate the future cost of such activities. As of January 2, 2009, the Company nonetheless estimated that the Company’s future exposure (net of VI’s and VSEA’s indemnification obligations) for the cleanup costs for these ten locations, as well as project management costs, legal costs and the costs of certain third party-claims for all locations ranged in the aggregate from $3.2 million to $7.3 million. Management believes that no amount in the range of estimated future costs is more probable of being incurred than any other amount in the range and therefore accrued $3.2 million for these cleanup projects as of January 2, 2009. The amount accrued has not been discounted to present value due to the uncertainties that make it difficult to develop a best estimate of future costs.

As to all other facilities, the Company has gained sufficient knowledge to better estimate the scope and costs of future cleanup activities based upon formal agreements with other parties defining the Company’s future liabilities or formal cleanup plans that have either been approved by or completed in accordance with the requirements of the state or federal environmental agency with jurisdiction over the facility. As of January 2, 2009, the Company estimated that the Company’s future exposure (net of VI’s and VSEA’s indemnification obligations) for the cleanup costs at these facilities, and reimbursements of third party’s claims for these facilities, ranged in the aggregate from $6.3 million to $37.0 million. The time frames over which these cleanup project costs are estimated vary, ranging from 1 year to 30 years as of January 2, 2009. As to each of these facilities, management determined that a particular amount within the range of estimated costs was a better estimate of the future environmental liability than any other amount within the range, and that the amount and timing of these future costs were reliably determinable. The best estimate within the range was $16.3 million at January 2, 2009. The Company accordingly accrued $11.4 million, which represents its best estimate of the future costs of $16.3 million discounted at 4%, net of inflation. This accrual is in addition to the $3.2 million described in the preceding paragraph.

The foregoing amounts are only estimates of anticipated future environmental-related costs to cover the known cleanup projects, and the amounts actually spent may be greater or less than these estimates. The aggregate range of cost estimates reflects various uncertainties inherent in many environmental cleanup activities, the large number of sites and facilities involved and the amount of third-party claims. The Company believes that most of these cost ranges will narrow as cleanup activities progress. The Company believes that its reserves are adequate, but as the scope of its obligations becomes more clearly defined, these reserves (and the associated indemnification obligations of VI and VSEA) may be modified and related charges or credits against earnings may be made.

Although any ultimate liability arising from environmental-related matters described herein could result in significant expenditures that, if aggregated and assumed to occur within a single fiscal year would be material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements, the likelihood of such occurrence is considered remote. Based on information currently available to management and its best assessment of the ultimate amount and timing of environmental-related events (and assuming VI and VSEA satisfy their indemnification obligations), management believes that the costs of these environmental-related matters are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the consolidated financial statements of the Company in any fiscal year.

The Company evaluates its liability for environmental-related investigation and cleanup costs in light of the liability and financial strength of potentially responsible parties and insurance companies with respect to which the Company believes that it has rights to contribution, indemnity and/or reimbursement (in addition to the obligations of VI and VSEA). Claims for recovery of environmental investigation and cleanup costs already incurred, and to be incurred in the future, have been asserted against various insurance companies and other third parties. The Company receives certain cash payments in the form of settlements and judgments from defendants, its insurers and other third parties from time to time. The Company has also reached an agreement with an insurance company under which that insurance company agreed to pay a portion of the Company’s past and future environmental-related expenditures. Accordingly, the Company recorded a receivable of $2.9 million both at January 2, 2009 and September 26, 2008, which was included primarily in “Other assets” in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. The Company believes that this receivable is recoverable because it is based on a binding, written settlement agreement with a solvent and financially viable insurance company and the insurance company has in the past paid the claims that the Company has made.

 

17


Table of Contents

VARIAN MEDICAL SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

(Unaudited)

 

Acquisition-Related Commitments/Obligations

When the Company acquired ACCEL in January 2007, ACCEL was involved in a contract-related lawsuit. Subsequent to the acquisition, the Company settled this lawsuit and agreed to perform certain services under a new contract for a fixed price. From January to September 2007, the Company gathered information related to the expected cost of satisfying its contractual commitments and completed its assessment as of September 28, 2007. As a result, the final purchase price allocation of ACCEL included a loss accrual related to this contingency of €28.3 million. If the actual costs related to the contingency exceed the estimated amount or if the estimated loss increases, the variances will be recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings in the periods these variances arise. As of January 2, 2009, the actual costs incurred had been consistent with the estimated costs for the contract and the balance of the loss accrual related to this contingency was €9.8 million. The Company is currently engaged in arbitration to resolve a dispute under the new contract.

Other Matters

The Company is involved, from time to time, in legal proceedings, claims and government inspections or investigations, arising in the ordinary course of its business. Such matters are subject to many uncertainties and outcomes are not predictable with assurance. The Company accrues amounts that it believes are adequate to address any liabilities related to legal proceedings and other loss contingencies that the Company believes will result in a probable loss. While there can be no assurances as to the ultimate outcome of any legal proceeding or other loss contingency involving us, management does not believe any pending matter will be resolved in a manner that would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

10. RETIREMENT PLANS

The Company’s net defined benefit and post-retirement benefit costs were composed of the following:

 

     Three Months Ended  

(In thousands)

   January 2,
2009
    December 28,
2007
 

Defined Benefit Plans

    

Service cost

   $ 500     $ 457  

Interest cost

     1,221       1,305  

Expected return on plan assets

     (1,273 )     (1,532 )

Amortization of prior service cost

     37       36  

Recognized actuarial loss

     269       129  
                

Net pension benefit cost

   $ 754     $ 395  
                

Post-Retirement Benefit Plans

    

Interest cost

   $ 91     $ 92  

Amortization of transition amount

     123       123  

Amortization of prior service cost

     1       1  

Recognized actuarial (gain) loss

     (8 )     4  
                

Net pension benefit cost

   $ 207     $ 220  
                

The Company made contributions to the defined benefit plans of $1.2 million during the three months ended January 2, 2009. The Company currently expects total contributions to the defined benefit plans for fiscal year 2009 will be approximately $4.9 million. The Company made contributions to the post-retirement benefit plans of $0.1 million during the three months ended January 2, 2009. The Company currently expects total contributions to the post-retirement benefit plans for fiscal year 2009 will be approximately $0.6 million.

 

18


Table of Contents

VARIAN MEDICAL SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

(Unaudited)

 

Because amounts related to retirement plans of Research Instruments, which is classified as a discontinued operation, were not material for any period presented, the Company has not segregated them from continuing operations in this note. See Note 16 “Discontinued Operations and Assets Held for Sale” for a detailed discussion.

11. INCOME TAXES

The Company’s effective tax rate was 30.5% for the three months ended January 2, 2009, compared to 34.3% for the same period of fiscal year 2008. The decrease in the Company’s effective tax rate for the three-month period ended January 2, 2009 was primarily due to a net benefit for discrete items, primarily related to the release of certain liabilities for uncertain tax positions under FASB Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes (“FIN 48”) as a result of the lapse of the statute of limitations in various jurisdictions, and the benefit of the retroactive reinstatement of the federal research and development credit.

The Company’s effective income tax rate differs from the U.S. federal statutory rate primarily because the Company’s foreign earnings are taxed at rates that are, on average, lower than the U.S. federal rate, and because the Company’s domestic earnings are subject to state income taxes.

The Company adopted the provisions of FIN 48 effective as of the beginning of fiscal year 2008. The total amount of unrecognized tax benefits did not change by a significant amount during the three months ended January 2, 2009; however, the amount of unrecognized tax benefits has increased as a result of positions taken during the current and prior years, and has decreased as a result of lapses of the statute of limitations and audit settlements in various jurisdictions. It is reasonably possible that the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits will decrease within the next 12 months. Unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $9 million related to the character and taxability of certain items of foreign income may be reduced if the statute of limitations for the relevant taxing authority to examine and challenge the position expires as expected. Unrecognized tax benefits of approximately $15.2 million related to the tax treatment of certain timing differences may be reduced if the Internal Revenue Service consents to a tax accounting method change that the Company has requested.

12. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Stock Repurchase Program

On July 24, 2007, VMS’s Board of Directors approved the repurchase up to 12,000,000 shares of VMS common stock during the period beginning on July 30, 2007 through December 31, 2008. During the three months ended January 2, 2009, the Company paid $71.5 million to repurchase 1,548,000 shares of VMS common stock. All shares that have been repurchased have been retired. During the first quarter of fiscal year 2009, 4,342,000 shares available for repurchase under the July 24, 2007 authorization expired. On November 17, 2008, VMS announced that its Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of an additional 8,000,000 shares of VMS common stock from January 1, 2009 through December 31, 2009. Thus, as of January 2, 2009, the Company could repurchase up to an additional 8,000,000 shares of VMS common stock under the November 17, 2008 authorization.

 

19


Table of Contents

VARIAN MEDICAL SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

(Unaudited)

 

Comprehensive Earnings

The components of comprehensive earnings are as follows:

 

     Three Months Ended

(In thousands)

   January 2,
2009
    December 28,
2007

Net earnings

   $ 68,797     $ 55,479

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:

    

Defined benefit pension and post-retirement benefit plans:

    

Amortization of transition obligation included in net periodic benefit cost

     76       75

Amortization of prior service cost included in net periodic benefit cost

     33       32

Amortization of net actuarial loss included in net periodic benefit cost

     189       95
              
     298       202

Unrealized gain on derivatives:

    

Net increase in unrealized gain

     1,572       —  

Currency translation adjustment

     (1,882 )     734
              

Other comprehensive income (loss)

     (12 )     936
              

Total comprehensive earnings

   $ 68,785     $ 56,415
              

Because amounts related to Research Instruments, which is classified as a discontinued operation, were not material for any period presented, the Company has not segregated them from continuing operations in this note. See Note 16 “Discontinued Operations and Assets Held for Sale” for a detailed discussion.

 

20


Table of Contents

VARIAN MEDICAL SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

(Unaudited)

 

13. EMPLOYEE STOCK PLANS

The table below summarizes the share-based compensation expense under SFAS 123(R), Share-Based Payment (“SFAS 123(R)”):

 

     Three Months Ended  

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

   January 2,
2009
    December 28,
2007
 

Cost of revenues - Product

   $ 1,076     $ 1,016  

Cost of revenues - Service contracts and other

     1,041       780  

Research and development

     1,249       1,048  

Selling, general and administrative

     7,340       6,566  

Taxes on earnings

     (3,464 )     (3,145 )
                

Net decrease in net earnings

   $ 7,242     $ 6,265  
                

Increase (decrease) on:

    

Cash flows from operating activities (1)

   $ (2,996 )   $ (10,803 )

Cash flows from financing activities (1)

   $ 2,996     $ 10,803  

 

(1) Amounts represent excess tax benefits from share-based compensation.

During the three months ended January 2, 2009, total share-based compensation expense recognized in earnings before taxes was $10.7 million and the total related recognized tax benefit was $3.5 million. During the three months ended December 28, 2007, total share-based compensation expense recognized in earnings before taxes was $9.4 million and the total related recognized tax benefit was $3.1 million. Total share-based compensation expense capitalized as part of inventory for the three months ended January 2, 2009 was $0.5 million. Total share-based compensation expense capitalized as part of inventory for the three months ended December 28, 2007 was $0.6 million.

No options were granted for the three months ended January 2, 2009. The fair value of options granted for the three months ended December 28, 2007 was estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes model with the following weighted average assumptions:

 

     Three Months Ended
December 28,

2007
 

Employee Stock Option Plans

  

Expected term (in years)

     4.20  

Risk-free interest rate

     3.1 %

Expected volatility

     29.8 %

Expected dividend

     —    

Weighted average fair value at grant date

   $ 14.31  

 

21


Table of Contents

VARIAN MEDICAL SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

(Unaudited)

 

The option component of the Employee Stock Purchase Plan shares was estimated at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes model with the following weighted average assumptions:

 

     Three Months Ended  
     January 2,
2009
    December 28,
2007
 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

    

Expected term (in years)

     0.50       0.50  

Risk-free interest rate

     0.5 %     3.4 %

Expected volatility

     45.8 %     22.0 %

Expected dividend

     —         —    

Weighted average fair value at grant date

   $ 15.86     $ 9.25  

Activity under the Company’s employee stock plans is presented below:

 

     Shares Available
for Grant
    Options Outstanding

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

     Number of
Shares
    Weighted
Average Exercise
Price
   Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (in years)
   Aggregate
Intrinsic Value (3)

Balance at September 26, 2008

   3,523     11,957     $ 38.79      

Authorized

            

Granted (1)

   (2 )   —         —        

Cancelled or expired (2)

   27     (20 )     46.75      

Exercised

   —       (281 )     15.99      
                    

Balance at January 2, 2009

   3,548     11,656     $ 39.33    5.5    $ 51,757
                    

Exercisable at January 2, 2009

     9,776     $ 36.97    5.2    $ 51,757
                

 

(1) The difference between the number of shares subject to options outstanding and the number of shares available for grant under the Company’s employee stock plans represents the award of shares of restricted common stock. Awards, other than stock options and stock appreciation rights, were counted against the shares available-for-grant limit as three shares for every one share awarded before February 16, 2007 and as 2.5 shares for every one awarded on February 16, 2007 and thereafter.

 

(2) The difference between the number of shares subject to options outstanding and the number of shares available for grant under the Company’s employee stock plans represents the cancellation of shares of restricted common stocks due to employee terminations.

 

(3) The aggregate intrinsic value represents the total pre-tax intrinsic value, which is computed based on the difference between the exercise price and VMS’s closing common stock price of $36.28 as of January 2, 2009 and which would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options as of that date.

As of January 2, 2009, there was $17 million of total unrecognized compensation expense related to outstanding stock options. This unrecognized compensation expense is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.4 years.

 

22


Table of Contents

VARIAN MEDICAL SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

(Unaudited)

 

The activity for restricted stock, restricted performance shares and deferred stock units is summarized as follows:

 

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

   Shares     Weighted Average
Grant-Date

Fair Value

Balance at September 26, 2008

   828     $ 49.62

Granted

   1       34.21

Vested

   (21 )     50.46

Cancelled or expired

   (3 )     52.61
        

Balance at January 2, 2009

   805     $ 49.57
        

As of January 2, 2009, unrecognized compensation expense totaling $28.4 million was related to restricted stock and deferred stock units. This unrecognized compensation expense is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.9 years.

Because amounts related to employee stock plans of Research Instruments, which is classified as a discontinued operation, were not material for any period presented, the Company has not segregated them from continuing operations in this note. See Note 16 “Discontinued Operations and Assets Held for Sale” for a detailed discussion.

14. EARNINGS PER SHARE

Basic net earnings per share is computed by dividing net earnings by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period. Diluted net earnings per share is computed by dividing net earnings by the sum of the weighted average number of common shares outstanding and dilutive common shares under the treasury method.

The following table sets forth the computation of net basic and diluted earnings per share:

 

     Three Months Ended  

(In thousands, except per share amounts)

   January 2,
2009
    December 28,
2007
 

Earnings from continuing operations

   $ 69,579     $ 58,231  

Loss from discontinued operations, net of taxes

     (782 )     (2,752 )
                

Net earnings

   $ 68,797     $ 55,479  
                

Basic weighted average shares outstanding

     123,818       124,809  

Dilutive effect of potential common shares

     1,349       2,984  
                

Diluted weighted average shares outstanding

     125,167       127,793  
                

Net earnings (loss) per share - basic:

    

Continuing operations

   $ 0.56     $ 0.47  

Discontinued operations

     —         (0.03 )
                

Net earnings per share

   $ 0.56     $ 0.44  
                

Net earnings (loss) per share - diluted:

    

Continuing operations

   $ 0.56     $ 0.46  

Discontinued operations

     (0.01 )     (0.03 )
                

Net earnings per share

   $ 0.55     $ 0.43  
                

 

23


Table of Contents

VARIAN MEDICAL SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

(Unaudited)

 

Pursuant to SFAS 123(R), the Company excludes shares underlying stock options from the computation of diluted weighted average shares outstanding if the per share value, including the sum of (a) the exercise price of the options and (b) the amount of the compensation cost attributed to future services and not yet recognized, is greater than the average market price of the shares, because the inclusion of the shares underlying these stock options would be antidilutive to earnings per share. Accordingly, stock options to purchase 5,646,302 shares at an average exercise price of $50.70 per share were excluded from the computation of diluted weighted average shares outstanding for the three months ended January 2, 2009. For the three months ended December 28, 2007, stock options to purchase 5,039,414 shares at an average exercise price of $50.40 per share were excluded from the computation of diluted weighted average shares outstanding.

15. SEGMENT INFORMATION

The Company’s operations are grouped into two reportable operating segments: Oncology Systems and X-ray Products. These reportable operating segments were determined based on how the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, its Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”), views and evaluates the Company’s operations. The Company’s Ginzton Technology Center (“GTC”), SIP business and ACCEL Proton Therapy are reflected in the “Other” category because these operations do not meet the criteria of a reportable operating segment as defined under SFAS No. 131, Disclosures about Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information (“SFAS 131”). The CODM allocates resources to and evaluates the financial performance of each operating segment primarily based on operating earnings.

The following table summarizes selected operating results information for each business segment:

 

     Three Months Ended  

(In millions)

   January 2,
2009
    December 28,
2007
 

Revenues

    

Oncology Systems

   $ 398     $ 360  

X-ray Products

     86       70  
                

Total reportable segments

   $ 484     $ 430  

Other

     25       21  
                

Total company

   $ 509     $ 451  
                

Operating Earnings

    

Oncology Systems

   $ 98     $ 84  

X-ray Products

     21       18  
                

Total reportable segments

   $ 119     $ 102  

Other

     —         —    

Corporate

     (20 )     (15 )
                

Total company

   $ 99     $ 87  
                

16. DISCOUNTINUED OPERATIONS AND ASSETS HELD FOR SALE

In September 2008, the Company approved a plan to sell the Research Instruments business, which develops, manufactures and services highly customized scientific instrument components and systems for fundamental and applied physics research primarily for national research laboratories worldwide. The Company acquired ACCEL in January 2007 primarily to expand its product offerings in proton therapy. Research Instruments was previously included in ACCEL, which is reported under the “Other” category in the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements. The Company decided to sell Research Instruments in order to focus ACCEL exclusively on the development of its ACCEL Proton Therapy business. The Company expects that the sale of Research Instruments will be completed by September 2009. The Company also expects that, in connection with the sale of Research Instruments, the Company will purchase from the buyers certain inventory parts for a period of approximately two years. The inventory purchases are not expected to have a significant impact on the cash flows of Research Instruments.

 

24


Table of Contents

VARIAN MEDICAL SYSTEMS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO THE CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

(Unaudited)

 

In accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets , the Company classified the assets and liabilities of Research Instruments as “assets held for sale” and “liabilities held for sale” in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets and classified its operating results as a discontinued operation in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Earnings for all periods presented. Because the amounts related to Research Instruments are not material in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for all periods presented, the Company has not segregated them from continuing operations.

Total revenues of Research Instruments, reported in discontinued operations, for the three months ended January 2, 2009, and December 28, 2007 were $4.2 million and $7.3 million, respectively. Loss reported in discontinued operations, for the three months ended January 2, 2009, and December 28, 2007 was $0.8 million and $2.8 million, respectively.

 

25


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and

Stockholders of Varian Medical Systems, Inc.:

We have reviewed the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet of Varian Medical Systems, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of January 2, 2009 and the related condensed consolidated statements of earnings for the three-month period ended January 2, 2009 and December 28, 2007 and the condensed consolidated statement of cash flows for the three-month period ended January 2, 2009 and December 28, 2007. These interim financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management.

We conducted our review in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). A review of interim financial information consists principally of applying analytical procedures and making inquiries of persons responsible for financial and accounting matters. It is substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the objective of which is the expression of an opinion regarding the financial statements taken as a whole. Accordingly, we do not express such an opinion.

Based on our review, we are not aware of any material modifications that should be made to the accompanying condensed consolidated interim financial statements for them to be in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have previously audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheet as of September 26, 2008, and the related consolidated statements of earnings, of stockholders’ equity, and of cash flows for the year then ended, and the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of September 26, 2008; and in our report dated November 24, 2008 on financial statements and internal control over financial reporting, we expressed unqualified opinions thereon. The consolidated financial statements are not presented herein. In our opinion, the information set forth in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet as of September 26, 2008, is fairly stated in all material respects in relation to the consolidated balance sheet from which it has been derived.

/ S / P RICEWATERHOUSE C OOPERS LLP

San Jose, CA

February 10, 2009

 

26


Table of Contents
Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Forward-Looking Statements

This Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q contains “forward-looking” statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 which provides a “safe harbor” for statements about future events, products and future financial performance that are based on the beliefs of, estimates made by and information currently available to the management of Varian Medical Systems, Inc. (“VMS”) and its subsidiaries (“we,” “our” or the “Company”). The outcome of the events described in these forward-looking statements is subject to risks and uncertainties. Actual results and the outcome or timing of certain events may differ significantly from those projected in these forward-looking statements or management’s current expectations due to the factors cited in this “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” or MD&A, the Risk Factors listed under Part II, Item 1A of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, and other factors described from time to time in our other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, or other reasons. For this purpose, statements concerning: industry or market segment outlook; market acceptance of or transition to new products or technology such as fixed field intensity-modulated radiation therapy, or IMRT, image-guided radiation therapy, or IGRT, volumetric modulated arc therapy, or VMAT, brachytherapy, software, treatment techniques, stereotactic radiosurgery, filmless X-rays, security and inspection products, proton therapy products and scientific research instrument products; growth drivers; orders, revenues, backlog or earnings growth; future financial results and any statements using the terms “believe,” “expect,” “expectation,” “anticipate,” “can,” “should,” “will,” “would,” “could,” “estimate,” “continue,” “grow,” “based on,” “may,” “intended,” “potential,” “promising,” “hope,” “optimistic” “on-going,” “likely,” and “possible” or similar statements are forward-looking statements. By making forward-looking statements, we have not assumed any obligation to, and you should not expect us to, update or revise those statements because of new information, future events or otherwise.

Overview

Net earnings per diluted share was $0.55 in the first quarter of fiscal year 2009, compared to $0.43 in the first quarter of fiscal year 2008. Excluding the discontinued scientific research instruments business, or Research Instruments, of ACCEL Instruments GmbH, or ACCEL, net earnings from continuing operations per diluted share increased to $0.56 in the first quarter of fiscal year 2009 from $0.46 in the first quarter of last fiscal year. Compared to the same period in fiscal year 2008, revenues rose 13% to $509 million and net orders rose 13% to $551 million. Our backlog grew 14% from the end of the year-ago quarter to $1.9 billion as of January 2, 2009.

In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2008, we approved a plan to sell Research Instruments in order to focus ACCEL exclusively on the development of our ACCEL Proton Therapy business. Accordingly, Research Instruments is classified as a discontinued operation for all periods presented and we have segregated the net assets and operating results of Research Instruments from continuing operations in our Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets and in our Condensed Consolidated Statements of Earnings. Unless otherwise stated, the discussion in this MD&A pertains to our continuing operations. Research Instruments was previously included in the “Other” category.

Oncology Systems .  Our largest business segment is Oncology Systems, which designs, manufacturers, sells and services hardware and software products for radiation treatment of cancer with conventional radiation therapy, IMRT, IGRT, stereotactic radiotherapy and stereotactic radiosurgery, brachytherapy and VMAT, which is a special form of IMRT. Products include linear accelerators, brachytherapy afterloaders, treatment simulation and verification equipment and accessories; as well as information management, treatment planning and image processing software.

In our view, the fundamental market drivers for long-term growth in radiation therapy, stereotactic radiosurgery and brachytherapy continue to be the rising cancer incidence; technology advances and product developments that are leading to improvements in patient care; customer demand for more advanced, effective and comfortable cancer treatments, such as IMRT, IGRT, stereotactic radiosurgery, brachytherapy and VMAT; competitive conditions among hospitals and clinics to offer such advanced treatments; improvement in cost efficiency in delivering radiation therapy; and underserved medical needs outside of the United States. Our primary goal in the Oncology Systems business segment is to promote the adoption of more advanced and effective cancer treatments.

Our new RapidArc TM  radiotherapy products are a proprietary implementation of VMAT to control the beam shape, dose rate and gantry speed in a concerted manner to deliver a highly conformal dose distribution to the target tumor in a single continuous rotation, rather than as a series of fixed fields. These products enable planning and delivering an image-guided

 

27


Table of Contents

IMRT treatment in a single revolution of the radiation treatment beam around the patient for a quicker delivery of treatment. As of the end of the first quarter of fiscal year 2009, we had more than 425 orders for our RapidArc products and received customer acceptance for more than 70 installations of our RapidArc products since we introduced these products in the second quarter of fiscal year 2008. We believe RapidArc represents a significant advancement in IMRT cancer treatment and can help drive longer term demand for our linear accelerators, our IMRT-related accessory products.

For the first quarter of fiscal year 2009, Oncology Systems reported growth in net orders of 11%, with a 6% growth in North America and a 16% growth in the international region. Geographically, Asia led the growth in Oncology Systems net orders. Oncology Systems North American revenues in the first quarter of fiscal year 2009 grew 43% over the first quarter of fiscal year 2008, when Oncology Systems North American remained relatively flat with the first quarter of fiscal year 2007. Oncology Systems international revenues declined by 18% in the first quarter of fiscal year 2009 over the first quarter of fiscal year 2008, when international revenues grew by 28% over the first quarter of fiscal year 2007. Compared to the prior year quarter, Oncology Systems gross margin improved by 0.8 percentage points in the first quarter of fiscal year 2009, primarily because North American revenues, which typically have higher gross margins than international revenues, represented a higher proportion of total revenues, as well as because higher margin products (including our RapidArc products), represented a higher proportion of total product revenues. These improvements in product gross margins were partially offset by a decline in service contract gross margin.

We believe regional fluctuations in demand are consistent with an observed historical pattern where the international regions follow North America in the adoption of new technology. We are also experiencing faster early adoption rates for our RapidArc products and IGRT products than historical adoption rates for our other products, which may lead to more compressed growth cycles. As was the case in fiscal year 2008, we believe that growth in our net orders, revenues and gross margin may also be influenced by the fluctuation of exchange rates of the U.S. dollar against foreign currencies. The weakening U.S. dollar that we have experienced over the last several years made our pricing more competitive with our foreign competitors, and contributed to our international order and revenue growth. The strengthening of the U.S. dollar against other foreign currencies, that we experienced in the first quarter of fiscal year 2009, makes our pricing less competitive and may result in slower growth in our international orders and revenues, which then could negatively affect our overall financial performance and results. Additionally, we have seen the purchasing cycle lengthen for some customers, which we believe results from a more complex decision-making process associated with larger dollar value transactions for more sophisticated IGRT and surgical equipment and other technical advances. Revenues are also influenced by the timing of product shipments which are tied to planned customer-requested delivery dates. These factors may result in greater fluctuation in our Oncology Systems net orders and revenues.

The general worldwide economic downturn we have seen since 2008 is making it more difficult for our customers, our vendors and us to accurately forecast and plan future business activities. External influences that could adversely impact our Oncology Systems business include the financial strength of our customers, the availability of credit to our customers, consolidation among our customers, currency exchange rates, significant changes to Medicare and Medicaid reimbursement rates for radiotherapy, brachytherapy and radiosurgery procedures in the United States; government budgeting and tendering cycles and governmental healthcare policies. A customer’s decision-making process may be further complicated and lengthened as the current worldwide economic downturn causes hospitals, clinics and research institutions to more closely scrutinize and prioritize their capital spending budgets. We cannot predict the timing or duration of any economic slowdown or the timing or strength of a subsequent economic recovery, in general or specifically in the healthcare industry. If the healthcare market significantly deteriorates due to these macroeconomic effects, our business, financial condition and results of operations will likely be materially and adversely affected.

X-Ray Products .  Our X-ray Products business segment manufactures and sells: (i) x-ray tubes for use in a range of applications including computed tomography, or CT, scanning, radiographic or fluoroscopic imaging, mammography, special procedures and industrial applications; and (ii) flat panel digital image detectors for filmless x-ray imaging (commonly referred to as flat panel detectors or digital image detectors), which are an alternative to image intensifier tubes for fluoroscopy and x-ray film and computed radiography, or CR, systems for radiography. We continue to view the fundamental growth driver for this business to be the on-going success of key x-ray imaging original equipment manufacturers, or OEMs, that incorporate our X-ray tube products and flat panel detectors into their medical diagnostic, dental, veterinary and industrial imaging systems.

X-ray Products’ net orders and revenues grew in the first quarter of fiscal year 2009 over the same period of fiscal year 2008 primarily due to growth in net orders and revenues for our high power, anode grounded CT scanning tubes and our flat panel detectors. Our success in our X-ray Products business depends upon our ability to anticipate changes in our markets, the

 

28


Table of Contents

direction of technological innovation and the demands of our customers. The general worldwide economic downturn we have seen since 2008 may make it difficult for our OEM customers, our vendors and us to accurately forecast and plan future business activities. If the markets for our customers significantly deteriorate due to these macroeconomic effects, our business and results of operations may be adversely affected. The rising costs of raw materials due to increased worldwide demand which we have seen over the last two years have abated with the recent worldwide economic downturn. Global demand for such commodities has lessened and we have seen decreases in some commodity prices for our materials, which should eventually benefit our product cost structure.

Other.  The “Other” category is comprised of Security and Inspection Products, or SIP, the ACCEL Proton Therapy business, and the operations of the Ginzton Technology Center, or GTC. (Please refer to Note 15 “Segment Information” to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements within this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.)

SIP designs, manufactures, sells and services Linatron ® x-ray accelerators, imaging processing software and image detection products for security and inspection purposes, such as cargo screening at ports and borders and nondestructive product examination for a variety of applications. SIP also designs, manufactures, sells and services IntellX TM , an imaging product for cargo screening. We generally sell SIP products to OEMs who incorporate our products into their inspection systems, which are then sold to customs and other government agencies, as well as to commercial private parties in the casting, power, aerospace, chemical, petro-chemical and automotive industries for nondestructive product examination purposes.

We believe growth in the SIP business will be driven by cargo screening and border protection needs, as well as by the needs of customs agencies to verify the contents of shipments for assessing duties and taxes. As a result, this business is heavily influenced by U.S. and foreign governmental policies on national and homeland security, border protection and customs revenue activities; these activities depend upon government budgets and appropriations and are subject to political change. In addition, this business depends on the success of our OEM customers. We are now seeing wider deployment of our Linatron x-ray accelerators for cargo screening and border protection as customers are placing orders for multiple units. While we are optimistic about SIP’s long-term potential and encouraged by the increased interest in our SIP products, use of this technology in security cargo screening and border protection is still in its early stages. Orders and revenues for our SIP products may be unpredictable as governmental agencies may place large orders with our OEM customers in a short time period and then may not place any orders for a long time period thereafter.

Our ACCEL Proton Therapy business develops, designs, manufactures and services products and systems for delivering proton therapy, another form of external beam radiation therapy using proton beams for the treatment of cancer. Proton therapy, as a clinical treatment modality, is still not wide-spread and the technology is still developing. We are investing substantial resources to commercialize this business’s advanced proton technology and to build this new business. Proton therapy facilities, nevertheless, are large scale construction projects that can take three years or more to complete. With the cost of a multiple-gantry system in excess of $60 million and the total cost for a center approaching $100 million, significant customer investment and perhaps complex project financing will be required. Consequently, the customers’ decision-making cycle is very long and orders for proton therapy systems generally involve many contingencies. Since we will not book orders for proton therapy systems until contingencies are eliminated under our current practice, we do not expect to book any orders for proton therapy systems in the short term and do not expect to start generating significant proton therapy systems revenues until fiscal year 2010 at the earliest. Given the heavy reliance of customers of this business on credit and large-scale project financing, this business is the most vulnerable to the general worldwide economic downturn and contraction in the credit and public bond markets.

GTC, our scientific research facility, continues to invest in developing technologies that enhance our current businesses or may lead to new business areas, including next generation digital x-ray imaging technology, volumetric and functional imaging, and improved x-ray sources and technology for security and cargo screening applications. In addition, GTC is developing technologies and products that are designed to improve disease management by more precise targeting of radiation, as well as by employing targeted energy and molecular agents to enhance the effectiveness and broaden the application of radiation therapy.

For the first quarter of fiscal year 2009, the growth in net orders in the “Other” category over the prior year period was primarily driven by growth in net orders for our Linatron x-ray accelerators in the SIP business. The growth in revenues in the “Other” category was also driven by increased revenues from our SIP products.

 

29


Table of Contents

This discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based upon and should be read in conjunction with the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and the notes included elsewhere in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, as well as the Consolidated Financial Statements and the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements and the related Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 26, 2008, or the 2008 Annual Report, as well as the Risk Factors contained in Part II, Item 1A of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, and other information provided from time to time in our other filings with the SEC.

Critical Accounting Estimates

The preparation of our financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or GAAP, requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses. These estimates and assumptions are based on historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances. We periodically review our accounting policies, estimates and assumptions and make adjustments when facts and circumstances dictate. Our critical accounting policies that are affected by accounting estimates include share-based compensation expense, revenue recognition, valuation of allowance for doubtful accounts, valuation of inventories, assessment of recoverability of goodwill and intangible assets, valuation of warranty obligations, assessment of environmental remediation liabilities, valuation of defined benefit and post-retirement benefit plans, valuation of derivative instruments and taxes on earnings. Such accounting policies require us to use judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates and assumptions regarding matters that are inherently uncertain; and actual results could differ materially from these estimates. For a discussion of how these estimates and other factors may affect our business, also refer to the Risk Factors listed under Part II, Item 1A of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q.

Share-based Compensation Expense

Effective October 1, 2005, we adopted Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, or SFAS, No. 123 (revised 2004), Share-Based Payment, or SFAS 123(R), using the modified prospective transition method. We have valued our share-based payment awards granted beginning in fiscal year 2006 using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The determination of fair value of share-based payment awards on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model is affected by VMS’s stock price, as well as the input of other subjective assumptions, including the expected term of stock awards and the expected price volatility of VMS stock over the expected term of the awards.

The expected term is based on the observed and expected time to post-vesting exercise and post-vesting cancellations of stock options by our employees. Upon the adoption of SFAS 123(R), we determined the expected term of stock options based on the demographic grouping of employees and retirement eligibility. Upon the adoption of SFAS 123(R), we used a combination of historical and implied volatility, or blended volatility, in deriving the expected volatility assumption. Blended volatility represents the weighted average of implied volatility and historical volatility. Implied volatility was derived based on six-month traded options on VMS common stock. Implied volatility is weighted in the calculation of blended volatility based on the ratio of the six-month term of the exchange-traded options to the expected lives of the employee stock options. Historical volatility represents the remainder of the weighting. Our decision to incorporate implied volatility was based on our assessment that implied volatility of publicly traded options on VMS common stock is reflective of market conditions and is generally reflective of both historical volatility and expectations of how future volatility will differ from historical volatility. In determining the extent of use of implied volatility, we considered: (i) the volume of market activity of traded options; (ii) the ability to reasonably match the input variables of traded options to those of stock options granted by us, including the date of grant; (iii) the similarity of the exercise prices; and (iv) the length of term of traded options. After considering the above factors, we determined that we cannot rely exclusively on implied volatility based on the fact that the term of VMS six-month exchange-traded options is less than one year and that it is different from the expected lives of the stock options we granted. Therefore, we believe a combination of the historical volatility over the expected lives of the stock options granted by us and the implied volatility of six-month exchange-traded options best reflects the expected volatility of VMS common stock going forward. The risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon observed interest rates appropriate for the term of our stock options. The dividend yield assumption is based on our history and expectation of dividend payouts. If factors change and we employ different assumptions in the application of SFAS 123(R) in future periods, the compensation expense that we record under SFAS 123(R) may differ significantly from what we have recorded in the current period. In addition, we are required to estimate the expected forfeiture rate and recognize expense only for those shares expected to vest. If our actual forfeiture rate is materially different from our estimate, the stock-based compensation expense could be significantly different from what we have recorded in the current period.

 

30


Table of Contents

Revenue Recognition

We frequently enter into sales arrangements with customers that contain multiple elements or deliverables such as hardware, software and services. Judgments as to: the allocation of the proceeds received from an arrangement to the multiple elements of the arrangement; the determination of whether any undelivered elements are essential to the functionality of the delivered elements and the appropriate timing of revenue recognition are critical in respect to these arrangements to ensure compliance with GAAP. In addition, the amount of product revenues we recognize is affected by our judgments as to whether objective and reliable evidence of fair value exists for hardware products and vendor-specific objective evidence of the fair value for software products in arrangements with multiple elements. Changes to the elements in an arrangement and the ability to establish objective and reliable evidence of fair value or vendor-specific objective evidence of the fair value for those elements could affect the timing of revenue recognition. Revenue recognition also depends on the timing of shipment and is subject to customer acceptance and the readiness of customers’ facilities. If shipments are not made on scheduled timelines or if the products are not accepted by the customer in a timely manner, our reported revenues may differ materially from expectations. In addition, revenues related to proton therapy commissioning service contracts, as well as highly customized image detection systems, are recognized under the percentage-of-completion method. Under the percentage-of-completion method of accounting, sales and gross profit are recognized as work is performed, based on the relationship between actual costs incurred and total estimated costs at the completion of the contract. If a loss is expected on a contract, the estimated loss would be charged to cost of sales in the period the loss is identified. Because the percentage-of-completion method involves considerable use of estimates in determining revenues, costs and profits and in assigning the amounts to accounting periods, and because the estimates must be periodically reviewed and appropriately adjusted, if our estimates prove to be inaccurate, we may be forced to adjust revenues or even record a contract loss in later periods.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We evaluate the credit worthiness of our customers prior to authorizing shipment for all major sale transactions. Our customary payment terms require payment of: a small portion of the total amount due when the customer signs the purchase order; a significant amount upon transfer of risk of loss to the customer; and the remaining amount upon completion of the installation. On a quarterly basis, we evaluate aged items in the accounts receivable aging report and provide an allowance in an amount we deem adequate for doubtful accounts. If our evaluation of our customers’ financial conditions does not reflect our future ability to collect outstanding receivables, additional provisions may be needed and our operating results could be affected negatively.

Inventories

Our inventories include high technology parts and components that are highly specialized in nature and that are subject to rapid technological obsolescence. We have programs to minimize the required inventories on hand and we regularly review inventory quantities on hand and adjust for excess and obsolete inventory based primarily on historical usage rates and our estimates of product demand and production. Actual demand may differ from our estimates, in which case we may have understated or overstated the provision required for obsolete and excess inventory, which would have an impact on our operating results.

Goodwill and Intangible Assets

Goodwill is initially recorded when the purchase price paid for a business acquisition exceeds the estimated fair value of the net identified tangible and intangible assets acquired. The majority of businesses that we have acquired have not had significant identified tangible assets and, as a result, we have typically allocated a significant portion of the purchase price to intangible assets and goodwill. Our future operating performance will be impacted by the future amortization of these acquired intangible assets and potential impairment charges related to these intangibles or to goodwill if indicators of impairment exist. The allocation of the purchase price from business acquisitions to goodwill and intangible assets could have a significant impact on our future operating results. In addition, the allocation of the purchase price of the acquired businesses to goodwill and intangible assets requires us to make significant estimates and assumptions, including estimates of future cash flows expected to be generated by the acquired assets and the appropriate discount rate for these cash flows. Should conditions differ from management’s estimates at the time of the acquisition, material write-downs of intangible assets and/or goodwill may be required, which would adversely affect our operating results.

 

31


Table of Contents

We evaluate goodwill and purchased assets with indefinite lives for impairment at least annually in accordance with SFAS 142 “ Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets .” The impairment test for goodwill is a two-step process. Step one consists of a comparison of the fair value of a reporting unit against its carrying amount, including the goodwill allocated to each reporting unit. We determine the fair value of our reporting units based on the present value of estimated future cash flows of the reporting units. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit is in excess of its fair value, step two requires the comparison of the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill against the carrying amount of the reporting unit’s goodwill. Any excess of the carrying value of the reporting unit’s goodwill over the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is recorded as an impairment loss. The impairment test for intangible assets with indefinite useful lives, if any, consists of a comparison of fair value to carrying value, with any excess of carrying value over fair value being recorded as an impairment loss. We will continue to make assessments of impairment on an annual basis in the fourth quarter of our fiscal years or more frequently if indicators of potential impairment arise.

Warranty Obligations

We warrant most of our products for a specific period of time, usually twelve months, against material defects. We provide for the estimated future costs of warranty obligations in cost of revenues when the related revenues are recognized. The accrued warranty costs represent our best estimate at the time of sale of the total costs that we will incur to repair or replace product parts that fail while still under warranty. The amount of accrued estimated warranty costs obligation for established products is primarily based on historical experience as to product failures adjusted for current information on repair costs. For new products, estimates will include historical experience of similar products, as well as reasonable allowance for start-up expenses. Actual warranty costs could differ from the estimated amounts. On a quarterly basis, we review the accrued balances of our warranty obligations and update the historical warranty cost trends, if required. If we were required to accrue additional warranty costs in the future, it would have a negative effect on our operating results.

Environmental Matters

We are subject to a variety of environmental laws around the world regulating the handling, storage, transport and disposal of hazardous substances that do or may create increased costs for some of our operations. Environmental remediation liabilities are recorded when environmental assessments and/or remediation efforts are probable and the costs of these assessments or remediation efforts can be reasonably estimated, in accordance with SFAS No. 5, Accounting for Contingencies, and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, Statement of Position 96-1, Environmental Remediation Liabilities. The accrued environmental costs represent our best estimate as to the total costs of remediation and the time period over which these costs will be incurred. On a quarterly basis, we review these accrued balances. If we were required to accrue additional environmental remediation costs in the future, it would negatively impact our operating results.

Defined Benefit and Post-Retirement Benefit Plans

We sponsor six defined benefit pension plans in Germany, Japan, Switzerland and the United Kingdom covering employees who meet the applicable eligibility requirements in these countries. In July 2007, we made changes to the defined benefit plan in the United Kingdom by terminating the accrual of additional benefits for existing participants and suspending the enrollment of new participants. We also sponsor a post-retirement benefit plan that provides healthcare benefits to certain eligible retirees in the United States. We do not have any defined benefit pension plans in the United States. Several statistical and other factors that attempt to anticipate future events are used in calculating the expense and liability related to those plans for which the benefit is actuarially determined, such as our defined benefit and post-retirement benefit plans. These factors include assumptions about: the discount rate; expected return on plan assets; rate of future compensation increases; and rate of healthcare cost increases, all of which we determine within certain guidelines. In addition, we also use subjective factors, such as withdrawal and mortality rates, to calculate the expense and liability. The actuarial assumptions we use are long-term assumptions and may differ materially from actual experience particularly in the short term due to changing market and economic conditions and changing participant demographics. These differences may have a significant impact on the amount of pension expense we record.

The expected rates of return on the various defined benefit pension plans’ assets are based on the asset allocation of each plan and the long-term projected return of those assets. The discount rate enables us to state expected future cash flows at a present value on the measurement date. The discount rates used for defined benefit plans in all countries are based primarily on the yields of a universe of high quality corporate bonds in each country or the spot rate of high quality AA-rated corporate bonds, with durations corresponding to the expected durations of the benefit obligations. In countries where the corporate bond market is not sufficiently representative of the time period at longer durations, the discount rate also takes into account the yield of long-term government bonds corresponding to the duration of the benefit obligations and the difference between the yield curve on high quality corporate fixed-income investments and government fixed-income investment. A lower discount rate increases the present value of benefit obligations.

 

32


Table of Contents

Valuation of Derivative Instruments

We use foreign currency forward contracts to reduce the effects of currency fluctuations on sales transactions denominated in foreign currencies and on assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies. These foreign currency forward contracts are derivative instruments and are measured at fair value. SFAS No. 157, Fair Value Measurements , or SFAS 157 establishes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value (see Note 3 “Fair Value Measurements” to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements). Each level of input has different levels of subjectivity and difficulty involved in determining fair value. The fair value of foreign currency forward contracts are calculated primarily using Level 2 inputs, which include currency spot and forward rates, interest rate and credit or non-performance risk. The spot rate for each currency is the same spot rate used for all balance sheet translations at the measurement date and sourced from our major trading banks. The following values are interpolated from commonly quoted broker services: forward point values for each currency, the London Interbank Offered Rate, or LIBOR, to discount assets and liabilities. One year credit default swap spreads of the counterparty at the measurement date are used to adjust derivative assets, all of which have maturity terms less than twelve months, for non-performance risk. We are required to adjust derivative liabilities to reflect the potential non-performance risk to lenders based on our incremental borrowing rate. Each contract is individually adjusted using the counterparty (for net asset) or our discount rate (for net liability). The use of Level 2 inputs in determining fair values requires certain management judgment and subjectivity. Changes to these Level 2 inputs could have a material impact to the valuation of our derivative instruments, as well as on our result of operations.

Taxes on Earnings

We are subject to taxes on earnings in both the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions. As a global taxpayer, significant judgments and estimates are required in evaluating our tax positions and determining our provision for taxes on earnings.

Effective as of the beginning of fiscal year 2008, we adopted the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, Interpretation No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes–an interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109 , or FIN 48. FIN 48 contains a two-step approach to recognizing, derecognizing and measuring uncertain tax positions accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes . The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining whether the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that, based on the technical merits, the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely of being realized upon settlement. Recognition, derecognition, and measurement are based on management’s best judgment given the facts, circumstances and information available at the end of the accounting period. A tax benefit should be recognized in the first period in which it meets the more likely than not recognition threshold, and conversely, a tax benefit previously recognized should be derecognized in the first period in which new information results in a change in judgment in which the position fails to meet the recognition threshold. A benefit not previously recognized would be recognized when the tax position is effectively settled through examination, negotiation or litigation with tax authorities, or when the statute of limitations for the relevant taxing authority to examine and challenge the position has expired. Our policy to include interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits within the provision for taxes on earnings did not change as a result of the adoption of FIN 48.

In addition, the carrying value of our net deferred tax assets assumes that we will be able to generate sufficient future taxable earnings in certain tax jurisdictions to utilize these deferred tax assets. Should we conclude it is more likely than not that we will be unable to recover our net deferred tax assets in these tax jurisdictions, we would increase our valuation allowance and our tax provision would increase in the period in which we make such a determination.

Earnings derived from our international regions are generally taxed at rates lower than U.S. rates. Our effective tax rate is impacted by existing tax laws in both the United States and in the respective countries in which our international subsidiaries do business. In addition, a decrease in the percentage of our total earnings from our international regions, or a change in the mix of international regions among particular tax jurisdictions, could increase our effective tax rate. Also, our current effective tax rate does not assume U.S. taxes on certain undistributed profits of certain foreign subsidiaries. These earnings could become subject to incremental foreign withholding or U.S. federal and state taxes should they either be deemed or actually remitted to the United States.

 

33


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

Fiscal Year

Our fiscal year is the 52- or 53-week period ending on the Friday nearest September 30. Fiscal year 2009 is the 53-week period ending October 2, 2009, and fiscal year 2008 was the 52-week period ended on September 26, 2008. The fiscal quarter ended January 2, 2009 was a 14-week period and the fiscal quarter ended December 28, 2007 was a 13-week period.

Discussion of Financial Data for the First Quarter of Fiscal Year 2009 Compared to the First Quarter of Fiscal Year 2008

Total Revenues

 

     Three Months Ended  

Revenues by sales classification

(Dollars in millions)

   January 2,
2009
    December 28,
2007
    Percent
Change
 

Product

   $ 402.2     $ 364.3     10 %

Service Contracts and Other

     106.5       86.9     23 %
                  

Total Revenues

   $ 508.7     $ 451.2     13 %
                  

Product as a percentage of total revenues

     79 %     81 %  

Service Contracts and Other as a percentage of total revenues

     21 %     19 %  

Revenues by region

                  

North America

   $ 275.8     $ 201.2     37 %
                  

Europe

     130.8       150.9     (13 %)

Asia

     88.1       84.4     4 %

Rest of world

     14.0       14.7     (5 %)
                  

Total International (1)

     232.9       250.0     (7 %)
                  

Total

   $ 508.7     $ 451.2     13 %
                  

North America as a percentage of total revenues

     54 %     45 %  

International as a percentage of total revenues

     46 %     55 %  

 

(1) We consider international revenues to be revenues outside of North America.

For the first quarter of fiscal year 2009, both of our business segments and SIP contributed to the growth in total revenues, as well as growth in product revenues, over the prior year period. Oncology Systems service contracts revenues was the primary contributor to the growth in service contracts and other revenues.

For the first quarter of fiscal year 2009, North American revenues increased 37% over the first quarter of fiscal year 2008, when North American revenues increased 3% over the first quarter of fiscal year 2007. The increase in North American revenues was primarily driven by the growth in Oncology Systems revenues and, to a lesser extent, the growth in SIP and X-ray Products revenues. International revenues decreased 7% in the first quarter of fiscal year 2009 over the first quarter of fiscal year 2008, which had experienced 30% growth over the first quarter of fiscal year 2007. The decline, experienced in all international regions except Asia, was due to the decrease in Oncology Systems international revenues, partially offset by increases in SIP and X-ray Products international revenues. The strengthening of the U.S. dollar against foreign currencies compared to that of the year-ago period negatively affected our international revenues when measured in U.S. dollars.

 

34


Table of Contents

Oncology Systems Revenues

 

     Three Months Ended  

Revenues by sales classification

(Dollars in millions)

   January 2,
2009
    December 28,
2007
    Percent
Change
 

Product

   $ 294.6     $ 276.6     7 %

Service Contracts (1)

     103.6       83.7     24 %
                  

Total Oncology Systems revenues

   $ 398.2     $ 360.3     11 %
                  

Product as a percentage of total Oncology Systems revenues

     74 %     77 %  

Service Contracts as a percentage of Oncology Systems revenues

     26 %     23 %  

Oncology Systems revenues as a percentage of total revenues

     78 %     80 %  

 

(1) Revenues from service contracts represent revenues from fixed-term service contracts and labor cost services. This excludes revenues from spare parts sold by our service department.

The increases in Oncology Systems product revenues for the first quarter of fiscal year 2009 over the year-ago period were primarily driven by revenues from sales of our new RapidArc products, partially offset by a decrease in product revenues from sales of our high energy linear accelerators. The increase in service contracts revenues in the first quarter of fiscal year 2009 from the first quarter of fiscal year 2008 was primarily driven by increased customer adoption of service contracts, as the sophistication of our products and the installed base of our software products increased. In addition, the strengthening of the U.S. dollar against foreign currencies compared to that of the year-ago period negatively affected our international revenues when measured in U.S. dollars.

 

       Three Months Ended  

Revenues by region

(Dollars in millions)

   January 2,
2009
    December 28,
2007
    Percent
Change
 

North America

   $ 239.1     $ 167.2     43 %
                  

Europe

     104.4       128.2     (19 %)

Asia

     43.0       52.2     (18 %)

Rest of world

     11.7       12.7     (8 %)
                  

Total International

     159.1       193.1     (18 %)
                  

Total Oncology Systems Revenues

   $ 398.2     $ 360.3     11 %
                  

North America as a percentage of Oncology Systems revenues

     60 %     46 %  

International as a percentage of Oncology Systems revenues

     40 %     54 %  

For the first quarter of fiscal year 2009, North American revenues grew by 43% over the first quarter of fiscal year 2008, when North American revenue growth was 1% over the first quarter of fiscal year 2007. North American revenues grew in the first quarter of fiscal year 2009 over the year-ago quarter primarily due to increases in product revenues from sales of our high energy linear accelerators, our new RapidArc products and our accessory products that enable IGRT (including our On-Board Imager ® product, or OBI), as well as an increase in service contract revenues.

International revenues in the first quarter of fiscal year 2009 decreased by 18% over the first quarter of fiscal year 2008, which had experienced 28% growth over the first quarter of fiscal year 2007. For the first quarter of fiscal year 2009, international revenues declined from the prior year quarter primarily due to lower product revenues from sale of our high energy linear accelerators and our accessory products that enable IGRT (including our OBI) partially offset by an increase in service contract revenues and revenues from sales of our new RapidArc products. The strengthening of the U.S. dollar against foreign currencies compared to that of the year-ago period also negatively affected our international revenues when measured in U.S. dollars.

Varying cycles of higher and lower revenues between the international and North American regions is a historical pattern reflecting different technology adoption cycles and demand cycles that is consistent with the net order patterns discussed more fully under “Net Orders.” Oncology Systems revenues also continued to be influenced by the timing of product shipments in accordance with planned customer-requested delivery dates.

 

35


Table of Contents

X-ray Products Revenues

 

     Three Months Ended  

Revenues by region

(Dollars in millions)

   January 2,
2009
    December 28,
2007
    Percent
Change
 

North America

   $ 28.9     $ 27.2     6 %
                  

Europe

     11.4       9.7     18 %

Asia

     43.4       31.2     39 %

Rest of world

     2.4       2.0     19 %
                  

Total International

     57.2       42.9     33 %
                  

Total X-ray Products Revenues

   $ 86.1     $ 70.1     23 %
                  

North America as a percentage of X-ray Products revenues

     34 %     39 %  

International as a percentage of X-ray Products revenues

     66 %     61 %  

X-ray Products revenues as a percentage of total revenues

     17 %     15 %  

Growth in sales of our x-ray tubes and our flat panel detectors contributed to the growth in total X-ray Products revenues in the first quarter of fiscal year 2009 over the year-ago quarter. The increase in international revenues in the first quarter of fiscal year 2009 over the year-ago quarter was primarily due to increased revenues from sales of our x-ray tubes from one OEM customer in Asia and increased revenues from sales of our flat panel detectors in Europe and Asia. In North America, the growth in revenues from sales of our x-ray tubes in the first quarter of fiscal year 2009 over the year-ago quarter was significantly offset by a decline in revenues from sales of our flat panel detectors.

We sell our x-ray products to a limited number of OEM customers for incorporation into diagnostic imaging systems. Many of our OEM customers for x-ray tube products are also our competitors. The loss of, or reduction in purchasing volume by, one or more of these customers would have a material adverse effect on our X-ray Products business.

Other Revenues

 

     Three Months Ended  

Revenues by sales classification

(Dollars in millions)

   January 2,
2009
    December 28,
2007
    Percent
Change
 

Product

   $ 21.4     $ 17.6     21 %

Service Contracts

     3.0       3.2     (6 %)
                  

Total Other revenues

   $ 24.4     $ 20.8     17 %
                  

Other revenues as a percentage of total revenues

     5 %     5 %  

For our “Other” category, which includes SIP, ACCEL Proton Therapy and GTC, revenues in the first quarter of fiscal year 2009 increased over the year-ago period primarily due to growth in product revenues in our SIP business. The higher product revenues from SIP were attributable to increased sales of our high-energy x-ray vehicle inspection systems and our Linatron x-ray accelerators to OEM customers for cargo screening and border protection.

 

36


Table of Contents

Gross Margin

 

     Three Months Ended  

(Dollars in millions)

Dollar by segment

   January 2,
2009
    December 28,
2007
    Percent
Change
 

Oncology Systems

   $ 173.9     $ 154.5     13 %

X-ray Products

     34.7       27.7     25 %

Other

     10.4       8.9     17 %
                  

Gross margin

   $ 219.0     $ 191.1     15 %
                  

Percentage by segment

                  

Oncology Systems

     43.7 %     42.9 %  

X-ray Products

     40.3 %     39.5 %  

Total Company

     43.0 %     42.4 %  

For the first quarter of fiscal year 2009, total gross margin increased by 0.6 percentage points over year-ago period. Both of our business segments contributed to the improvement in gross margin, while SIP gross margin was down slightly.

Oncology Systems gross margin increased in the first quarter of fiscal year 2009 over the year-ago period primarily due to an increase in product gross margin, partially offset by a decrease in service contracts gross margin. Product gross margin increased from 41.0% in the first quarter of fiscal year 2008 to 42.4% in the first quarter of fiscal year 2009 primarily because North American product revenues, which typically have higher gross margins than international revenues, represented a higher proportion of total product revenues, as well as because higher margin products (including our RapidArc products), represented a higher proportion of total product revenues. For the first quarter of fiscal year 2009, service contract gross margin decreased to 47.3% from 49.2% in the first quarter of fiscal year 2008 mainly due to increased quality costs.

X-ray Products gross margin increase of 0.8 percentage points in the first quarter of fiscal year 2009 over the prior year quarter was due primarily to product mix shift toward higher margin high-end tube products and a decrease in quality costs.

Research and Development

 

     Three Months Ended  

(Dollars in millions)

   January 2,
2009
    December 28,
2007
    Percent
Change
 

Research and development

   $ 37.0     $ 28.9     28 %

As a percentage of total revenues

     7.3 %     6.4 %  

The $8.1 million increase in research and development expense for the first quarter of fiscal year 2009 over the first quarter of fiscal year 2008 was driven primarily by a $3.8 million increase in expenses in Oncology Systems as this segment increased its employee headcount, material costs and consulting expenses for product development, although a favorable currency translation impact, due to the relatively strong U.S. dollar against foreign currencies, when the research and development expenses for Oncology Systems in our foreign operations were translated into U.S. dollars partially offset these increases. All three businesses in the “Other” category increased their research and development expenses by an aggregate of $2.2 million over the year-ago period. X-Ray Products increased its research and development expenses $2.1 million over the year-ago period primarily for development projects related to both x-ray tubes and flat panel products.

 

37


Table of Contents

Selling, General and Administrative

 

     Three Months Ended  

(Dollars in millions)

   January 2,
2009
    December 28,
2007
    Percent
Change
 

Selling, general and administrative

   $ 83.2     $ 75.1     11 %

As a percentage of total revenues

     16.4 %     16.6 %  

The $8.1 million increase in selling, general and administrative expenses for the first quarter of fiscal year 2009 compared to the same period in fiscal year 2008 was primarily attributable to: (a) a $4.8 million increase in employee-related costs and headcount to support our growing business activities and (b) a $4.6 million increase in operating expenses associated with required information technology infrastructure improvements to support our growing business activities.

Interest Income, Net

 

     Three Months Ended  

(Dollars in millions)

   January 2,
2009
   December 28,
2007
   Percent
Change
 

Interest income, net

   $ 1.3    $ 1.5    (14 %)

The decrease in interest income, net, in the first quarter of fiscal year 2009, compared to the same period in fiscal year 2008, was attributable to the lower average interest rates earned on our cash and cash equivalents in the same period.

Taxes on Earnings

 

     Three Months Ended  
     January 2,
2009
    December 28,
2007
    Percent
Change
 

Effective tax rate

   30 %   34 %   (4 %)

Our effective tax rate was 30% for the three months ended January 2, 2009, compared to 34% for the same period of fiscal year 2008. The decrease in our effective tax rate for the three-month period ended January 2, 2009 was primarily due to a net benefit for discrete items, primarily related to the release of some liabilities for uncertain tax positions under FIN 48 as a result of the lapse of the statute of limitations in various jurisdictions, and the benefit of the retroactive reinstatement of the federal research and development credit.

In general, our effective income tax rate differs from the U.S. federal statutory rate primarily because our foreign earnings are taxed at rates that are, on average, lower than the U.S. federal rate, and our domestic earnings are subject to state income taxes. Our future effective tax rate could be adversely affected by having lower earnings than anticipated in countries where we have lower statutory rates and higher earnings than anticipated in countries where we have higher statutory rates, changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets or liabilities, and changes in tax laws or interpretations of those laws. We also expect that our effective tax rate may experience increased fluctuation from period to period under the provisions of FIN 48.

Net Earnings Per Diluted Share

 

     Three Months Ended  
     January 2,
2009
   December 28,
2007
   Percent
Change
 

Net earnings per diluted share

   $ 0.56    $ 0.46    22 %

The increase in earnings per diluted share in the first quarter of fiscal year 2009 over the same period in fiscal year 2008 resulted from the increase in total revenues, and the lower effective tax rate, due to a net benefit of discrete items, as well as the reduction in outstanding shares of common stock due to stock repurchases.

 

38


Table of Contents

Net Orders

 

     Three Months Ended  

Total Net Orders (by segment and region)

(Dollars in millions)

   January 2,
2009
   December 28,
2007
   Percent
Change
 

Oncology Systems:

        

North America

   $ 220.5    $ 207.2    6 %

Total International

     207.1      178.5    16 %
                

Total Oncology Systems

   $ 427.6    $ 385.7    11 %
                

X-ray Products:

        

North America

   $ 26.7    $ 25.9    3 %

Total International

     64.4      49.2    31 %
                

Total X-ray Products

   $ 91.1    $ 75.1    21 %
                

Other:

   $ 32.6    $ 28.2    15 %
                

Total Net Orders:

   $ 551.3    $ 489.0    13 %
                

Both of our business segments and SIP (in the “Other” category) contributed to the growth in net orders in the first quarter of fiscal year 2009 over the prior year period. Oncology Systems net orders for the first quarter of fiscal year 2009 grew 11% over the same quarter in fiscal year 2008 to $427.6 million, with a 6% growth in North America and a 16% growth in the international region. The increase of $41.9 million in net orders was primarily driven by growth in our service contracts, as well as our new RapidArc products, partially offset by a decline in net orders for our high energy linear accelerators. The growth in international net orders was driven by growth in Asia, partially offset by declines in Europe and the rest of the world region.

The trailing twelve months growth in net orders for Oncology Systems for the last three fiscal quarters were: 13% total increase, with a 12% increase in North America and a 14% increase for international regions, as of January 2, 2009; 14% total increase, with a 13% increase in North America and a 16% increase for international regions, as of September 26, 2008; and a 13% total increase, with an 8% increase for North America and an 18% increase for international regions, as of June 27, 2008. Consistent with the historical pattern, we expect that Oncology Systems net orders will continue to experience regional fluctuations.

The increase in X-ray Products net orders in the first quarter of fiscal year 2009 over the year-ago period was due primarily to an increase in net orders for our high power, anode grounded CT scanning tubes and our flat panel detectors. The flat panel detector product line has become a significant contributor to our X-ray Products business segment, and we believe this product line will continue to contribute to our growth as flat panel detectors replace traditional film and image-intensifier x-ray products in many medical, dental and veterinary applications.

Net orders in the “Other” category, comprised of SIP, ACCEL Proton Therapy business and GTC, increased 15% in the first quarter of fiscal year 2009 over the same quarter in fiscal year 2008, primarily due to the increase in our SIP Linatron x-ray accelerators for cargo screening and border protection. However, orders for our SIP products may be unpredictable as governmental agencies may place large orders with our OEM customers in a short period and then may not place any orders for a long time thereafter.

In any given period, orders growth in either North America or international regions, or both, could fluctuate because of the high dollar amount of individual orders. The timing of sales and revenue recognition will vary significantly based on: the delivery requirements of individual orders; acceptance schedules; and the readiness of individual customer sites for installation of our products. The sales and revenue recognition cycles for some types of orders, such as upgrades ( i.e., the addition of new features or accessories to existing equipment) are usually shorter than for new equipment orders. Thus, orders in any quarter or period may not be directly correlated to the level of sales or revenues in any particular future quarter or period. Moreover, certain types of orders, such as software products or newly introduced products in our Oncology Systems segment, typically take more time from order to completion of installation and acceptance. Thus, as the overall mix of net orders includes a greater proportion of these types of products, the average time period within which orders convert into revenues could lengthen and our revenue in a specific period could be lower as a result.

 

39


Table of Contents

Discontinued Operations

In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2008, we approved a plan to sell Research Instruments to focus ACCEL exclusively on the development of our Proton Therapy business. In accordance with the provisions of SFAS 144, Research Instruments became an asset group held for sale in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2008. Accordingly, we have segregated the net assets and operating results of Research Instruments from continuing operations in our Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets and in our Condensed Consolidated Statement of Earnings for all periods presented. Research Instruments was previously included in the “Other” category. Revenues from Research Instruments were $4 million and $7 million for the first quarter of fiscal years 2009 and 2008, respectively. Net loss from Research Instruments decreased from $3 million in the first quarter of fiscal year 2008 to $1 million in the first quarter of fiscal years 2009. See Note 16 “Discontinued Operations and Assets Held for Sale” to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for detailed discussion.

Backlog

At January 2, 2009, we had a backlog of $1.9 billion, which is an increase of 14% compared to December 28, 2007. With respect to our Oncology Systems segment, our backlog at January 2, 2009 increased by 13% from December 28, 2007, which reflects a 9% increase for North America and a 21% increase for the international regions.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Liquidity is the measurement of our ability to meet potential cash requirements, including ongoing commitments to repay borrowings, acquire businesses and fund continuing operations. Our sources of cash include operations, borrowings, stock option exercises and employee stock purchases and interest income. Our cash usage is actively managed on a daily basis to ensure the maintenance of sufficient funds to meet our needs. Because the Research Instruments business’s cash flows were not material for any period presented, we have not segregated them from continuing operations on our statements of cash flows and the discussion herein.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The following table summarizes our cash and cash equivalents:

 

(In millions)

   January 2,
2009
   September 26,
2008
   Increase/
(Decrease)

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 423    $ 397    $ 26

Our cash and cash equivalents increased $26 million from $397 million at September 26, 2008 to $423 million at January 2, 2009. The increase in cash and cash equivalents in the first three months of fiscal year 2009 was due primarily to: $85 million of cash generated from operating activities; $25 million of net borrowings under line of credit agreements; $4 million of cash provided by stock option exercises; and $3 million of cash provided by the excess tax benefits from share-based compensation. These increases were partially offset by cash used for the repurchase of VMS common stock of $72 million and capital expenditures of $18 million. In addition, exchange rate changes in the first three months of fiscal year 2009 increased cash and cash equivalents by $3 million.

At January 2, 2009, we had approximately $15 million or 4% of total cash and cash equivalents in the United States. Approximately $408 million, or 96%, of total cash and cash equivalents was held abroad and could be subject to additional taxation if it were repatriated to the United States. As of January 2, 2009, most of our cash and cash equivalents that were held abroad were in U.S. dollars. Because our cash levels in the United States are relatively low, we have used our credit facilities to meet our cash needs from time to time and expect to continue to use our existing credit facility in the future for these purposes. Borrowings under our existing credit facility may be used for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other corporate purposes.

 

40


Table of Contents

Cash Flows

 

     Three Months Ended  

(In millions)

   January 2,
2009
    December 28,
2007
 

Net cash flow provided by (used in):

    

Operating activities

   $ 85     $ 121  

Investing activities

     (22 )     (18 )

Financing activities

     (40 )     (29 )

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

     3       (3 )
                

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

   $ 26     $ 71  
                

Our primary cash inflows and outflows for the first three months of fiscal year 2009, as compared to the first three months of fiscal year 2008, were as follows:

 

   

In the first three months of fiscal year 2009, we generated net cash from operating activities of $85 million, compared to $121 million for the first three months of fiscal year 2008.

The $36 million decrease in net cash from operating activities during the first three months of fiscal year 2009 compared to the year-ago period was driven primarily by a net change of $51 million in operating assets and liabilities (working capital items), partially offset by an increase of $13 million in net earnings and an increase in non-cash items of $2 million.

The major contributors to the net change in working capital items in the first three months of fiscal year 2009 were, inventories, deferred revenues and advance payments from customers, as follows:

 

   

Inventories increased by $45 million due to anticipated customer demand for products during fiscal year 2009 in all of our businesses.

 

   

Advance payments from customers increased by $23 million due to increased orders.

 

   

Deferred revenues increased by $17 million primarily due to timing of revenue recognized based on customer acceptance of our Oncology Systems products and the increase in Oncology Systems product revenues.

We expect that cash provided by operating activities may fluctuate in future periods as a result of a number of factors, including fluctuations in our operating results, timing of product shipments and customer acceptance, accounts receivable collections, inventory management, and the timing of tax and other payments. For additional discussion, please refer to the “Risk Factors” in Item 1A.

 

   

We used $22 million for investing activities in the first three months of fiscal year 2009, compared to $18 million used in the first three months of fiscal year 2008. Cash used for purchases of property, plant and equipment was $18 million for the first three months of fiscal year 2009 and $17 million for the first three months of fiscal year 2008.

 

   

Financing activities used net cash of $40 million in the first three months of fiscal year 2009 compared to $29 million in the first three months of fiscal year 2008. During the first three months of fiscal year 2009, we used $72 million to repurchase shares of VMS common stock. Partially offsetting this use was $25 million in net borrowing under our credit facility, proceeds of $4 million from employee stock option exercises and $3 million in excess tax benefits from share-based compensation. In the first three months of fiscal year 2008, we used $41 million to repurchase shares of VMS common stock and $23 million for net repayments under our credit facility, which were partially offset by $24 million received from employee stock option exercises and $11 million in excess tax benefits from share-based compensation.

We expect our capital expenditures (which typically represent expenditures for construction and/or purchases of facilities; manufacturing equipment; office equipment; furniture and fixtures; and capitalized costs related to the implementation of software applications); will be approximately 4% of revenues in fiscal year 2009.

 

41


Table of Contents

We have a $150 million credit facility with Bank of America, N.A., or BofA, which was amended and restated as of November 10, 2008. This credit facility, as amended and restated, is referred to as the Amended BofA Credit Facility. We collateralized a portion of the Amended BofA Credit Facility with a pledge of stock of certain present and future subsidiaries that are deemed to be material subsidiaries under its the terms. As of January 2, 2009, we have pledged to BofA 65% of the voting shares that we hold in Varian Medical Systems Nederland B.V., a wholly-owned subsidiary. The Amended BofA Credit Facility may be used for: working capital; capital expenditures; permitted acquisitions; and other lawful corporate purposes. Unless it is extended by mutual agreement, the Amended BofA Credit Facility will expire on November 10, 2011. Borrowings under the Amended BofA Credit Facility accrue interest either: (i) based on LIBOR plus a margin of 1.25% to 1.50% based on a leverage ratio involving funded indebtedness and earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, or EBITDA; or (ii) based upon a base rate of either the federal funds rate plus 0.5% or BofA’s announced prime rate, whichever is greater, minus a margin of 0.5% to 0% based on a leverage ratio involving funded indebtedness and EBITDA (depending upon our instructions to BofA). We may select borrowing periods of one, two, three or six months for advances based on the LIBOR rate. Interest rates on advances based on the base rate are adjustable daily. As of January 2, 2009, $25 million was outstanding under the Amended BofA Credit Facility with a weighted average interest rate of 2.89%. The Amended BofA Credit Facility contains customary affirmative and negative covenants for facilities of this type. We have also agreed to maintain certain financial covenants relating to: (i) leverage ratios involving funded indebtedness and EBITDA; (ii) liquidity; and (iii) consolidated assets. As of January 2, 2009, we were in compliance with all covenants. For further discussion regarding the Amended BofA Credit Facility, please refer to Note 7 “Credit Facility” to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

Our liquidity is affected by many factors, some of which result from the normal ongoing operations of our business and some of which arise from uncertainties and conditions in the United States and global economies. Although our cash requirements will fluctuate as a result of the shifting influences of these factors, we believe that existing cash and cash equivalents and cash to be generated from operations and current or future credit facilities will be sufficient to satisfy anticipated commitments for capital expenditures and other cash requirements through fiscal year 2009. We currently anticipate that we will continue to utilize our available liquidity and cash flows from operations, as well as borrowed funds, to make strategic acquisitions, invest in the growth of our business, invest in advancing our systems and processes and repurchase VMS common stock,.

Total debt as a percentage of total capital increased to 5.9% at January 2, 2009 compared to 3.8% at September 26, 2008 largely due to increased borrowings under the Amended BofA Credit Facility. The ratio of current assets to current liabilities decreased to 1.78 to 1 at January 2, 2009 from 1.81 to 1 at September 26, 2008 primarily due to increased borrowings under the Amended BofA Credit Facility.

Days Sales Outstanding

Trade accounts receivable days sales outstanding, or DSO, were 83 days on January 2, 2009 compared to 87 days at December 28, 2007. Our accounts receivable and DSO are primarily impacted by a number of factors: the timing of product shipments; collections performance; payment terms; and the mix of revenues from different regions. As of January 2, 2009, less than 1% of our accounts receivable balance was related to customer contracts with extended payment terms of more than one year.

Stock Repurchase Program

On July 24, 2007, our Board of Directors approved the repurchase of up to 12,000,000 shares of VMS common stock during the period beginning on July 30, 2007 through December 31, 2008. During the first quarter of fiscal year 2009, we paid $71.5 million to repurchase 1,548,000 shares of VMS common stock in accord with this authorization. All shares that have been repurchased have been retired. During the first quarter of fiscal year 2009, 4,342,000 shares available for repurchase under the July 24, 2007 authorization expired. On November 17, 2008, VMS announced that its Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of an additional 8,000,000 shares of VMS common stock from January 1, 2009 through December 31, 2009. Thus, as of January 2, 2009, we could repurchase up to an additional 8,000,000 shares of VMS common stock under the November 17, 2008 authorization.

Contractual Obligations

As a result of the adoption of FIN 48, we reclassified unrecognized tax benefits to long-term income taxes payable, which is included in “Other long-term liabilities.” Long-term income taxes payable includes the liability for uncertain tax positions (including interest and penalties) and may also include other long-term tax liabilities. As of January 2, 2009, our liability for uncertain tax positions was $85.5 million. We do not anticipate payment of these amounts in the next twelve months. We believe that existing cash and cash equivalents and cash to be generated from operations and current or future credit facilities will be sufficient to satisfy any payment obligations that may arise related to our liability for uncertain tax positions.

 

42


Table of Contents

In October 2008, we consummated an agreement with Varian, Inc., or VI, under which VI will surrender its sublease of a building containing approximately 210,000 square feet of floor space and the related leasehold interest for the land; the term of this sublease expires in the year 2056. This building, which is located adjacent to our corporate headquarters in Palo Alto, California, will support the growth of our operations and our longer term objective of co-locating certain of our operations. Pursuant to this agreement, VI agreed to surrender the space in the building to us over the period which began in October 2008 and which ends in June 2010 and we agreed to pay VI an aggregate of $21 million in cash and assume the obligations of sublessor under a below-market rate sublease to a third party for a portion of the building. As of January 2, 2009, $5 million had been paid to VI pursuant to our agreement, and the remaining $16 million will be payable in June 2010, when VI completely surrenders this building to us.

Except for the items discussed above and the change in the outstanding balance under our credit facility, there has been no significant change to the other contractual obligations we reported in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for fiscal year 2008.

Contingencies

Environmental Remediation Liabilities

We are subject to a variety of environmental laws around the world regulating the handling, storage, transport and disposal of hazardous substances that do or may create increased costs for some of our operations. Although we follow procedures that we consider appropriate under existing regulations, these procedures can be costly and we cannot completely eliminate the risk of contamination or injury from these materials, and, in the event of such an incident, we could be held liable for any damages that result. In addition, we could be assessed fines or penalties for failure to comply with environmental laws and regulations. These costs and any future violations or liability under environmental laws or regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business.

In addition, we may be required to incur significant additional costs to comply with future changes in existing environmental laws and regulations or new laws and regulations. For example, several countries, including many in the European Union, or EU, are requiring medical equipment manufacturers to bear some or all of the cost of product disposal at the end of a product’s useful life, thus creating increased costs for our operations. The EU has also adopted a directive that may require the adoption of restrictions on the use of some hazardous substances in certain of our products sold in the EU as well as providing material content information to customers and requested parties. This directive could increase costs for our operations.

From the time we began operating, we handled and disposed of hazardous materials and wastes following procedures that were considered appropriate under regulations, if any, existing at the time. We also hired companies to dispose of wastes generated by our operations. The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, or EPA, or third parties have named us as a potentially responsible party, or PRP, under the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, or CERCLA, at nine sites where we, as Varian Associates, Inc., are alleged to have shipped manufacturing waste for recycling or disposal. Therefore, as a PRP, we may have an obligation to reimburse the EPA or other third parties for cleanup costs at these sites. In addition, we are overseeing environmental cleanup projects and, as applicable, reimbursing third parties for cleanup activities under the direction of, or in consultation with, federal, state and/or local agencies at certain current VMS or former Varian Associates, Inc. facilities (including facilities disposed of in connection with our sale of our Electron Devices business during 1995 and the sale of our thin film systems business during 1997). Under the terms of the agreement governing the distribution of the shares, or the spin-offs, of VI and Varian Semiconductor Equipment Associates, Inc., or VSEA, by us in 1999, VI and VSEA are each obligated to indemnify us for one-third of these environmental cleanup costs (after adjusting for any insurance proceeds realized or tax benefits recognized by us).

As described below, we have accrued a total of $14.6 million at January 2, 2009 to cover our liabilities for these cleanup projects.

 

   

Various uncertainties make it difficult to estimate, or determine the likelihood within a range of estimates of, the project management costs, legal costs and costs of certain third-party claims at all of the sites and facilities. In addition, for the nine sites and one of the facilities, various uncertainties make it difficult to assess the likelihood and scope of further cleanup activities or to estimate the future cost of such activities. As of January 2, 2009, we

 

43


Table of Contents
 

nonetheless estimated that our future exposure (net of VI’s and VSEA’s indemnification obligations) for the cleanup costs for these ten locations, as well as project management costs, legal costs and the costs of certain third party-claims for all locations ranged in the aggregate from $3.2 million to $7.3 million. We believe that no amount in the range of estimated future costs is more probable of being incurred than any other amount in the range and therefore we have accrued $3.2 million for these cleanup projects as of January 2, 2009. The amount accrued has not been discounted to present value due to the uncertainties that make it difficult to develop a best estimate of future costs.

 

   

As to all other facilities, we have gained sufficient knowledge to better estimate the scope and costs of future cleanup activities based upon formal agreements with other parties defining our future liabilities or formal cleanup plans that have either been approved by or completed in accordance with the requirements of the state or federal environmental agency with jurisdiction over the facility. As of January 2, 2009, we estimated that our future exposure (net of VI’s and VSEA’s indemnification obligations) for the cleanup costs at these facilities, and reimbursements of third party’s claims for these facilities, ranged in the aggregate from $6.3 million to $37.0 million. The time frames over which these cleanup project costs are estimated vary, ranging from 1 year to 30 years as of January 2, 2009. As to each of these facilities, management determined that a particular amount within the range of estimated costs was a better estimate of the future environmental liability than any other amount within the range, and that the amount and timing of these future costs were reliably determinable. The best estimate within the range was $16.3 million at January 2, 2009. We accordingly accrued $11.4 million, which represents our best estimate of the future costs of $16.3 million discounted at 4%, net of inflation. This accrual is in addition to the $3.2 million described in the preceding paragraph.

When we developed the estimates above, we considered the financial strength of other potentially responsible parties. These amounts are, however, only estimates and may be revised in the future as we get more information on these projects. We may also spend more or less than these estimates. Based on current information, we believe that our reserves are adequate, but as the scope of our obligations becomes more clearly defined, these reserves (and the associated indemnification obligations of VI and VSEA) may be modified and related charges/credits against earnings may be made.

We receive certain cash payments in the form of settlements and judgments from defendants, our insurers and other third parties from time to time. We have also reached an agreement with an insurance company under which the insurance company has agreed to pay a portion of our past and future environmental-related expenditures, and we, therefore, had included a $2.9 million receivable primarily in “Other Assets” at January 2, 2009. We believe that this receivable is recoverable because it is based on a binding, written settlement agreement with a solvent and financially viable insurance company and the insurance company has paid the claims that we have made in the past.

Our present and past facilities have been in operation for many years, and over that time in the course of those operations, these facilities have used substances, that are or might be considered hazardous, and we have generated and disposed of wastes, that are or might be considered hazardous. Therefore, it is possible that additional environmental issues may arise in the future that we cannot now predict.

Acquisition-Related Commitments/Obligations

When we acquired ACCEL in January 2007, ACCEL was involved in a contract-related lawsuit. Subsequent to the acquisition, we settled this lawsuit and agreed to perform certain services under a new contract for a fixed price. From January to September 2007, we gathered information related to the expected cost of satisfying our contractual commitments and completed our assessment as of September 28, 2007. As a result, the final purchase price allocation of ACCEL included a loss accrual related to this contingency of €28.3 million. If the actual costs related to the contingency exceed the estimated amount, or if the estimated loss increases, the variances will be recognized in the Consolidated Statement of Earnings in the periods these variances arise. As of January 2, 2009, the actual costs incurred had been consistent with the estimated costs for the contract and the balance of the loss accrual related to this contingency was €9.8 million. We are currently engaged in arbitration to resolve a dispute under the new contract.

Other Matters

We are involved, from time to time, in legal proceedings, claims and government inspections or investigations, arising in the ordinary course of our business. Such matters are subject to many uncertainties and outcomes are not predictable with assurance. We accrue amounts that we believe are adequate to address any liabilities related to legal proceedings and other loss contingencies that we believe will result in a probable loss. While we cannot assure you as to the ultimate outcome of any legal proceeding or other loss contingency involving us, management does not believe any pending matter will be resolved in a manner that would have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows. However, it is possible that a legal or other proceeding brought against us could have an impact of this nature.

 

44


Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

In conjunction with the sale of our products in the ordinary course of business, we provide standard indemnification of business partners and customers for losses suffered or incurred for property damages, death and injury and for patent, copyright or any other intellectual property infringement claims by any third parties with respect to our products. The term of these indemnification arrangements is generally perpetual. Except for losses related to property damages, the maximum potential amount of future payments we could be required to make under these agreements is unlimited. As of January 2, 2009, we have not incurred any significant costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims related to these indemnification arrangements since we spun off VI and VSEA in 1999.

We have entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and officers and certain of our employees that serve as officers or directors of our foreign subsidiaries that may require us to indemnify our directors and officers and those certain employees against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers, and to advance their expenses incurred as a result of any legal proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. Generally, the maximum obligation under these indemnifications is not explicitly stated and, as a result, the overall amount of these obligations cannot be reasonably estimated.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In September 2006, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, or SFAS, No. 157, Fair Value Measurements , or SFAS 157. SFAS 157 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in conformity with GAAP, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. In February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position, or FSP, No. FAS 157-1, or FSP No. 157-1, and FSP No. FAS 157-2, or FSP No. 157-2. FSP No. 157-1 amends SFAS 157 to exclude from its scope SFAS No. 13, Accounting for Leases, or SFAS 13, and other accounting pronouncements that address fair value measurements for purposes of lease classification or measurement under SFAS 13. FSP No. 157-2 delays the effective date of SFAS 157 for nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities, except for items that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis, to our first quarter of fiscal year 2010. In October 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. 157-3, Determining the Fair Value of a Financial Asset When the Market for That Asset Is Not Active , or FSP 157-3. FSP 157-3 clarifies the application of SFAS 157 in a market that is not active, and addresses application issues such as the use of internal assumptions when relevant observable data does not exist, the use of observable market information when the market is not active, and the use of market quotes when assessing the relevance of observable and unobservable data. FSP 157-3 is effective for all periods presented in accordance with SFAS 157. The measurement and disclosure requirements of SFAS 157 related to financial assets and financial liabilities were effective for us in the first quarter of fiscal year 2009. The adoption of SFAS 157 for financial assets and financial liabilities did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows. We are currently assessing the impact that SFAS 157 will have on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows when SFAS 157 is applied to nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2010.

In September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158, Employer’s Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Plans—an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and 132(R) , or SFAS 158. SFAS 158 requires us to (a) recognize a plan’s funded status in its statement of financial position, (b) measure a plan’s assets and the obligations that determine its funded status as of the end of its fiscal year and (c) recognize changes in the funded status of a defined benefit plan in the year in which the changes occur through other comprehensive income. We adopted the requirement to recognize the funded status of a defined benefit plan and the disclosure requirements in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2007. Please refer to Note 10 “Retirement Plans” in the 2008 Annual Report for a discussion of the effects of adopting the recognition provisions and disclosure requirements of SFAS 158. The adoption of the measurement date provisions of SFAS 158 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities -Including an Amendment of FASB Statement No. 115 , or SFAS 159. SFAS 159 permits entities to choose to measure many financial instruments and certain other items at fair value. The adoption of SFAS 159 in the first quarter of fiscal year 2009 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows. We have currently chosen not to elect the fair value option for any items that are not already required to be measured at fair value in accordance with GAAP.

 

45


Table of Contents

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 141 (revised 2007), Business Combinations , or SFAS 141(R). SFAS 141(R) establishes principles and requirements for how an acquirer recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed, any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree and the goodwill acquired. SFAS 141(R) also establishes disclosure requirements to enable the evaluation of the nature and financial effects of the business combination. SFAS 141(R) is effective for us in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010. The impact of the adoption of SFAS 141(R) will depend on the nature and extent of business combinations occurring on or after the beginning of fiscal year 2010.

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 160, Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements—an amendment of Accounting Research Bulletin No. 51 , or SFAS 160. SFAS 160 establishes accounting and reporting standards for ownership interests in subsidiaries held by parties other than the parent’s, the amount of consolidated net income attributable to the parent and to the noncontrolling interest, changes in a parent’s ownership interest, and the valuation of retained noncontrolling equity investments when a subsidiary is deconsolidated. SFAS 160 also establishes disclosure requirements that clearly identify and distinguish between the interests of the parent and the interests of the noncontrolling owners. SFAS 160 is effective for us in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010. We are currently assessing the potential impact, if any, SFAS 160 may have on our consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities , or SFAS 161 , which is intended to improve financial reporting about derivative instruments and hedging activities by requiring enhanced disclosures to enable investors to better understand their effects on an entity’s financial position, financial performance and cash flows. SFAS 161 is effective for us in the second quarter of fiscal year 2009. We do not believe the adoption of SFAS 161 will have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

In May 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 162, The Hierarchy of Generally Accepted Accounting Principles , or SFAS 162, which identifies the sources of accounting principles and the framework for selecting the principles used in the preparation of financial statements of nongovernmental entities that are presented in conformity with GAAP (the GAAP hierarchy). SFAS 162 will become effective 60 days following the SEC’s approval of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board amendments to AU Section 411, The Meaning of Present Fairly in Conformity With Generally Accepted Accounting Principles . The adoption of SFAS 162 did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

In November 2008, the FASB ratified Emerging Issues Task Force, or EITF, Issue No. 08-6, Equity Method Investment Accounting Considerations , or EITF 08-6. EITF 08-6 clarifies the accounting for certain transactions and impairment considerations involving equity method investments. EITF 08-6 is effective for us in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010, with early adoption prohibited. We are currently assessing the potential impact, if any, EITF 08-6 may have on our consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

In November 2008, the FASB ratified EITF Issue No. 08-7, Accounting for Defensive Intangible Assets , or EITF 08-7. EITF 08-7 clarifies the accounting for certain separately identifiable intangible assets which an acquirer does not intend to actively use but intends to hold to prevent its competitors from obtaining access to them. EITF 08-7 requires an acquirer in a business combination to account for a defensive intangible asset as a separate unit of accounting which should be amortized to expense over the period the asset diminishes in value. EITF 08-7 is effective for us in the first quarter of fiscal year 2010, with early adoption prohibited. The impact of the adoption of EITF 08-7 will depend on the nature and extent of defensive intangible assets acquired on or after the beginning of fiscal year 2010.

In December 2008, the FASB issued FSP No. FAS 132(R)-1, Employers’ Disclosures about Postretirement Benefit Plan Assets , or FSP No. 132(R)-1. FSP No. 132(R)-1, which amends SFAS 132(R) Employers’ Disclosures about Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits , provides guidance on an employer’s disclosure about plan assets of a defined benefit pension or other postretirement plan and requires employers to disclose information about fair value measurements of plan assets similar to the disclosure about fair value measurements requirement under SFAS 157. FSP No. 132(R)-1 will be effective for us in fiscal year 2010.

 

46


Table of Contents
Item 3. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to three primary types of market risks: credit risk, foreign currency exchange rate risk and interest rate risk.

Credit Risk

There has been significant deterioration and instability in the financial markets since fiscal year 2008. This period of extraordinary disruption and readjustment in the financial markets exposes us to additional credit risk. We are exposed to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by counterparties on the foreign exchange contracts used in hedging activities. These counterparties are large international financial institutions and to date, no such counterparty has failed to meet its financial obligation under such contracts. In addition, cash and cash equivalents held with financial institutions may exceed the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insurance limits or similar limits in foreign jurisdictions.   We also have the credit facility described below. Our access to our cash and cash equivalents or ability to borrow could be reduced if one or more financial institutions with which we have deposits or from which we borrow should fail or would otherwise be adversely impacted by conditions in the financial or credit markets.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk

As a global entity, we are exposed to movements in foreign currency exchange rates. These exposures may change over time as business practices evolve. Adverse movements could have a material negative impact on our financial results. Our primary exposures related to foreign currency denominated sales and purchases are in Europe, Asia, Australia and Canada.

We have many transactions denominated in foreign currencies and address certain of those financial exposures through a program of risk management that includes the use of derivative financial instruments. We sell products throughout the world, often in the currency of the customer’s country, and typically hedge certain of these larger foreign currency transactions when they are not in the subsidiaries’ functional currency. These foreign currency sales transactions that fit our risk management policy criteria, are hedged with forward contracts. We may use other derivative instruments in the future. We enter into foreign currency forward contracts primarily to reduce the effects of fluctuating foreign currency exchange rates. We do not enter into forward contracts for speculative or trading purposes. The forward contracts range from one to twelve months in maturity.

We also hedge the balance sheet exposures from our various foreign subsidiaries and business units. We enter into foreign currency forward contracts to minimize the short-term impact of currency fluctuations on assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the functional currency.

The notional values of our sold and purchased forward exchange contracts outstanding as of January 2, 2009 were $305.1 million and $51.1 million, respectively. The notional amounts of forward contracts are not a measure of our exposure. The fair value of forward contracts generally reflects the estimated amounts that we would receive or pay to terminate the contracts at the reporting date, thereby taking into account and approximating the current unrealized and realized gains or losses of the open contracts. A move in foreign currency exchange rates would change the fair value of the contracts, and the fair value of the underlying exposures hedged by the contracts would change in a similar offsetting manner.

Interest Rate Risk

Our market risk exposure to changes in interest rates depends primarily on our investment portfolio and short-term borrowings. Our investment portfolio consisted of cash and cash equivalents as of January 2, 2009. The principal amount of cash and cash equivalents at January 2, 2009 totaled $423 million with a weighted average interest rate of 1.02%. In the event that interest rates were to further decrease, a substantial portion of our investment portfolio may be reinvested at lower interest rates, yielding lower investment or interest income.

As of January 2, 2009, we had the $150 million Amended BofA Credit Facility. We collateralized a portion of this Amended BofA Credit Facility with a pledge of stock issued by certain of our present and future subsidiaries that are deemed to be material subsidiaries under the terms of the Amended BofA Credit Facility. As of January 2, 2009, we have pledged to BofA 65% of the voting shares that we hold in Varian Medical Systems Nederland B.V., a wholly-owned subsidiary. Borrowings under the Amended BofA Credit Facility accrued interest based on the LIBOR, the federal funds rate or the BofA’s prime rate plus a margin.

 

47


Table of Contents

We are affected by market risk exposure primarily through the effect of changes in interest rates on amounts payable under the Amended BofA Credit Facility. As of January 2, 2009, $25 million was outstanding under the Amended BofA Credit Facility. If the principal amount outstanding under the Amended BofA Credit Facility remained at this level for an entire year and interest rates increased or decreased, respectively, by 1%, our interest expense would increase or decrease, respectively, an additional $0.3 million per year. See detailed discussion of our credit facilities in “Liquidity and Capital Resources” section in Item 2, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

In addition, we had $40.3 million of long-term debt outstanding as of January 2, 2009 that carried at a weighted average fixed interest rate of 6.88% with principal payments due in various installments over a five-year period. To date, we have not used derivative financial instruments to hedge the interest rate of our investment portfolio, short-term borrowings or long-term debt, but may consider the use of derivative instruments in the future.

The estimated fair value of our cash and cash equivalents (96% of which was held abroad at January 2, 2009 and could be subject to additional taxation if it were repatriated to the United States) and the estimated fair value of our short-term borrowings under the credit facility approximated the principal amounts reflected above based on the maturities of these financial instruments.

Although payments under certain of our operating leases for our facilities are tied to market indices, these operating leases do not expose us to material interest rate risk.

 

Item 4. Controls and Procedures

 

(a) Disclosure controls and procedures. Based on the evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in the Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) required by Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(b) or 15d-15(b), our principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded that as of the end of the period covered by this report, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that information we are required to disclose in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms, and include controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in such reports is accumulated and communicated to our management, including the principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

 

(b) Changes in internal control over financial reporting. There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the first quarter of fiscal year 2009 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

48


Table of Contents

PART II

OTHER INFORMATION

 

Item 1. Legal Proceedings

We are subject to various legal proceedings and claims that are discussed in Note 9 “Commitments and Contingencies” to the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements and in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations under the caption “Contingencies”, and such discussion is incorporated by reference into this item.

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors

The following risk factors and other information included in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q and in our Annual Report on Form 10-K, as amended, for the fiscal year ended September 26, 2008 should be carefully considered. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we presently deem less significant may also impair our business operations. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, operating results, and financial condition could be materially adversely affected.

IF WE ARE UNABLE TO ANTICIPATE OR KEEP PACE WITH CHANGES IN THE MARKETPLACE AND THE DIRECTION OF TECHNOLOGICAL INNOVATION AND CUSTOMER DEMANDS, OUR PRODUCTS MAY BECOME LESS USEFUL OR OBSOLETE AND OUR OPERATING RESULTS WILL SUFFER

The marketplace for our radiation therapy products, including our Oncology Systems products, is characterized by rapid change and technological innovation. Because our products often have long development and government approval cycles, we must anticipate changes in the marketplace and the direction of technological innovation and customer demands. For example, most of our recent product introductions in our Oncology Systems business segment have related to IMRT, IGRT, and VMAT, and enhancements of existing products through greater systems integration and simplification.

We believe that IMRT and IGRT have become accepted standards for treatment in the radiation oncology market. Demand for our products for IMRT has been a historical driver for our net orders and revenue growth in our Oncology Systems business segment and, now, demand for our products for IGRT has been one of the main contributors to more recent net orders and revenue growth . However, if future studies contradict current knowledge about IMRT or IGRT or otherwise call into question the effectiveness of our IMRT or IGRT products or show negative side effects, or if other more effective technologies are introduced, our revenues could fail to increase or could decrease. Our success will also depend upon the continued acceptance and success of IMRT and IGRT in general and acceptance of our products utilizing this technology in particular. However, as more institutions purchase IMRT- or IGRT-equipped linear accelerators or upgrade their existing accelerators with IMRT or IGRT technology, the market for IMRT and IGRT products may become saturated and we could face competition from newer technologies. For example, we have seen and continue to expect that the rate of growth for IMRT equipment will be lower than what we have experienced previously, particularly in the North American market where a majority of our customer sites have the products and accessories necessary to perform IMRT.

We believe our future success in Oncology Systems is, in part, dependent upon the acceptance and success of VMAT in general and acceptance of our RapidArc products in particular. We believe that our new RapidArc products for VMAT are the next significant advance in IMRT cancer treatments and can help drive longer term demand for our linear accelerator products and our IMRT-related products. In fact, orders for our RapidArc have been a significant contributor to our recent net orders growth. However, VMAT and our RapidArc products are not yet widely-accepted as a treatment standard. Early adopters of VMAT and our RapidArc products continue to publish studies on VMAT treatments using our RapidArc products. If future studies contradict current knowledge about VMAT or our RapidArc products or otherwise call into question the effectiveness of VMAT treatments or show negative side effects, or if other more effective technologies are introduced, our customers may not be willing to adopt VMAT or purchase our RapidArc products, which would result in negative impact on our net orders and revenues. Furthermore, if third party, non-Varian information systems do not support our VMAT technology, we may not be able gain sufficient adoption of our RapidArc products and VMAT technology among customers that have non-Varian information systems, which would also inhibit our ability to gain wide-spread acceptance of our RapidArc products and, accordingly, could result in a negative impact to our net orders and revenues.

As radiation oncology treatment becomes more complex, our customers are increasingly interested in the interconnectivity and simplicity of use of our various products for treating patients. For example, our linear accelerators, treatment simulators, treatment verification products and treatment planning and information management software products are highly sophisticated and require a high level of training and education in order to use them competently and safely. The complexity and training requirements are further increased by the products’ capability of operating together within integrated environments. We have directed substantial product development efforts into (i) tighter interconnectivity of our products for

 

49


Table of Contents

more seamless operation within a system, (ii) simplifying the usability of our software products and (iii) lowering setup and treatment times and increasing patient throughput, while maintaining an “open systems” approach that allows customers the flexibility to “mix and match” individual products, incorporate products from other manufacturers, share information with other systems or products and use the equipment for offering various modalities of radiation therapy treatment methodologies. We anticipate that these efforts will increase the acceptance and adoption of IMRT, VMAT and IGRT and will foster greater demand for our products from new customers and upgrades from existing customers. However, we face competition from “closed-ended” dedicated-use systems that emphasize simplicity of use while sacrificing the ability for customers to customize the system to their individual needs, incorporate products from other manufacturers, share information with other systems or products, or use the equipment for differing modalities of radiation therapy treatment methodologies. If we have misjudged the importance to our customers of maintaining an “open systems” approach while enabling greater interconnectivity, simplicity-of-use and lowering setup and treatment times, or if we are unsuccessful in these efforts to enable greater interconnectivity, enhance simplicity-of-use efforts and setup and treatment times, our revenues could fail to increase or could decrease.

The acquisition of ACCEL should enable us to develop and offer products for delivering image-guided, intensity-modulated proton therapy for the treatment of cancer. While we intend to continue to invest in product development relating to proton therapy treatment capabilities, acceptance of this technology may be slower than with our other cancer treatment technologies due to the relatively large scale, higher costs and complex project financing associated with implementing a proton therapy system. Risks associated with this business could increase, given the heavy reliance of customers of this business on credit and large-scale project financing, which is more difficult to obtain with the current general worldwide economic downturn and contraction in credit markets. Our future success will depend upon the wide-spread awareness, acceptance and adoption by the oncology market of proton therapy systems for the treatment of cancer. Our efforts to increase awareness and adoption of our proton therapy systems may not be successful. If proton therapy fails to be effective as a treatment modality, or if proton therapy fail to become widely utilized, our orders and revenues may not materialize.

Our X-ray Products business segment sells products primarily to a limited number of large imaging system OEM customers who incorporate our products into their medical diagnostic imaging systems and industrial imaging systems. Some of these companies also manufacture x-ray tubes or flat panel detectors for their own systems. We, therefore, compete with these in-house x-ray tube and flat panel detector manufacturing operations for business from their affiliated systems businesses. To succeed, we must provide x-ray tube and flat panel detector products that meet our customer demands for lower cost, better product quality and/or superior technology and performance. If we are unable to continue to innovate our X-ray Products technology and anticipate our customers’ demands in the areas of cost, quality, technology and performance, then our revenues could fail to increase or could decrease as our customers purchase from their internal manufacturing operations or from other independent x-ray tube or flat panel detector manufacturers.

We may be unable to accurately anticipate changes in our markets and the direction of technological innovation and demands of our customers, our competitors may develop improved products or processes, or the marketplace may conclude that the tasks our products were designed to do is no longer an element of a generally accepted diagnostic or treatment regimen. If this occurs, the market for our products may be adversely affected and they may become less useful or obsolete. Any development adversely affecting the markets for our products would force us to reduce production volumes or to discontinue manufacturing one or more of our products or product lines and would reduce our revenues and earnings.

IF WE ARE UNABLE TO DEVELOP NEW GENERATIONS OF PRODUCTS AND ENHANCEMENTS TO EXISTING PRODUCTS, WE MAY BE UNABLE TO ATTRACT OR RETAIN CUSTOMERS OR GAIN ACCEPTANCE OF OUR PRODUCTS BY CUSTOMERS

Our success depends upon the successful development, introduction and commercialization of new generations of products, treatment systems and enhancements to and/or simplification of existing products. Our Oncology Systems products are technologically complex and must keep pace with, among other things, new product introductions of our competitors. Our X-ray Products business segment must also continually innovate to develop products with lower cost, better product quality and superior technology and performance. Accordingly, many of our products require significant planning, design, development and testing at the technological, product and manufacturing process levels. In addition, we are making significant investments in long-term growth initiatives, such as development of our SIP and ACCEL Proton Therapy businesses, and expect that further efforts will be necessary to develop and commercialize some of the products and technology of these businesses. These activities require significant capital commitments, involvement of our senior management and other investments on our part, which we may be unable to recover. Our timeline for the development of new products or enhancements may not be achieved and price and profitability targets may not prove feasible. Commercialization of new products may prove challenging, and we may be required to invest more time and money than expected to

 

50


Table of Contents

successfully introduce these products. External factors, such as compliance with regulations, competitive alternatives, and shifting market preferences, may also impact the successful implementation of new products or enhancements. In addition, a few of our research and development projects are funded by government contracts. Changes in government priorities and our ability to attract similar funding may affect our overall research effort and ultimately, our ability to develop successful new products and product enhancements.

Our ability to successfully develop and introduce new products, treatment systems and product enhancements and simplifications, and the revenues and costs associated with these efforts, are affected by our ability to:

 

   

properly identify customer needs;

 

   

prove feasibility of new products;

 

   

limit the time required from proof of feasibility to routine production;

 

   

comply with internal quality assurance systems and processes timely and efficiently;

 

   

limit the timing and cost of regulatory approvals;

 

   

accurately predict and control costs associated with inventory overruns caused by phase-in of new products and phase-out of old products;

 

   

price our products competitively;

 

   

manufacture and deliver our products in sufficient volumes on time, and accurately predict and control costs associated with manufacturing, installation, warranty and maintenance of the products;

 

   

manage customer acceptance and payment for products;

 

   

manage customer demands for retrofits of both new and old products; and

 

   

anticipate and compete successfully with competitors’ efforts.

Additionally, our ability to gain healthcare market acceptance and demand for our new radiation therapy products and treatment procedures may be also affected by the budgeting cycles of hospitals and clinics for capital equipment purchases, which are frequently fixed one or more years in advance, and which may lengthen sales and ordering timeframes. In addition, even if customers accept new products or product enhancements, the revenues from these products may not be sufficient to offset the significant costs associated with making them available to customers.

We cannot be sure that we will be able to successfully develop, manufacture or phase in new products, treatment systems or product enhancements. The roll-out of new products, systems and product enhancements involves compliance with complex quality assurance processes, including the Quality System Regulation, or QSR, of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or the FDA. Failure to complete these processes timely and efficiently could result in delayed introduction of new products, treatment systems and product enhancements. Without the successful introduction of new products, systems and product enhancements, we may be unable to attract and retain customers, causing our revenues and operating results to suffer. Additionally, if we fail to successfully manage the transition from old products to new products, systems and product enhancements, our customers may delay or cancel orders, which would adversely affect our revenues and operating results.

In addition, the installation times associated with new products generally are longer than with well-established products. Because recognition of a portion of the revenue associated with products is generally tied to installation and acceptance of the product, our recognition of revenue associated with new products may be deferred longer than expected. While we will work to decrease the installation times associated with new products, such as we have done with installation times for OBI, we cannot assure you that these plans will be successful or have a meaningful impact on reducing associated revenue recognition deferrals. Furthermore, even if our plans to decrease installation times are successful, potential customers may not decide to upgrade their equipment, or customers may delay delivery of some of our more sophisticated products because of the longer preparation and renovation of treatment rooms required. As a result, our revenues may be adversely impacted over a longer period of time, and our financial results could be adversely affected.

 

51


Table of Contents

ROUGHLY HALF OF OUR REVENUES ARE INTERNATIONAL, AND ECONOMIC, POLITICAL AND OTHER RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH INTERNATIONAL SALES AND OPERATIONS COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR SALES OR MAKE THEM LESS PREDICTABLE

We conduct business globally. Our international revenues accounted for approximately 46% and 55% of revenues during the first quarter of fiscal years 2009 and 2008, respectively. As a result, we must provide significant service and support on a worldwide basis, and we have sales and service offices located in Europe, Asia, South America and Australia. In addition, we have manufacturing and research operations in England, Germany, Switzerland, France, Finland and China. We also invested in the expansion of our China x-ray business through our acquisition of Pan-Pacific Enterprises, Inc. We have invested and will continue to invest substantial financial and management resources to develop an international infrastructure to meet the needs of our customers. We intend to continue to expand our presence in international markets, although we cannot be sure we will be able to compete successfully in the international markets, generate new business, or meet the service and support needs of our customers there. Accordingly, our future results could be harmed by a variety of factors, including:

 

   

the difficulties in enforcing agreements and collecting receivables through many foreign country’s legal systems;

 

   

the longer payment cycles associated with many foreign customers;

 

   

the possibility that foreign countries may impose additional taxes, tariffs or other restrictions on foreign trade;

 

   

the fact that international regions typically have a longer period from shipment to revenue recognition resulting in greater revenue recognition deferrals, higher backlog and a lower gross margin on our products;

 

   

our ability to obtain export licenses and other required export or import licenses or approvals;

 

   

failure to comply with export laws and requirements which may result in civil or criminal penalties and restrictions on our ability to export our products, particularly our industrial linear accelerator products;

 

   

changes in the political, regulatory, safety or economic conditions in a country or region; and

 

   

the possibility that it may be more difficult to protect our intellectual property in foreign countries.

Historically, our international sales have had lower average selling prices and gross margins. Although the geographic distribution of our orders and sales may fluctuate from period to period, it has been generally trending increasingly towards our international regions. As a result, our overall rate of orders growth (measured in U.S. dollars) could slow down and overall revenues and gross margins may be negatively affected.

In addition, we generally retain cash received through international operations in our local subsidiaries. As of January 2, 2009, 96% of our cash and cash equivalents were held abroad. If these funds were repatriated to the United States, they could be subject to additional taxation, and we would not receive the full benefit of such repatriation. Additionally, this could cause our overall tax rate to increase. This could cause our business and results of operations to suffer.

OUR RESULTS OF OPERATIONS MAY BE ADVERSELY IMPACTED BY THE WORLDWIDE MACROECONOMIC DOWNTURN

Since 2008, general worldwide economic conditions have experienced a severe downturn due to the sequential effects of the subprime lending crisis, general credit market crisis, collateral effects on the finance and banking industries, volatile currency exchange rates and energy costs, concerns about inflation, slower economic activity, decreased consumer confidence, reduced corporate profits and capital spending, adverse business conditions and liquidity concerns. These macroeconomic conditions appear to be deteriorating further into 2009. These conditions may make it difficult for our customers and our vendors to accurately forecast and plan future business activities, which, among other things, may cause our customers to freeze or dramatically reduce purchases and capital project expenditures, result in consolidation of our customers and result in disruption of supply as vendors consolidate or go out of business. Furthermore, these conditions and their effects on our customers and vendors also make it difficult for us to accurately forecast and plan our future business activities. We cannot predict the timing or duration of the economic downturn or the timing or strength of a subsequent economic recovery, in general or specifically in the healthcare industry. If the healthcare market significantly deteriorates due to these macroeconomic effects, our business, financial conditions and results of operations will likely be materially and adversely affected.

 

52


Table of Contents

OUR RESULTS MAY BE ADVERSELY AFFECTED BY CHANGES IN FOREIGN CURRENCY EXCHANGE RATES

Since we sell our products internationally and have international operations, we are also subject to market risk due to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, which may affect product demand, our expenses and/or the profitability in U.S. dollars of products and services provided by us in foreign markets where payment for our products and services or of our expenses is made in the local currency. We manage this risk through established policies and procedures that include the use of derivative financial instruments. We have historically entered into foreign currency forward exchange contracts to mitigate the effects of operational (sales transactions) and balance sheet exposures to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. Our forward exchange contracts generally range from one to twelve months in maturity.

Although we engage in hedging strategies that may offset the effect of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, the protection these strategies provide will be affected by the timing of transactions, and the effectiveness of those strategies, the number of transactions that are hedged, forecast volatility and the extent of movement of foreign currency exchange rates. In particular, foreign currency exchange rates in worldwide currencies have been extremely volatile over short periods of time in recent months. If our hedging strategies are not effective in offsetting the effect of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, our revenues and other operating results may be harmed. In addition, because currencies fluctuate and we engage in hedging strategies over time, movement in foreign currency exchange rates could impact our financial results positively or negatively in one period and not another, and therefore make comparing our financial results from period to period more difficult.

In addition, long-term movements in foreign currency exchange rates could affect the competitiveness of our products. Even though sales of our products internationally occur predominantly in local currencies, our cost structure is weighted towards the U.S. dollar, and some of our competitors may have cost structures based in other currencies, so our overall margins and pricing competitiveness may be adversely affected. The weakening U.S. dollar that we have experienced over the last several years has made our pricing more competitive with our foreign competitors, which has been a contributor to our international order and revenue growth. The strengthening of the U.S. dollar against other countries’ currencies that we have experienced more recently may make our pricing less competitive and result in slower growth in our international orders and revenues, which then could negatively affect our overall financial performance and results. Changes in monetary or other policies here and abroad, including as a result of the current economic downturn or in reaction thereto, or in the United States as a result of a change in the Presidential administration, will likely affect foreign currency exchange rates.

WE FACE SIGNIFICANT COSTS IN ORDER TO COMPLY WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS APPLICABLE TO THE MANUFACTURE AND DISTRIBUTION OF OUR PRODUCTS, AND IF WE FAIL OR ARE DELAYED IN OBTAINING REGULATORY CLEARANCES OR APPROVALS OR FAIL TO COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE LAWS AND REGULATIONS, WE MAY BE UNABLE TO DISTRIBUTE OUR PRODUCTS OR MAY BE SUBJECT TO SIGNIFICANT PENALTIES

Our products and the products of OEMs that incorporate our products are subject to extensive and rigorous government regulation, both in the United States and in foreign countries. Compliance with these laws and regulations is expensive and time-consuming, and failure to comply with these laws and regulations could adversely affect our business.

Marketing a medical device in the U.S. In the United States, as a manufacturer and seller of medical devices and devices emitting radiation or utilizing radioactive by-product material, we and some of our suppliers and distributors are subject to extensive regulation by federal governmental authorities, such as the FDA , Nuclear Regulatory Commission, or NRC, and state and local regulatory agencies, such as the State of California, to ensure the devices are safe and effective and comply with laws governing products which emit, produce or control radiation. We are also subject to similar international regulations depending on the countries in which we sell our devices. These regulations govern, among other things, the design, development, testing, manufacturing, packaging, labeling, distribution, import/export, sale and marketing and disposal of our products.

Unless an exception applies, the FDA requires that the manufacturer of a new medical device or a new indication for use of, or other significant change in an existing medical device obtain either 510(k) pre-market notification clearance or pre-market approval before we, as a manufacturer of medical devices, can take orders for or market or sell those products in the United

 

53


Table of Contents

States. In addition, modifications or enhancements to a product that could significantly affect its safety or effectiveness, or that would constitute a major change in the intended use of the device, technology, materials, labeling, packaging, or manufacturing process may require a new 510(k) clearance. Obtaining FDA and/or international clearances or approvals is time-consuming, expensive and uncertain. We may fail to obtain the necessary clearances or approvals or may be unduly delayed in doing so. Furthermore, even if we are granted regulatory clearances or approvals, they may include significant limitations on the indicated uses of the product, which may limit the market for those products. If we were unable to obtain required FDA and / or international approval or clearance for a product or unduly delayed in doing so, or the uses of that product were limited, our business would suffer. In the past, in the U.S., our devices have either been subject to 510(k) clearance or exempt from 510(k) clearance. The 510(k) clearance process is generally less time-consuming, expensive and uncertain than the pre-market approval, or PMA, process. There have been recent discussions in medical and regulatory publications advocating for increased FDA review of certain medical devices by disallowing such devices from the 510(k) clearance process. If we were required to use the PMA approval process for future products or product modifications, it could delay or prevent release of the proposed products or modifications, and could cause substantial harm to our business.

Marketing a medical device internationally. In order for us to market our products within the European Union, we must meet the CE marking requirements. A CE mark is a European marking of conformity that indicates that a product complies with the essential requirements of the applicable European laws or directives by meeting the relevant regulatory requirements and when used as intended, works properly and is acceptably safe. This conformity to the applicable directives is done through self-declaration and is verified by an independent certification body, called a Notified Body, before the CE mark can be affixed. After the CE mark is affixed to the device, which we would do once conformity is verified, the Notified Body would regularly audit us to ensure that we remain in compliance with the applicable European laws or directives. CE marking is required on products in the countries of the European Economic Area, or EEA, and provides a means for us to demonstrate that our products comply with of the laws required by the EEA countries to allow free movement of trade within the EEA countries. If we are unable to support our performance claims and demonstrate compliance with the applicable European laws and directives to our Notified Body and/or competent authorities, we may risk losing our CE mark, which would prevent us from selling our products within the European Union.

We face similar medical device regulations in Asia, specifically in China and Japan. In both Japan and China, we are required to obtain approvals for future products and product modifications, which could have long approval times resulting in a significant delay to our ability to market products in those countries. We may also face regulatory requirements in other countries aside from those identified, and those requirements may be more or less restrictive, and which we may not be able to meet. This may limit or prevent our ability to market our products in one or more other countries or regions.

Quality systems, audits and failure to comply. Our manufacturing operations are required to comply with the FDA’s QSR, and other federal and state regulations for medical devices and radiation emitting products that address a company’s responsibility for complying with the quality systems regulations, which include the requirements for current good manufacturing practices. The FDA makes announced and unannounced inspections of medical device manufacturers to determine compliance with QSR and in connection with these inspections has issued, and in the future may issue, reports, known as Form FDA 483 reports (listing instances where the manufacturer has failed to comply with applicable regulations and/or procedures), or Warning Letters citing failure to comply with applicable regulations or procedures. If a Warning Letter were issued, we would be required to take prompt corrective action to come into compliance. Failure to respond timely to a Warning Letter or other notice of noncompliance and to come into compliance could result in the FDA bringing enforcement action against us, which could include the total shutdown of our production facilities and criminal and civil fines. Additionally, if a Warning Letter were issued, customers could delay purchasing decisions or cancel orders, and we could face increased pressure from our competitors, who could use the Warning Letter against us in competitive sales situations, either of which could adversely affect our reputation, business and stock price.

In addition, we are required to timely file various reports with the FDA and other international regulatory authorities, including reports required by the medical device reporting, or MDR regulations , and similar international adverse event reporting regulations, which require that we report to regulatory authorities if our devices may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if the malfunction were to recur. If these reports are not filed timely, regulators may impose sanctions and sales of our products may suffer, and we may be subject to product liability or regulatory enforcement actions, all of which could harm our business.

 

54


Table of Contents

If we initiate a correction or removal of a device to reduce a risk to health posed by the device, we would be required to submit a Corrections and Removals report to the FDA and in many cases, similar reports to other regulatory agencies. This report could be classified by the FDA as a device recall which could lead to increased scrutiny by the FDA and other international regulatory agencies regarding the quality and safety of our devices.

Our medical devices utilizing radioactive material are subject to the NRC clearance and approval requirements, and the manufacture and sale of these products are subject to extensive international, federal and state regulation that varies from state to state and among countries or regions. Our manufacture, distribution installation and service of medical devices utilizing radioactive material or emitting radiation also requires us to obtain a number of licenses and certifications for these devices and materials. Service of these products must also be in accordance with a specific radioactive materials license. In addition, we are subject to a variety of environmental laws regulating our manufacturing operations and the handling, storage, transport and disposal of hazardous materials, and which impose liability for the cleanup of any contamination from these materials. In particular, the handling and disposal of radioactive materials resulting from the manufacture, use or disposal of our products may impose significant costs and requirements. There can be no assurance disposal sites for the lawful disposal of materials generated by the manufacture, use or decommissioning of our products will continue to accept such materials in the future, or under terms which are favorable.

The FDA and the Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, also regulates advertising and promotion of our products to ensure that the claims we make are consistent with our regulatory clearances, that there is scientific data to substantiate the claims and that our advertising is neither false nor misleading. If the FDA or FTC determines that any of our advertising or promotional claims are not permissible, we may be subject to enforcement actions and may be required to revise our promotional claims or make other corrections or restitutions.

As a participant in the healthcare industry, we are also subject to extensive laws and regulations protecting the privacy and integrity of patient medical information, including the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, and similar data privacy laws and regulations in foreign countries, “fraud and abuse” laws and regulations, including, physician self-referral prohibitions, anti-kickback laws and false claims laws. We also must comply with numerous federal, state and local laws of more general applicability relating to such matters as safe working conditions, manufacturing practices and fire hazard control.

If we or any of our suppliers or distributors fail to comply with FDA, FTC and other applicable U.S and foreign country regulatory requirements or are perceived to potentially have failed to comply, we may face:

 

   

adverse publicity affecting both us and our customers;

 

   

increased pressures from our competitors;

 

   

investigations by governmental authorities or Warning Letters;

 

   

fines, injunctions, and civil penalties;

 

   

partial suspensions or total shutdown of production facilities, or the imposition of operating restrictions;

 

   

increased difficulty in obtaining required FDA clearances or approvals, or the equivalent approvals in foreign countries;

 

   

losses of clearances or approvals already granted, or the refusal of future requests for clearance or approval;

 

   

seizures or recalls of our products or those of our customers;

 

   

delays in purchasing decisions by customers or cancellation of existing orders;

 

   

the inability to sell our products, or, where we have failed to comply with foreign regulations, to import our products to such countries; and

 

   

criminal prosecutions.

 

55


Table of Contents

The laws and regulations and their enforcement are constantly undergoing change, and we cannot predict what effect, if any, changes to these laws and regulations may have on our business. In addition, new laws and regulations may be adopted, which adversely affect our business. There has been a trend in recent years, both in the United States and internationally, toward more stringent regulation and enforcement of requirements applicable to medical device manufacturers and requirements regarding protection and confidentiality of personal data.

Government regulation also may cause considerable delay or even prevent the marketing and full commercialization of future products or services that we may develop, and/or may impose costly requirements on our business. Insurance coverage is not commercially available for violations of law, including the fines, penalties or investigatory costs that may flow to us as the consequence of regulatory violations; consequently, we do not have insurance that would cover this type of liability.

WE FACE SIGNIFICANT COSTS IN ORDER TO COMPLY WITH FOREIGN LAWS AND REGULATIONS APPLICABLE TO THE MANUFACTURE AND DISTRIBUTION OF OUR PRODUCTS.

Our operations and sales of our products outside the United States are subject to regulatory requirements that vary from country to country, and may differ significantly from those in the United States. In general, our products are regulated outside the United States as medical devices by foreign governmental agencies similar to the FDA. We are also subject to laws and regulations outside the United States applicable to manufacturers of radiation-producing devices and products utilizing radioactive materials, and laws and regulations of general applicability relating to matters such as environmental protection, safe working conditions, manufacturing practices and other matters, in each case that are often comparable, if not more stringent, than regulation in the United States. In addition, our sales of products in foreign countries are subject to regulation of matters such as product standards, packaging requirements, labeling requirements, environmental and product recycling requirements, import and export restrictions, tariff regulations, duties and tax requirements. In some countries, we rely on our foreign distributors to assist us in complying with foreign regulatory requirements. We may be required to incur significant time and expense in obtaining and maintaining regulatory approvals. Delays in receipt of or failure to receive regulatory approvals, the loss of previously obtained approvals or failure to comply with existing or future regulatory requirements could restrict or prevent us from doing business in the applicable country or subject us to a variety of enforcement actions, which would adversely affect our business.

WE ARE SUBJECT TO FEDERAL, STATE AND FOREIGN LAWS GOVERNING OUR BUSINESS PRACTICES WHICH, IF VIOLATED, COULD SUBJECT US TO SUBSTANTIAL PENALTIES. ADDITIONALLY, ANY CHALLENGES TO OR INVESTIGATION INTO OUR PRACTICES UNDER THESE LAWS COULD CAUSE ADVERSE PUBLICITY AND BE COSTLY TO RESPOND TO, AND THUS COULD HARM OUR BUSINESS

The Medicare and Medicaid “anti-kickback” laws, and several similar state laws, prohibit payments or other remuneration that is intended to induce hospitals, physicians or others either to refer patients or to purchase, lease or order, or arrange for or recommend the purchase, lease or order of healthcare products or services for which payment may be made under federal and state healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid. These laws affect our sales, marketing and other promotional activities by limiting the kinds of financial arrangements, including sales programs, we may have with hospitals, physicians or other potential purchasers of our products. In particular, these laws influence, among other things, how we structure our sales offerings, including discount practices, customer support, education and training programs, physician consulting, research grants and other service arrangements. These laws are broadly written, and it is often difficult to determine precisely how these laws will be applied to specific circumstances.

Federal and state “false claims” laws generally prohibit individuals or entities from knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, claims for payment from Medicare, Medicaid or other third-party payors that are false or fraudulent, or for items or services that were not provided as claimed. Although we do not submit claims directly to payors, manufacturers can be held liable under these laws if they are deemed to “cause” the submission of false or fraudulent claims by providing inaccurate billing or coding information to customers, or through certain other activities, including promoting products for uses not approved or cleared by the FDA, which is called off-label promotion. “Anti-kickback” and “false claims” laws prescribe civil and criminal penalties, which can be substantial, and potential exclusion from healthcare programs for noncompliance. Moreover, even an unsuccessful challenge or investigation into our practices could cause adverse publicity, and be costly to respond to, and thus could harm our business and results of operations. Additionally, several proposals and bills are being considered at both the state and federal levels expanding “anti-kickback” laws to require, among other things, extensive tracking, maintenance of data bases regarding and disclosures of relationships and payments to physicians and healthcare providers. If such proposals or bills were to become law, the implementation the necessary infrastructure to comply with such laws could be quite costly.

 

56


Table of Contents

In addition, we are subject to similar laws in foreign countries where we conduct business. As an example, within the EU, the control of unlawful marketing activities is a matter of national law in each of the member states of EU. The member states of the EU closely monitor perceived unlawful marketing activity by companies. We could face civil, criminal and administrative sanctions if any member state determines that we have breached our obligations under its national laws. Moreover, industry associations closely monitor the activities of member companies. If these organizations or national authorities were to name us as having breached our obligations under their regulations, rules or standards, our reputation would suffer and our business and financial condition could be adversely affected.

In addition, we are subject to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, antitrust and anti-competition laws, and similar laws in foreign countries, any violation of which could create a substantial liability for us and also cause a loss of reputation in the market. From time to time, we may face audits or investigations by one or more government agencies, compliance with which could be costly and time-consuming, and could divert our management and key personnel from our business operations. An adverse outcome under any such investigation or audit could subject us to fines or other penalties, which could adversely affect our business and financial results.

PRODUCT DEFECTS OR MISUSE MAY RESULT IN MATERIAL PRODUCT LIABILITY OR PROFESSIONAL ERRORS AND OMISSIONS CLAIMS, INVESTIGATION BY REGULATORY AUTHORITIES OR PRODUCT RECALLS THAT COULD HARM FUTURE REVENUES AND REQUIRE US TO PAY MATERIAL UNINSURED CLAIMS

Our business exposes us to potential product liability claims that are inherent in the manufacture, sale, installation, servicing and support of medical devices and other devices that deliver radiation. Because our products are involved in the intentional delivery of radiation to the human body, other situations where people may come in contact with radiation (for example, when our SIP products are being used to scan cargo), the collection and storage of patient treatment data for medical analysis and treatment delivery, the planning of radiation treatment and diagnostic imaging of the human body, and the diagnosing of medical problems, the possibility for significant injury and/or death exists. Our medical products are used as part of an overall process that takes place within our customers’ facilities and network systems, and under quality assurance, or QA, procedures established by the facility that ultimately result in the delivery of radiation to patients. Additionally, human and other errors or accidents may arise from the fact that our products operate in complex environments with products from other vendors, where interoperability or data sharing protocol may not be optimized even though the equipment or system operate according to specifications. As a result, we may face substantial liability to patients, our customers or others for damages resulting from the faulty or allegedly faulty design, manufacture, installation, servicing, support, testing, interoperability or the misuse of our products. We may also be subject to claims for property damages or economic loss related to or resulting from any errors or defects in our products, or the installation, servicing and support of our products. With any accident, we could be subject to legal costs, adverse publicity and damage to our reputation, whether or not our products or services were a factor. Furthermore, adverse publicity regarding accidents or mistreatments involving radiation therapy could adversely impact our business by negatively affecting the reputation of radiation therapy in general, causing patients to question the efficacy of radiation therapy as a viable treatment for cancer and seek other modalities of treatment.

In addition, if a product we designed or manufactured were defective (whether due to design, labeling or manufacturing defects, improper use of the product or other reasons), we may be required to recall the product and notify regulatory authorities. The adverse publicity resulting from a recall could cause customers to review and potentially terminate their relationships with us. These recalls, especially if accompanied by unfavorable publicity or cancellation of customer orders and service contracts, could result in our incurring substantial costs and management time, losing revenues and damaging our reputation, each of which would harm our business. Further, product recalls may also result in unexpected loss accruals under GAAP that may cause our quarterly results to fluctuate.

We maintain limited product liability insurance coverage and currently self-insure professional liability/errors and omission liability. The product liability insurance policies that we maintain are expensive and have high deductible amounts and self-insured retentions. In the future, these policies may not be available on acceptable terms or in sufficient amounts, if at all. In addition, the insurance coverage we have obtained may not be adequate. A material claim successfully brought against us relating to a self-insured liability or a liability that is in excess of our insurance coverage, or for which insurance coverage is denied or limited would require us to pay damage amounts that could be substantial and have a material adverse effect on our financial position and results of operation.

 

57


Table of Contents

THE MARKETS IN WHICH WE COMPETE ARE HIGHLY COMPETITIVE, AND WE MAY LOSE MARKET SHARE TO COMPANIES WITH GREATER RESOURCES OR THE ABILITY TO DEVELOP MORE EFFECTIVE TECHNOLOGIES, OR WE COULD BE FORCED TO REDUCE OUR PRICES

The markets for radiation therapy equipment and software are characterized by rapidly evolving technology, intense competition and pricing pressure. Some of our competitors have greater financial, marketing and other resources than we have. Also, we believe that the rapid technological changes occurring in our markets will lead to the entry of new competitors into our markets, as well as our encountering new competitors as we apply our technologies in new market segments such as stereotactic radiosurgery, VMAT and proton therapy. Our ability to compete successfully depends, in part, on our ability to provide technologically superior, clinically proven products that deliver more precise, cost-effective, high quality clinical outcomes, together in a complete package of products and services, and to do so ahead of our competitors. Our ability to compete in the radiation therapy market may be adversely affected when purchase decisions are based solely upon price, since our products are generally sold on a total value to the customer basis. This may occur if hospitals and clinics give purchasing decision authority to group purchasing organizations that focus solely on pricing as the primary determinant in making purchase decisions. In addition, the presence of additional competitors may delay customer purchasing decisions as customers evaluate the products of these competitors along with ours. These delays can extend our sales cycle and therefore adversely affect our net orders and operating results. In radiotherapy and radiosurgery markets, we compete primarily with Siemens Medical Solutions, Elekta AB (which recently acquired Computerized Medical Systems, Inc.), Tomotherapy Incorporated and Accuray Incorporated. With our information and image management, simulation, treatment planning and radiosurgery products, we also compete with a variety of companies, such as Elekta AB, Philips Medical Systems, North American Scientific, Inc., Nucletron B.V. and Siemens Medical Solutions. We also have begun to encounter some competition from providers of hospital information systems. With respect to our BrachyTherapy operations, our primary competitor is Nucletron B.V. For the service and maintenance business for our Oncology Systems products, we compete with independent service organizations and our customers’ internal service organizations.

The market for x-ray imaging components and subsystems is extremely competitive, with our competitors frequently having greater financial, marketing and other resources than we have. Some of the major diagnostic imaging systems companies, which are the primary OEM customers for our x-ray tubes, also manufacture x-ray tubes for use in their own imaging systems products. We must compete with these in-house manufacturing operations for business from their affiliated companies. As a result, we must have a competitive advantage in one or more significant areas, which may include lower product cost, better product quality or superior technology and/or performance. We sell a significant volume of our x-ray tubes to OEMs such as Toshiba Corporation, Hitachi Medical Corporation, Philips Medical Systems and GE Healthcare, all of which have in-house x-ray tube production capability. In addition, we compete against other stand-alone, independent x-ray tube manufacturers such as Comet AG and IAE Industria Applicazioni Elettroniche Spa. These companies compete with us for both the OEM business of major diagnostic imaging equipment manufacturers and the independent servicing business for x-ray tubes. The market for flat panel detectors is also very competitive and we primarily compete against Perkin-Elmer, Inc., Trixell S.A.S., and Canon, Inc. in our flat panel detector product line.

In our SIP business, we compete with other OEM suppliers, primarily outside of the United States, and our major competitor in this market is Nuctech Company Limited. The market for our SIP products used for nondestructive testing in industrial applications is small and highly fractured. There is no single major competitor in this nondestructive testing market.

The market for proton therapy products is still developing and is characterized by rapidly evolving technology, high competition and pricing pressure. Our ability to compete successfully depends, in part, on our ability to complete the development of our commercial proton therapy system, lower our product costs, develop and provide technologically superior, clinically proven products that deliver more precise, cost-effective, high quality clinical outcomes, including integration of IGRT technologies such as OBI. In the proton therapy market, we compete principally with Ion Beam Applications S.A., Hitachi Medical Corporation, Siemens Medical Solutions and Still River Systems, Inc. The presence of competitors may delay customer purchasing decisions as customers evaluate the products of these competitors along with ours.

In each of our business segments, existing competitors’ actions and new entrants may adversely affect our ability to compete. These competitors could develop technologies and products that are more effective than those we currently use or produce or that could render our products obsolete or noncompetitive. In addition, the timing of our competitors’ introduction of products into the market could affect the market acceptance and market share of our products. Some competitors offer specialized products that are or may be perceived by customers to provide a marketing advantage over our mainstream cancer treatment products. Also, some of our competitors may not be subject to or operate under the same standards, regulatory

 

58


Table of Contents

and/or other legal requirements that we do, and therefore, they could have a competitive advantage in developing, manufacturing and marketing products and services. Any inability to develop, gain regulatory approval for and supply commercial quantities of competitive products to the market as quickly and effectively as our competitors could limit market acceptance of our products and reduce our sales. In addition, some of our smaller competitors could be acquired by larger companies that have greater financial strength, which could enable them to compete more aggressively. Our competitors could also acquire some of our suppliers or distributors, which could disrupt these supply or distribution arrangements and result in less predictable and reduced revenues in our businesses. Any of these competitive factors could negatively affect our pricing, sales, revenues, market share and gross margins and our ability to maintain or increase our operating margins.

INTEROPERABILITY OF OUR PRODUCTS WITH ONE ANOTHER AND THEIR COMPATIBILITY WITH THIRD-PARTY PRODUCTS IS BECOMING INCREASINGLY IMPORTANT, AND IF WE ARE UNABLE TO MAKE OUR PRODUCTS INTEROPERATE WITH ONE ANOTHER OR COMPATIBLE WITH WIDELY USED THIRD-PARTY PRODUCTS, SALES OF OUR PRODUCTS COULD DECREASE

As radiation therapy becomes more and more complex, our customers are increasingly concerned about the interoperability and compatibility of the various products they use in providing treatment to patients. For example, our linear accelerators, treatment simulators, treatment verification products, treatment planning and information management software products are designed to interoperate with one another, and to be compatible with other widely used third-party radiation oncology products. Obtaining and maintaining this interoperability and compatibility is costly and time-consuming. When third parties modify the design or functionality of their products, it can require us to modify our products to ensure compatibility. Conversely, when we implement design improvements to our products, customers may be reluctant to adopt our new technology due to interoperability issues; for example, a clinic may be unwilling to implement one of our new technologies because its third-party software network provider does not yet have a proper software interface available. In addition, our ability to obtain compatibility with third-party products can depend on the third parties’ providing us with adequate information regarding their products. In many cases, these third parties are our competitors and may time their product changes, and their sharing of relevant information with us, to place us at a competitive disadvantage. Further, we could be required to obtain additional regulatory clearances for any modification of our products due to interoperability issues with the products of third parties. It is also possible that, despite our best efforts, we may be unable to make our products interoperable or compatible with widely used third-party products or may only be able to do so at a prohibitive expense, making our products less attractive or more costly to our customers.

WE MAY INCUR SUBSTANTIAL COSTS IN PROTECTING OUR INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY, AND IF WE ARE NOT ABLE TO DO SO, OUR COMPETITIVE POSITION WOULD BE HARMED

We file applications as appropriate for patents covering new products and manufacturing processes. We cannot be sure, however, that our current patents, the claims allowed under our current patents, or patents for technologies licensed to us will be sufficiently broad to protect our technology position against competitors. Issued patents owned by, or licensed to, us may be challenged, invalidated or circumvented, or the rights granted under the patents may not provide us with competitive advantages. We also cannot be sure that patents will be issued from any of our pending or future patent applications. We could incur substantial costs and diversion of management resources if we have to assert our patent rights against others in litigation or other legal proceedings. An unfavorable outcome in any such litigation or proceeding could harm us. In addition, we may not be able to detect patent infringement by others or may lose our competitive position in the market before we are able to do so.

We also rely on a combination of copyright, trade secret and other laws, and contractual restrictions on disclosure, copying and transferring title (including confidentiality agreements with vendors, strategic partners, co-developers, employees, consultants and other third parties), to protect our proprietary rights. We cannot assure you that these protections will prove adequate, that agreements will not be breached, that we will have adequate remedies for any breach, or that our trade secrets will not otherwise become known to or be independently developed by others. We have trademarks, both registered and unregistered, that are maintained and enforced to provide customer recognition for our products in the marketplace. We cannot assure you that unauthorized third parties will not use our trademarks. We also have agreements with third parties that license to us certain patented or proprietary technologies. If we were to lose the rights to license these technologies, or our costs to license these technologies were to materially increase, our business would suffer.

 

59


Table of Contents

THIRD PARTIES MAY CLAIM WE ARE INFRINGING THEIR INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY, AND WE COULD SUFFER SIGNIFICANT LITIGATION OR LICENSING EXPENSES OR BE PREVENTED FROM SELLING OUR PRODUCTS

The industries in which we compete are characterized by a substantial amount of litigation over patent and other intellectual property rights. Our competitors, like companies in many high technology businesses, continually review other companies’ products for possible conflicts with their own intellectual property rights. Determining whether a product infringes a third party’s intellectual property rights involves complex legal and factual issues, and the outcome of this type of litigation is often uncertain. Third parties may claim that we are infringing their intellectual property rights, and we may be found to infringe those intellectual property rights. We may not be aware of intellectual property rights of others that relate to our products, services or technologies. From time to time, we have received notices from third parties asserting infringement and we have been subject to lawsuits alleging infringement of third-party patent or other intellectual property rights. Any dispute regarding patents or other intellectual property could be costly and time-consuming, and could divert our management and key personnel from our business operations. We cannot assure you that we would prevail in any such dispute. We also do not maintain insurance for such intellectual property infringement. Therefore, if we are unsuccessful in defending any such infringement claim, we may be subject to significant damages or injunctions against development and sale of our products, or may be required to enter into costly royalty or license agreements. We cannot assure you that any licenses required would be made available to us on acceptable terms or at all.

SINCE WE DEPEND UPON A LIMITED GROUP OF SUPPLIERS, AND IN SOME CASES SOLE SOURCE SUPPLIERS, FOR SOME PRODUCT COMPONENTS, THE LOSS OF A SUPPLIER OR ANY INABILITY TO OBTAIN SUPPLIES OF THESE COMPONENTS COULD REDUCE OUR ABILITY TO MANUFACTURE PRODUCTS, CAUSE MATERIAL DELAYS IN OUR ABILITY TO DELIVER PRODUCTS, OR SIGNIFICANTLY INCREASE OUR COSTS; SHORTAGES OF KEY RAW MATERIALS COULD HAVE A SIMILAR EFFECT

We obtain some of the components included in our products from a limited group of suppliers or from a single-source supplier, such as the source wires for high-dose afterloaders, klystrons for linear accelerators, array sensors for use in our imaging panels, sesium iodide coatings for the arrays, and specialized integrated circuits, x-ray tube targets, housings, glassframes and various other x-ray tube components. If we lose any of these suppliers or if their operations were substantially interrupted, we would be required to obtain and qualify one or more replacement suppliers, which may then also require us to redesign or modify our products to incorporate new parts and/or further require us to obtain clearance, qualification or certification of such product by the FDA or other applicable regulatory approvals in other countries. Events like these could significantly increase costs for the affected product and likely cause material delays in delivery of that and other related products. Although we have obtained limited insurance to protect against business interruption loss, we cannot assure you that this insurance coverage will be adequate or that it will continue to remain available on acceptable terms, if at all. Additionally, some of these suppliers including our single-source suppliers, supply components for certain of our product lines that are growing rapidly. Manufacturing capacity limitations of any of these suppliers or other inability of these suppliers to meet increasing demand could adversely affect us, resulting in curtailed growth opportunities for any of our product lines. Shortage of and greater demand for components and subassemblies could also increase manufacturing costs by increasing prices. Disruptions or loss of any of our limited- or sole-source components or subassemblies or the capacity limitations of the suppliers for these components or subassemblies, including the ones referenced above, could adversely affect our business and financial results and could damage our customer relationships. In addition, we rely upon the supplies of certain raw materials such as tungsten, lead and copper for Oncology Systems and SIP; copper, lead, tungsten, rhenium, molybdenum zirconium, and various high grades of steel alloy for X-ray Products, and high-grade steel and high-grade copper for the ACCEL Proton Therapy business. Demand for these raw materials both within the United States and from foreign countries, such as China, has increased dramatically over the last few years, resulting in limited supplies and significantly higher prices. While recently, we have begun to experience a decrease in pricing, we still have supply contracts with prices set at the time such contracts were signed. Furthermore, we expect that the worldwide demand, availability and pricing of these raw materials will continue to fluctuate in the future. This could constrain our manufacturing of affected products, reduce our profit margins or otherwise adversely affect our business.

CONSOLIDATION AMONG OUR ONCOLOGY SYSTEMS CUSTOMERS COULD ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR SALES OF ONCOLOGY PRODUCTS AND THEREFORE OUR FINANCIAL RESULTS

We have begun to see some consolidation among our customers in our Oncology Systems business, as hospitals and clinics combine through mergers and acquisitions, and as they join group purchasing organizations or affiliated enterprises. As customers consolidate, the volume of product sales to these customers might decrease. Alternatively, order size may increase

 

60


Table of Contents

as what were previously more than one customer combine orders as one entity. As a result, the purchasing cycle for our Oncology Systems products could lengthen, as orders increase in size and require more approvals. Both increased order size and extended purchasing cycles could cause our net orders for these products to be more volatile and less predictable. In addition, group purchasing organizations often focus on pricing as the determinant in making purchase decisions. A reduction in net orders could affect the level of future revenues, which would adversely affect our operating results, financial condition, and the price of VMS common stock.

WE SELL OUR X-RAY TUBES TO A LIMITED NUMBER OF OEM CUSTOMERS, MANY OF WHOM ARE ALSO OUR COMPETITORS, AND THE LOSS OR REDUCTION IN PURCHASING VOLUME BY ONE OR MORE OF THESE CUSTOMERS OR CONSOLIDATION AMONG OEMS IN THE X-RAY TUBE PRODUCTS MARKET COULD REDUCE OUR SALES OF X-RAY TUBE PRODUCTS

We sell our x-ray tube products to a limited number of OEM customers, many of which are also our competitors, for incorporation into diagnostic imaging systems. The loss of, or reduction in purchasing volume by, one or more of these customers would have a material adverse effect on our X-ray Products business. There has been a consolidation of diagnostic imaging systems manufacturers over the past few years. The ongoing consolidation of customers who purchase our x-ray tube products, including the consolidation of these customers into companies that already manufacture x-ray tubes, could result in less predictable and reduced sales of our x-ray tube products. In addition, our OEM customers’ products, which also use our x-ray tubes, could lose market share to competitive products or technologies and, thereby, result in a reduction in our orders and revenues.

WE SELL OUR LINATRON ® X-RAY ACCELERATORS TO OEM CUSTOMERS WHO DEPEND ON CUSTOMER DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE SCHEDULES, WHICH MAY CAUSE ORDERS FOR OUR SECURITY AND INSPECTION PRODUCTS TO BE UNPREDICTABLE

Our SIP business designs, manufactures, sells and services Linatron x-ray accelerators, imaging processing software and image detection products for security and inspection, such as cargo screening at ports and borders and nondestructive examination for a variety of applications. We generally sell SIP products to OEMs who incorporate our products into their inspection systems, which are then sold to customs and other government agencies, as well as to commercial private parties in the casting, power, aerospace, chemical, petro-chemical and automotive industries. We believe growth in the SIP business will be driven by security cargo screening and border protection needs, as well as by the needs of customs agencies to verify shipments for assessing duties and taxes. However, use of linear accelerator and imaging technology in security cargo screening and border protection is in its early stages. Orders for our SIP products have been and may continue to be unpredictable and the actual timing of sales and revenue recognition will vary significantly, as it is difficult to predict our OEM customer delivery and acceptance schedules.

In addition, our SIP business is heavily influenced by U.S. and foreign governmental policies on national and homeland security, border protection and customs revenue activities, all of which depend upon government budgets and appropriations that are subject to political changes, which may cause uncertainty and variability in the timing of orders. Thus, orders in any quarter or period are not necessarily directly correlated to the level of sales or revenues in any particular future quarter or period. This unpredictability in orders, sales and revenue timing could cause volatility in our revenues and earnings, and therefore the price of VMS common stock.

IF WE ARE UNABLE TO PROVIDE THE SIGNIFICANT EDUCATION AND TRAINING REQUIRED FOR THE HEALTHCARE MARKET TO ACCEPT OUR PRODUCTS, OUR BUSINESS WILL SUFFER

In order to achieve market acceptance for our radiation therapy products, we are often required to educate physicians about the use of a new treatment procedure such as IMRT, IGRT, VMAT, stereotactic radiosurgery or proton therapy, overcome physician objections to some of the effects of the product or its related treatment regimen, convince healthcare payors that the benefits of the product and its related treatment process outweigh its costs and help train qualified physicists in the skilled use of our products. For example, the complexity and dynamic nature of IMRT and IGRT requires significant education of hospital personnel and physicians regarding the benefits of IMRT and IGRT and the required departures from their customary practices. Further, the complexity and high cost of proton therapy requires similar significant education, as well as education regarding construction and facility requirements. We have expended and will continue to expend significant resources on marketing and educational efforts to create awareness of IMRT, IGRT, VMAT, stereotactic radiosurgery and proton therapy generally and to encourage acceptance and adoption of our products for IMRT, IGRT, VMAT, stereotactic radiosurgery and proton therapy. The timing of our competitors’ introduction of products and the market acceptance of their products may also make this educational process more difficult. We cannot be sure that any products we develop will gain any significant market acceptance and market share among physicians, patients and healthcare payors, even if the required regulatory approvals are obtained.

 

61


Table of Contents

WE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO MAINTAIN OR EXPAND OUR BUSINESS IF WE ARE NOT ABLE TO RETAIN, HIRE AND INTEGRATE SUFFICIENTLY QUALIFIED PERSONNEL

Our future success depends, to a significant extent, on our ability to attract, expand, integrate, train and retain our management team, qualified engineering personnel, technical personnel and sales and marketing staff. The loss of services of key employees could adversely affect our business. Competition for key personnel can be intense. We compete for key personnel with other medical equipment and software manufacturers and technology companies, as well as universities and research institutions. Because the competition for qualified personnel is intense, costs related to compensation could increase significantly if supply decreases or demand increases. If we are unable to hire, train or retain qualified personnel, we will not be able to maintain and expand our business.

IF WE ARE NOT ABLE TO MATCH OUR MANUFACTURING CAPACITY WITH DEMAND FOR OUR PRODUCTS, OUR FINANCIAL RESULTS MAY SUFFER

As a manufacturer of products with a long production cycle, we need to anticipate demand for our products in order to ensure adequate manufacturing or testing capacity. We cannot assure you that we will be able to anticipate demand adequately or to adjust our resources appropriately. If our manufacturing or testing capacity does not keep pace with product demand, we will not be able to fulfill orders in a timely manner, which in turn may have a negative effect on our financial results and overall business. Conversely, if demand for our products decreases, the fixed costs associated with excess manufacturing capacity may adversely affect our financial results.

WE MAY ATTEMPT TO ACQUIRE NEW BUSINESSES, PRODUCTS OR TECHNOLOGIES, AND IF WE ARE UNABLE TO SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETE THESE ACQUISITIONS OR TO INTEGRATE ACQUIRED BUSINESSES, PRODUCTS, TECHNOLOGY OR EMPLOYEES, WE MAY FAIL TO REALIZE EXPECTED BENEFITS OR HARM OUR EXISTING BUSINESS

Our success will depend, in part, on our ability to expand our product offerings and grow our businesses in response to changing technologies, customer demands and competitive pressures. In some circumstances, as a strategy to achieve quicker time to market for new products or technology, or to enter new markets, we may determine to grow our business through the acquisition of complementary businesses, products or technologies rather than through internal development. For example, in fiscal year 2008 we acquired Pan-Pacific, an independent distributor of medical x-ray tubes and other imaging components in China. The identification of suitable acquisition candidates can be difficult, time-consuming and costly, and we may not be able to identify suitable candidates or successfully complete identified acquisitions. In addition, the completion of an acquisition could divert our management and key personnel from our business operations, which could harm our business and affect our financial results. Furthermore, even if we complete an acquisition, we may not be able to successfully integrate newly acquired organizations, products or technologies or employees into our operations, or may not be able to realize some of the synergies expected from an acquisition. The process of integration could be expensive, time-consuming and may strain our resources. For example, we may encounter challenges in the commercialization of new products and may have to invest more than originally anticipated in order to do so, as we are experiencing with the ACCEL proton therapy systems. These additional expenditures could be significant and could cause our results of operations to suffer. In many instances, integrating a new business will also involve implementing or improving internal controls appropriate for a public company at a business that lacks them. In addition, we may be unable to retain the employees of acquired companies, or the acquired company’s customers, suppliers, distributors or other partners for a variety of reasons, including the fact that these entities may be our competitors or may have close relationships with our competitors. Further, we may find that we need to restructure or eventually divest acquired businesses or assets of those businesses, such as we have decided with respect to Research Instruments. We cannot be certain that restructuring activities will produce the full efficiencies and benefits we expect. Consequently, we may not achieve anticipated growth or other benefits from an acquisition, which could harm our existing business. If we decide to sell assets or a business, we may encounter difficulty in finding buyers or alternative exit strategies on acceptable terms in a timely manner, or at all, which could delay the accomplishment of our strategic objectives, or we may dispose of a business at a price or on terms that are less than we had anticipated. In this instance, we may be required to recognize an impairment loss on our assets and goodwill, which could adversely affect our business and financial operations. In addition, acquisitions could result in potentially dilutive issuances of equity securities or the incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities or expenses, or other charges such as in-process research and development, any of which could harm our business and affect our financial results.

 

62


Table of Contents

We account for our acquisitions under the purchase method of accounting. Under this method, we allocate the total purchase price to the acquired businesses’ tangible assets and liabilities, identifiable intangible assets and in-process research and development costs based on their fair values as of the date of the acquisition, and record the excess of the purchase price over those fair values as goodwill. If we fail to achieve the anticipated growth from an acquisition, or if we determine to dispose of an acquired business, as with Research Instruments, we may be required to write down the value of our intangible assets and goodwill, which may harm of our financial results.

THE ACQUISITION OR DEVELOPMENT OF NEW LINES OF BUSINESS MAY SUBJECT US TO ADDITIONAL RISKS

From time to time, we may acquire or develop new lines of business, such as proton therapy. There are substantial risks and uncertainties associated with these efforts, particularly in instances where the markets are not fully developed. Risks include developing knowledge of and experience in the new business, recruiting professionals to manage the new business lines, increasing research and development expenditures, and developing and capitalizing on new marketing relationships with experienced market participants. Each new business may require the investment of additional capital and the significant involvement of our senior management to acquire or develop, then integrate, the new line of business into our operations. Initial timetables for the introduction and development of new lines of business may not be achieved and price and profitability targets may not prove feasible, as new products can carry lower gross margins. External factors, such as compliance with regulations, competitive alternatives, and shifting market preferences, may also impact whether implementation of a new line of business will be successful. Failure to successfully manage these risks in the development and implementation of new lines of business could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

WE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETE THE SALE OF OUR RESEARCH INSTRUMENTS BUSINESS

In September 2008, we approved a plan to sell Research Instruments. We may face difficulties and incur costs associated with this sale, which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. Transitioning a disposed business involves a number of risks, including but not limited to difficulties in separating operations, services, products and personnel; the potential impairment of relationships with our existing customers; the disruption of our business and the potential loss of key employees. The sale of Research Instruments will require a substantial amount of management, administrative and operational resources. These demands may distract our employees from the day-to-day operation of our other businesses. The number of potential buyers for Research Instruments is limited, which may make it more difficult to complete the sale on reasonable terms, or at all. In addition, we have incurred and prior to the sale of Research Instruments may still incur additional charges associated with the impairment of goodwill and other long-lived assets and continuing losses from this discontinued operation, which would reduce net earnings and could be material.

In addition, we may not be able to successfully negotiate the sale of Research Instruments, which could result in additional charges to the income statements related to restructuring of this operation. If we are not able to fully implement our plans for any reason, our results of operations or our operating margins may be adversely affected.

WE UTILIZE DISTRIBUTORS FOR A PORTION OF OUR SALES, THE LOSS OF WHICH COULD HARM OUR REVENUES IN THE TERRITORY SERVICED BY THESE DISTRIBUTORS

We have strategic relationships with a number of key distributors for sales and service of our products, principally in foreign countries. If these strategic relationships are terminated and not replaced, our revenues and/or ability to service our products in the territories serviced by these distributors could be adversely affected.

 

63


Table of Contents

HEALTHCARE REFORMS, CHANGES IN HEALTHCARE POLICIES AND CHANGES TO THIRD-PARTY REIMBURSEMENTS FOR RADIATION ONCOLOGY SERVICES MAY AFFECT DEMAND FOR OUR PRODUCTS

The United States government has in the past, and may in the future, consider healthcare policies and proposals intended to curb rising healthcare costs, including those that could significantly affect both private and public reimbursement for healthcare services. State and local governments, as well as a number of foreign governments, are also considering or have adopted such policies. These policies have included, and may in the future include, rationing of government-funded reimbursement for healthcare services and imposing price controls on medical products and services providers. Future significant changes in the healthcare systems in the United States or elsewhere, including those that may reduce reimbursement rates for our products or procedures using our products and those changes that may be proposed by the new U.S. Presidential administration, could have a negative impact on the demand for our products and services and our business. A number of U.S. healthcare reforms are currently being discussed and/or proposed, but it is unclear which, if any, of these reforms might be enacted by the U.S. Congress and signed into law by the new President. We are unable to predict what healthcare reform legislation or regulations, if any, will be enacted in the United States or elsewhere, whether other healthcare legislation or regulations affecting our business may be proposed or enacted in the future, or what effect any legislation or regulation would have on our business.

In addition, sales of some of our products indirectly depend on whether adequate reimbursement is available to our customers for the treatment provided by those products from third-party healthcare payors, such as government healthcare insurance programs, including the Medicare and Medicaid programs, private insurance plans, health maintenance organizations and preferred provider organizations. Once Medicare has made a decision to provide reimbursement for a given treatment, these reimbursement rates are generally reviewed and adjusted by Medicare annually. Private third-party payors, although independent from Medicare, sometimes use portions of Medicare reimbursement policies and payment amounts. As a result, decisions by the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services to reimburse for a treatment, or changes to Medicare’s reimbursement policies or reductions in payment amounts with respect to a treatment sometimes extend to third-party payor reimbursement policies and amounts for that treatment. While we believe reimbursement policies and amounts are not a major factor in our customer purchasing decisions for radiotherapy products, a dramatic change in the availability and amount of reimbursement for treatments using our products could influence our customers’ decisions. Any sharp cuts in overall reimbursement rates for radiotherapy, radiosurgery, proton therapy or brachytherapy could increase uncertainty and reduce demand for our products and have a material adverse effect on our revenues and stock price.

As a general matter, third-party payors are increasingly challenging the pricing of medical procedures or limiting or prohibiting reimbursement for specific services or devices, and we cannot be sure that they will reimburse our customers at levels sufficient to enable us to achieve or maintain sales and price levels for our products. Without adequate support from third-party payors, the market for our products may be limited. There is no uniform policy on reimbursement among third-party payors, nor can we be sure that procedures using our products will qualify for reimbursement from third-party payors. Foreign governments also have their own healthcare reimbursement systems, and there is an emerging private sector. We cannot be sure that adequate reimbursement will be made available with respect to our products under any foreign reimbursement system.

FLUCTUATIONS IN OUR OPERATING RESULTS, INCLUDING QUARTERLY NET ORDERS, REVENUES, AND GROSS MARGINS, MAY CAUSE OUR STOCK PRICE TO BE VOLATILE, WHICH COULD CAUSE LOSSES FOR OUR STOCKHOLDERS

We have experienced and expect in the future to experience fluctuations in our operating results, including net orders, revenues and gross margins. Many of our products require significant capital expenditures by our customers. Accordingly, individual product orders can be quite large in dollar amounts, which can extend the customer purchasing cycle. We have experienced this with our IGRT products, and expect this to be even greater with our proton therapy products because of the high cost of the equipment and the complexity of project financing. With the current general worldwide economic downturn and contraction in credit markets, the purchasing cycle may extend even further as potential customers more closely scrutinize and prioritize their capital spending budgets, and analyze appropriate financing alternatives. With larger projects, such as the purchase of a proton therapy system, the contraction in credit markets could cause customers to delay or cancel their projects, or request participation in financing arrangements or payment concessions in their agreements with us, which could negatively impact our cash flows and results of operations. In addition, some of our more sophisticated equipment, such as IGRT and proton therapy products, requires greater site preparation and longer construction cycles, which can delay installation. For proton therapy products, this can delay the customer decision cycles even further. The timing of when individual orders are placed, installation is accomplished and the revenues recognized could have an effect our quarterly results.

 

64


Table of Contents

Once orders are received, factors that may affect whether these orders become revenues and the timing include:

 

   

delay in shipment due, for example, to longer construction projects or unanticipated construction delays at customer locations where our products are to be installed, cancellations or rescheduling by customers, extreme weather conditions, natural disasters, port strikes or manufacturing difficulties;

 

   

delay in the installation and/or acceptance of a product;

 

   

a change in a customer’s financial condition or ability to obtain financing; or

 

   

appropriate regulatory approvals or authorizations.

Our quarterly operating results may also be affected by a number of other factors, including:

 

   

changes in our or our competitors’ pricing or discount levels;

 

   

changes or anticipated changes in third-party reimbursement amounts or policies applicable to treatments using our products;

 

   

revenues becoming affected by seasonal influences;

 

   

timing of revenue recognition;

 

   

changes in foreign currency exchange rates;

 

   

changes in the relative portion of our revenues represented by our various products, including the relative mix between higher margin and lower margin products;

 

   

changes in the relative portion of our revenues represented by the international regions;

 

   

timing of the announcement, introduction and delivery of new products or product enhancements by us and by our competitors;

 

   

fluctuation in our effective tax rates resulting from various factors, which may or may not be known to us in advance;

 

   

disruptions in the supply or changes in the costs of raw materials, labor, product components or transportation services;

 

   

disruptions in our operations, including our ability to manufacture products, caused by events such as earthquakes, fires, floods, terrorist attacks or the outbreak of epidemic diseases;

 

   

changes in the general economic conditions or tightening of credit available to our customers in the regions in which we do business;

 

   

the possibility that unexpected levels of cancellations of orders may affect certain assumptions upon which we base our forecasts and predictions of future performance;

 

   

the impact of changing levels of sales to sole purchasers of certain of our x-ray products;

 

   

the unfavorable outcome of any litigation;

 

   

misleading information in the financial community; and

 

   

accounting adjustments, such as those relating to accounting reserves for product recalls, reserves for excess and obsolete inventories, share-based compensation expense as required under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123 (revised 2004), or SFAS 123(R), accounting for income taxes, and adoption of new accounting pronouncements.

 

65


Table of Contents

Because many of our operating expenses are based on anticipated capacity levels and a high percentage of these expenses are fixed for the short term, a small variation in the timing of revenue recognition can cause significant variations in operating results from quarter to quarter. Our overall gross margin may also be impacted by the gross margin of our ACCEL proton therapy products, which are presently below the gross margins for our traditional radiotherapy products. If our gross margins fall below the expectation of securities analysts and investors, the trading price of VMS common stock would almost certainly decline.

We report on a quarterly and annual basis our net orders and backlog. It is important to understand that, unlike revenues, net orders and backlog are not governed by the rules of GAAP, and are not within the scope of the audit or reviews conducted by our independent registered public accounting firm; therefore, investors should not interpret our net orders or backlog in such a manner. Also, for the reasons set forth above, our net orders and backlog cannot necessarily be relied upon as accurate predictors of future revenues. Unexpected levels of cancellation of orders or delays in customer purchase decisions or delivery dates will reduce the quarterly net orders and backlog and also affect the level of future revenues. Accordingly, we cannot be sure if or when orders will mature into revenues. Our net orders, backlog and revenues in one or more future periods may fall below the expectations of securities analysts and investors. In that event, the trading price of VMS common stock would almost certainly decline.

THE FINANCIAL RESULTS OF OUR PROTON THERAPY BUSINESS MAY FLUCTUATE AND BE UNPREDICTABLE

Our proton therapy projects are highly customized and vary in size and complexity. Planning for these projects will take more time and use more resources than those in the radiotherapy business conducted in our Oncology Systems segment. Due to its relatively large scale, the construction of a proton therapy facility requires significant capital investment and may involve complex project financing. If we are required to establish special purpose entities to finance and manage a proton therapy project, we may be required to consolidate these special purpose entities in our financial statements, or guarantee performance and assume liabilities that are in excess of the project value, which could negatively impact our financial results. Further, the current worldwide economic downturn and contraction in credit markets may make it more difficult for customers of this business to find appropriate financing for large proton therapy projects, which could cause them to delay or cancel their projects, or request participation in financing arrangements or payment concessions in their agreements with us. In addition, due to their size and complexity, the sales and customer decision cycles for proton therapy projects may take several years. As a result, the timing of these projects may vary significantly from period to period, and our operating results and the trading price of VMS common stock may be adversely affected.

In addition, many of the components used in proton therapy equipment require a long lead time, which may translate into an increase in our levels of inventory. This may cause fluctuations in the operating results of our Proton Therapy business that may make it difficult to predict our operating results and to compare our financial results from period to period. This could have an adverse effect on the trading price of VMS common stock.

Moreover, entrance into the proton therapy business may subject us to increased risk and potential liability. For example, because proton therapy projects are large in scale and require detailed project planning, failure to deliver on our commitments could result in greater than expected liabilities, as we could be required to indemnify business partners and customers for losses suffered or incurred if we are unable to deliver our products in accordance with the terms of customer contracts. These indemnification provisions could be limited to a percentage of the value of the project; however, due to the high dollar value of proton therapy projects, the liability that we would assume may nevertheless be substantial. Additionally, while the proton therapy market is still developing and proton therapy as a treatment modality is not yet widely utilized, customers are requesting that the systems vendor, as the primary technology provider, provide guarantees for and suffer penalties in relation to the overall construction project. Since each proton therapy center project may cost up to $100 million, the amount of potential liability may be higher than the levels historically assumed by us for our traditional radiation therapy business. Insurance covering these contingencies may be unobtainable. If we cannot reasonably mitigate or eliminate these contingencies, our ability to competitively bid upon proton center projects will be negatively impacted and we may be required to assume material amounts of potential liability, all of which may have adverse consequences to our ACCEL Proton Therapy business. In addition, we have encountered and may encounter additional challenges in the commercialization of the proton therapy products, which may increase our research and development costs and delay the introduction of our products. This and other unanticipated events could adversely affect our business and make our results of operations unpredictable.

 

66


Table of Contents

WE ARE IN THE PROCESS OF UPGRADING AND MODIFING OUR ENTERPRISE RESOURCE PLANNING AND OTHER KEY SOFTWARE APPLICATIONS, WHICH COULD CAUSE UNEXPECTED PROBLEMS TO OCCUR AND COULD DISRUPT THE MANAGEMENT OF OUR BUSINESS

We are in the process of upgrading and modifying the enterprise resource planning, or ERP, system used for our worldwide operations, as well as other key software applications used in our global operations. Our ERP system is integral to our ability to accurately and efficiently maintain our books and records, record transactions, manage our personnel records, provide critical information to our management and prepare our financial statements. The upgrade involves some process re-engineering, and has been costly, difficult and time-consuming to implement. In addition, we may encounter future difficulties, costs or other challenges with this upgrade, any of which may disrupt our business, divert management time, cause us to incur additional costs or result in significant deficiencies or material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. Corrections and improvements may be required as we upgrade and modify our systems, procedures and controls, and could cause us to delay the project, incur additional costs and require additional management attention, placing burdens on our internal resources. If we fail to manage these changes effectively, it could adversely affect our ability to manage our business and, as a further consequence, affect our operating results. Moreover, we have capitalized the costs associated with this upgrade on our financial statements. If this project is not successful and cannot be completed, we would have to recognize the costs associated with the project as operating expenses in the quarter that we realize that it cannot be completed. This expense recognition would have an adverse impact on our operating results, and this could have an adverse effect on the trading price of VMS common stock.

WE HAVE ENTERED INTO A CREDIT FACILITY AGREEMENT THAT RESTRICTS CERTAIN ACTIVITIES AND FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THIS AGREEMENT MAY HAVE AN ADVERSE EFFECT ON OUR BUSINESS, LIQUIDITY AND FINANCIAL POSITION

We maintain a revolving credit facility that contains restrictive financial covenants, including financial covenants that require us to maintain compliance with specified financial ratios. We may have to curtail some of our operations to maintain compliance with these covenants. In addition, our revolving credit facility contains other affirmative and negative covenants that could restrict our operating and financing activities. These provisions limit our ability to, among other things, incur future indebtedness, contingent obligations or liens, guarantee indebtedness, make certain investments and capital expenditures, sell stock or assets and pay dividends, and consummate certain mergers or acquisitions. Because of the restrictions on our ability to create or assume liens, we may have difficulty securing additional financing in the form of additional indebtedness. Furthermore, if we fail to comply with these covenants, requirements or any other provision of the credit facility, we may be in default under the credit facility, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain the necessary amendments or waivers of a default. Upon an event of default under our credit facility not otherwise amended or waived, the lender could elect to declare all amounts outstanding under our revolving credit facility, together with accrued interest, to be immediately due and payable. If the payment of our indebtedness is accelerated, we cannot assure you that we will be able to make those payments or borrow sufficient funds from alternative sources to make those payments. Even if we were to obtain additional financing, that financing may be on unfavorable terms.

CHANGES IN INTERPRETATION OR APPLICATION OF GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR OPERATING RESULTS

We prepare our financial statements to conform with GAAP. These principles are subject to interpretation by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, the Securities and Exchange Commission and various other regulatory or accounting bodies. A change in interpretations of, or our application of, these principles can have a significant effect on our reported results and may even affect our reporting of transactions completed before a change is announced. Additionally, as we are required to adopt new accounting standards, our methods of accounting for certain items may change, which could cause our results of operations to fluctuate from period to period. For example, as a result of our adoption of FIN 48, our effective tax rate and other related financial metrics have fluctuated and may in the future fluctuate more than they have in prior periods.

As our operations evolve over time, we may introduce new products or new technologies that require us to apply different accounting principles, including those regarding revenue recognition, than we have applied in past periods. For example, if we develop products that contain more software components, we may be required to recognize revenue for the software components together with the hardware components in accordance with software revenue recognition rules, which could delay recognition of some revenue. Additionally, while we recognize revenue for many of our Oncology Systems products in accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 104 Revenue Recognition and SOP No. 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition ,

 

67


Table of Contents

as amended by SOP No. 98-9, Software Revenue Recognition with Respect to Certain Agreements , we recognize revenues for certain contracts for products and services in the ACCEL Proton Therapy business and certain products and services in the SIP business, under the percentage-of-completion method in accordance with SOP 81-1, Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Product Type Contracts , which affects the timing of revenue recognition. We could be required to apply this method to other businesses in the future. Under the percentage-of-completion method of accounting, sales and gross profit are recognized as work is performed based on the relationship between actual costs incurred and total estimated costs at the completion of the contract. If a loss is expected on a contract, the estimated loss would be charged to cost of sales in the period the loss is identified. Because the percentage-of-completion method involves considerable use of estimates in determining revenues, costs and profits and in assigning dollar amounts to relevant accounting periods, and because the estimates must be periodically reviewed and appropriately adjusted, if our estimates are not accurate or circumstances change over time, we would be required to adjust revenues or even record a contract loss, and our financial results could suffer. The application of different types of accounting principles and related potential adjustments may make it more difficult to compare our financial results from quarter to quarter, and the trading price of VMS common stock could suffer or become more volatile as a result.

THE NATURE OF OUR BUSINESS EXPOSES US TO ENVIRONMENTAL CLAIMS, CLEANUP COSTS, OR EXPENSES, WHICH COULD CAUSE US TO PAY SIGNIFICANT AMOUNTS

We are subject to a variety of environmental laws around the world regulating the handling, storage, transport and disposal of hazardous materials and which impose liability for the cleanup of any contamination from these materials; these laws may create increased costs for some of our operations. Although we follow procedures that we consider appropriate under existing regulations, these procedures can be costly and we cannot completely eliminate the risk of contamination or injury from these hazardous materials; in the event of such an incident, we could be held liable for any damages that result. We do not maintain insurance for clean up costs or third-party claims resulting from environmental contamination which could occur in the future. We do, however, maintain insurance policies that may provide coverage for cleanup costs or third-party claims resulting from some historical occurrences of environmental contamination although this insurance coverage may be inadequate to cover these costs or claims. We could also be assessed fines or penalties for failure to comply with environmental laws and regulations.

In addition, we may be required to incur significant additional costs to comply with future changes in existing environmental laws and regulations or new laws and regulations. For example, several countries, including many in the EU, are requiring medical equipment manufacturers to bear some or all of the cost of product disposal at the end of the product’s useful life, thus creating increased costs for our operations. The EU has also adopted a directive that may require the adoption of restrictions on the use of certain hazardous substances in certain of our products sold in the EU. This directive along with another that requires material disclosure information to be provided upon request, could create increased costs for our operations. All of these costs, and any future violations or liabilities under environmental laws or regulations, could have a material adverse effect on our business.

AS A STRATEGY TO ASSIST OUR SALES EFFORTS, WE MAY OFFER EXTENDED PAYMENT TERMS, WHICH MAY POTENTIALLY RESULT IN HIGHER DSO AND GREATER PAYMENT DEFAULTS

We offer longer or extended payment terms for qualified customers in some circumstances. During the first quarter of fiscal year 2009, customer contracts with longer or extended payment terms amounted to approximately 4% of total Oncology Systems revenues. While we qualify customers to whom we offer longer or extended payment terms, we cannot assure you that the financial positions of these customers will not change adversely over the longer time period given for payment. In such an event, we may experience an increase in payment defaults, which will affect our net earnings. Also, longer or extended payment terms have and may in the future result in an increase in our days sales outstanding.

OUR OPERATIONS ARE VULNERABLE TO INTERRUPTION OR LOSS DUE TO NATURAL OR OTHER DISASTERS, POWER LOSS, STRIKES AND OTHER EVENTS BEYOND OUR CONTROL, WHICH WOULD ADVERSELY AFFECT OUR BUSINESS

We conduct a significant portion of our activities, including manufacturing, administration and data processing at facilities located in the State of California and other seismically active areas that have experienced major earthquakes in the past, as well as other disasters. We carry limited earthquake insurance. This coverage may not be adequate or continue to be available at commercially reasonable rates and terms. A major earthquake or other disaster affecting our facilities (such as a major fire, flood or terrorist attack), or those of our suppliers, could significantly disrupt our operations, and delay or prevent product manufacture and shipment during the time required to repair, rebuild or replace our or our suppliers’ manufacturing

 

68


Table of Contents

facilities; these delays could be lengthy and result in large expenses. If any of our customers’ facilities are adversely affected by a disaster, shipments of our products could be delayed even further. In addition, our facilities, particularly those located in the western states of the United States, may be subject to a shortage of available electrical power and other energy supplies. Any shortages may increase our costs for power and energy supplies or could result in blackouts, which could disrupt the operations of our affected facilities and harm our business. Further, our products are typically shipped from a limited number of ports, and any disaster, strike or other event blocking shipment from these ports could delay or prevent shipments and harm our business.

THE EFFECT OF TERRORISM OR AN OUTBREAK OF EPIDEMIC DISEASES MAY NEGATIVELY AFFECT SALES AND HINDER OUR OPERATIONS

Concerns about terrorism, the effects of a terrorist attack or an outbreak of epidemic diseases could have a negative effect on our business operations, those of our suppliers and customers, and the ability to travel, resulting in adverse consequences on our revenues and financial performance.

SINCE OUR STOCKHOLDER RIGHTS PLAN EXPIRED, WE COULD FACE A HIGHER RISK OF A TAKEOVER

Our stockholder rights plan expired in December 2008. We may not be able to implement a similar stockholder rights plan, which could put us at risk for a take-over, distract our management and adversely affect our business.

 

69


Table of Contents
Item 2. Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

(a) Not applicable

(b) Not applicable

(c) The following table provides information with respect to the shares of common stock repurchased by us during the first quarter of fiscal year 2009.

 

Period

   Total Number of
Shares Purchased
    Average Price
Paid Per Share
    Total Number of
Shares Purchased as
Part of Publicly
Announced Plans or
Programs
   Maximum Number
of Shares that May
Yet Be Purchased
Under the Plans or
Programs (1)

September 27, 2008 - October 24, 2008

   1,500,000     $ 46.41     1,500,000    4,390,000

October 25, 2008 - November 21, 2008

   55,934 (2)   $ 39.63 (2)   48,000    4,342,000

November 22, 2008 - January 2, 2009

   —       $ —       —      8,000,000
               

Total

   1,555,934     $ 46.16     1,548,000   
               

 

(1) On July 24, 2007, VMS’s Board of Directors approved the repurchase up to 12,000,000 shares of VMS common stock during the period beginning on July 30, 2007 through December 31, 2008. During the first quarter of fiscal year 2009, 4,342,000 shares available for repurchase under the July 24, 2007 authorization expired. On November 17, 2008, we announced that our Board of Directors approved the repurchase of 8,000,000 shares of VMS common stock over a period beginning on January 1, 2009 through December 31, 2009. Repurchases have been made in accordance with Rule 10b-18 and have included plans designed to satisfy the Rule 10b5-1 safe harbor. Shares are retired upon repurchase.

 

(2) Included of 7,934 shares of VMS common stock that were tendered to VMS in satisfaction of tax withholding requirements for vested restricted common stock granted under the Company’s employee stock plans.

 

Item 3. Defaults Upon Senior Securities

None.

 

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

None.

 

Item 5. Other Information

None.

 

70


Table of Contents
Item 6. Exhibits

 

(a) Exhibits required to be filed by Item 601 of Regulation S-K:

 

Exhibits No.

  

Description

    10.1++    Amended and Restated Credit Agreement entered into as of November 10, 2008 by and between the Registrant and Bank of America, N.A.
    10.2†    Registrant’s Amended and Restated 2005 Deferred Compensation Plan.
    15.1    Letter Regarding Unaudited Interim Financial Information.
    31.1    Chief Executive Officer Certification Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act.
    31.2    Chief Financial Officer Certification Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act.
    32.1    Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
    32.2    Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

Management contract or compensatory arrangement.
++ Confidential treatment has been requested as to certain portions of this exhibit pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

71


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Varian Medical Systems, Inc. has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 

    VARIAN MEDICAL SYSTEMS, INC.
   

                    (Registrant)

Dated:   February 10, 2009     By:   / S / E LISHA W. F INNEY
        Elisha W. Finney
        Senior Vice President, Finance and
        Chief Financial Officer
        (Duly Authorized Officer and
        Principal Financial Officer)

 

72


Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

Exhibits No.

  

Description

    10.1++    Amended and Restated Credit Agreement entered into as of November 10, 2008 by and between the Registrant and Bank of America, N.A.
    10.2†    Registrant’s Amended and Restated 2005 Deferred Compensation Plan.
    15.1    Letter Regarding Unaudited Interim Financial Information.
    31.1    Chief Executive Officer Certification Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act.
    31.2    Chief Financial Officer Certification Pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act.
    32.1    Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
    32.2    Certification pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

Management contract or compensatory arrangement.
++ Confidential treatment has been requested as to certain portions of this exhibit pursuant to Rule 24b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

73

Exhibit 10.1

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED – REDACTED COPY

 

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of November 10, 2008

between

VARIAN MEDICAL SYSTEMS, INC.

and

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.

 

 

 

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Section

        Page
ARTICLE I.    DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS    1

1.01

   Defined Terms    1

1.02

   Other Interpretive Provisions    19

1.03

   Accounting Terms    20

1.04

   Rounding    21

1.05

   Times of Day    21

1.06

   Letter of Credit Amounts    21
ARTICLE II.    THE COMMITMENT AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS    21

2.01

   Loans    21

2.02

   Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans    21

2.03

   Letters of Credit    22

2.04

   Prepayments    27

2.05

   Termination or Reduction of Commitment    28

2.06

   Repayment of Loans    28

2.07

   Interest    28

2.08

   Fees    29

2.09

   Computation of Interest and Fees    29

2.10

   Evidence of Debt    29

2.11

   Payments Generally    29
ARTICLE III.    TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY    30

3.01

   Taxes    30

3.02

   Illegality    32

3.03

   Inability to Determine Eurodollar Rate    32

3.04

   Increased Costs; Reserves on Eurodollar Rate Loans    33

3.05

   Compensation for Losses    34

3.06

   Requests for Compensation; Mitigation    35

3.07

   Survival    35
ARTICLE IV.    CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS    35

4.01

   Conditions of Initial Credit Extension    35

4.02

   Conditions to all Credit Extensions    37
ARTICLE V.    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES    38

5.01

   Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws    38

5.02

   Authorization; No Contravention    38

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

i


5.03

   Governmental Authorization; Other Consents    38

5.04

   Binding Effect    39

5.05

   Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect    39

5.06

   Litigation    39

5.07

   No Default    39

5.08

   Ownership of Property; Liens    40

5.09

   Regulatory Compliance    40

5.10

   Insurance    40

5.11

   Taxes    40

5.12

   ERISA Compliance    40

5.13

   Subsidiaries    41

5.14

   Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act    41

5.15

   Disclosure    41

5.16

   Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc.    42

5.17

   Solvency    42
ARTICLE VI.    AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS    42

6.01

   Financial Statements    42

6.02

   Certificates; Other Information    43

6.03

   Notices    44

6.04

   Payment of Obligations    45

6.05

   Preservation of Existence, Etc.    45

6.06

   Maintenance of Properties    45

6.07

   Maintenance of Insurance    45

6.08

   Intellectual Property    45

6.09

   Books and Records    45

6.10

   Inspection Rights    46

6.11

   Use of Proceeds    46

6.12

   Depository Bank    46

6.13

   Additional Guarantors; Pledge    46

6.14

   Further Assurances    47
ARTICLE VII.    NEGATIVE COVENANTS    47

7.01

   Liens    47

7.02

   Investments    49

7.03

   Subsidiary Guaranties    50

7.04

   Fundamental Changes    51

7.05

   Dispositions    51

7.06

   Restricted Payments    52

7.07

   Change in Nature of Business    53

7.08

   Transactions with Affiliates    53

7.09

   Burdensome Agreements    53

7.10

   Use of Proceeds    53

7.11

   Financial Covenants    53

7.12

   Capital Expenditures    54

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

ii


7.13

   Fiscal Periods    54
ARTICLE VIII.    EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES    54

8.01

   Events of Default    54

8.02

   Remedies Upon Event of Default    56

8.03

   Application of Funds    56
ARTICLE IX.    MISCELLANEOUS    57

9.01

   Amendments; Etc.    57

9.02

   Notices and Other Communications; Facsimile Copies    57

9.03

   No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies    58

9.04

   Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver    58

9.05

   Payments Set Aside    59

9.06

   Successors and Assigns    60

9.07

   Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality    62

9.08

   Right of Setoff    62

9.09

   Interest Rate Limitation    63

9.10

   Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness    63

9.11

   Survival of Representations and Warranties    63

9.12

   Severability    63

9.13

   Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc.    64

9.14

   Waiver of Jury Trial    65

9.15

   USA PATRIOT Act Notice    65

9.16

   Time of the Essence    65

9.17

   ENTIRE AGREEMENT    65

9.18

   Effect of Amendment and Restatement    65

9.19

   Post-Closing Matters    65
SIGNATURES       S-1

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

iii


SCHEDULES

 

5.05    Supplement to Financial Statements
5.06    Litigation
5.09    Environmental Matters
5.13    Subsidiaries, Other Equity Investments
5.16    Intellectual Property Matters
7.01    Existing Liens
7.03    Existing Subsidiary Guarantees
7.11    Covenant Information
9.02    Notice Addresses and Lending Office

EXHIBITS

Form of

 

A    Loan Notice
B    Note
C    Compliance Certificate
D    Guaranty
E    Opinion Matters

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

iv


AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT

This AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT (“ Agreement ”) is entered into as of November 10, 2008 by and between Varian Medical Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”) and Bank of America, N.A. (the “ Lender ”).

The Borrower and the Lender have entered into that Credit Agreement dated as of July 27, 2007 (the “ Existing Credit Agreement ”), pursuant to which the Lender has provided the Borrower a revolving credit facility.

The Borrower had requested the Lender to amend and restate the Existing Credit Agreement, and the Lender is willing to do so, on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

ARTICLE I.

DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

1.01 Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Acquired Entity ” means (a) any Person that becomes a Subsidiary of the Borrower as a result of an Acquisition or (b) any business entity or division of a Person, all or substantially all of the assets and business of which are acquired by the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrower pursuant to an Acquisition.

Acquisition ” means any transaction or series of related transactions for the purpose of or resulting, directly or indirectly, in (a) the acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets of a Person, or of any business or division of a Person (other than a Person that is a Subsidiary), (b) the acquisition of in excess of 50% of the capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests or equity of any Person (other than a Person that is a Subsidiary), or otherwise causing any Person to become a Subsidiary, or (c) a merger or consolidation or any other combination with another Person (other than a Person that is a Subsidiary).

Adjusted Commitment ” means, at any time, the Commitment at such time, provided that for such purpose the entirety of clause (i) and the phrase “(ii) thereafter” shall be deemed deleted from such definition.

Adjusted Repurchases ” means in respect of the Borrower for any period, total repurchases, redemptions and acquisitions by the Borrower of its Equity Interests during such period (“gross repurchases”); provided that if as of the last day of such period Total Liquidity equals or exceeds 25% of gross repurchases, then “Adjusted Repurchases” for such period shall be equal to 75% of gross repurchases.

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

1


Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

Agreement ” means this Credit Agreement.

Applicable Period ” means, as of any date of determination, the period of 12 months ending on such date.

Applicable Rate ” means the following percentages per annum, based upon the Consolidated Leverage Ratio as set forth in the most recent Compliance Certificate received by the Lender pursuant to Section 6.02(b) :

Applicable Rate

 

Pricing
Level

  

Consolidated Leverage Ratio

   Commitment
Fee
    Eurodollar
Rate/
Letter of
Credit
Fee+
    Base
Rate+
 
1    Less than or equal to 0.50:1.00    0.20 %   1.25 %   -0.50 %
2    Greater than 0.50:1.00, but less than or equal to 1.00:1.00    0.25 %   1.375 %   -0.25 %
3    Greater than 1.00:1.00    0.30 %   1.50 %   0.0 %

Any increase or decrease in the Applicable Rate resulting from a change in the Consolidated Leverage Ratio shall become effective as of the first Business Day immediately following the date a Compliance Certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(b) ; provided , however , that if a Compliance Certificate is not delivered when due in accordance with such Section, then Pricing Level 3 shall apply as of the first Business Day after the date on which such Compliance Certificate was required to have been delivered and shall continue until the date such Compliance Certificate is delivered. The Applicable Rate in effect from the Closing Date through the date of delivery of the Compliance Certificate in respect of the fiscal quarter ending on or about September 30, 2008 shall be determined based upon Pricing Level 1.

Approved Fund ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.06(f) .

Attributable Indebtedness ” means, on any date, (a) in respect of any capital lease of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP, and (b) in respect of any Synthetic Lease Obligation, the capitalized amount of the remaining lease payments under the relevant lease that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP if such lease were accounted for as a capital lease.

Audited Financial Statements ” means the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended September 28, 2007, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including the notes thereto.

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

2


Availability Period ” means the period from and including the Closing Date to the earlier of (a) the Maturity Date and (b) the date of termination of the Commitment.

Bankruptcy Code ” means Title 11 of the United States Code (11 U.S.C. §101, et seq.).

Base Rate ” means for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the higher of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus 1/2 of 1% and (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by the Lender as its “prime rate.” The “prime rate” is a rate set by the Lender based upon various factors including the Lender’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate. Any change in such rate announced by the Lender shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.

Base Rate Loan ” means a Loan that bears interest based on the Base Rate.

Borrower ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.

Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by the Lender pursuant to Section 2.01 .

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in, the state where the Lending Office is located and, if such day relates to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, means any such day on which dealings in Dollar deposits are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market.

Capital Expenditures ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.12 .

Cash Collateralize ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(f) .

Change in Law ” means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority.

Change of Control ” means an event or series of events by which:

(a) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such person or its subsidiaries, and any person or entity acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except that a person or group shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all securities that such person or group has the right to acquire (such right, an “ option right ”), whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

3


passage of time), directly or indirectly, of 35% or more of the equity securities of the Borrower entitled to vote for members of the board of directors or equivalent governing body of the Borrower on a fully-diluted basis (and taking into account all such securities that such person or group has the right to acquire pursuant to any option right);

(b) during any period of 12 consecutive months, a majority of the members of the board of directors or other equivalent governing body of the Borrower cease to be composed of individuals (i) who were members of that board or equivalent governing body on the first day of such period, (ii) whose election or nomination to that board or equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clause (i) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body or (iii) whose election or nomination to that board or other equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that board or equivalent governing body (excluding, in the case of both clause (ii) and clause (iii), any individual whose initial nomination for, or assumption of office as, a member of that board or equivalent governing body occurs as a result of an actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents for the election or removal of one or more directors by any person or group other than a solicitation for the election of one or more directors by or on behalf of the board of directors); or

(c) any Person or two or more Persons acting in concert shall have acquired by contract or otherwise, or shall have entered into a contract or arrangement that, upon consummation thereof, will result in its or their acquisition of the power to exercise, directly or indirectly, a controlling influence over the management or policies of the Borrower, or control over the equity securities of the Borrower entitled to vote for members of the board of directors or equivalent governing body of the Borrower on a fully-diluted basis (and taking into account all such securities that such Person or group has the right to acquire pursuant to any option right) representing 35% or more of the combined voting power of such securities.

Closing Date ” means the first date all the conditions precedent in Section 4.01 are satisfied or waived by the Lender.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

Commitment ” means the obligation of the Lender to make Loans and L/C Credit Extensions hereunder in an aggregate principal amount at any one time not to exceed (i) at any date prior to the Supplemental Authorization Date, One Hundred Million Dollars ($100,000,000) and (ii) thereafter, One Hundred Fifty Million Dollars ($150,000,000), as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement.

Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit C .

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

4


Consolidated EBITDA ” means, for any period, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, an amount equal to Consolidated Net Income for such period plus (a) the following to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income: (i) Consolidated Interest Charges for such period, (ii) the provision for Federal, state, local and foreign income taxes payable by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period (net of tax credits), (iii) depreciation and amortization expense, and (iv) other non-recurring expenses of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries reducing such Consolidated Net Income which do not represent a cash item in such period or any future period and minus (b) to the extent included in calculating such Consolidated Net Income, all non-cash items increasing Consolidated Net Income for such period.

Consolidated Funded Indebtedness ” means, as of any date of determination, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the sum of (a) the outstanding principal amount of all obligations, whether current or long-term, for borrowed money (including Obligations hereunder) and all obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments, (b) all purchase money Indebtedness, (c) all direct obligations arising under letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds and similar instruments, (d) all obligations in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business), (e) Attributable Indebtedness in respect of capital leases and Synthetic Lease Obligations, (f) without duplication, all Guarantees with respect to outstanding Indebtedness of the types specified in clauses (a) through (e) above of Persons other than the Borrower or any Subsidiary, and (g) all Indebtedness of the types referred to in clauses (a) through (f) above of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which the Borrower or a Subsidiary is a general partner or joint venturer, unless such Indebtedness is expressly made non-recourse to the Borrower or such Subsidiary. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall “Consolidated Funded Indebtedness” include or be deemed to include the obligations or Indebtedness resulting from the consolidation of FIN 46 Entities, except to the extent that such Indebtedness and obligations at any time exceed in the aggregate $[****].

Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA for the period of the four prior fiscal quarters ending on such date less (i) Capital Expenditures for such period less (ii) dividends in respect of Equity Interests of the Borrower and Adjusted Repurchases for such period, less (iii) cash taxes paid for such period, to (b) Consolidated Fixed Charges for such period.

Consolidated Fixed Charges ” means, for any period, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the sum of (a) Consolidated Interest Charges for such period, and (b) all scheduled principal payments in respect of Indebtedness for the four fiscal quarter period following the last day of such period.

Consolidated Interest Charges ” means, for any period, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, interest expense determined in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, less the amount of interest expense resulting from the consolidation of FIN 46 Entities, to the extent the related Indebtedness is disregarded pursuant to the last sentence of “Consolidated Funded Indebtedness”.

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

5


Consolidated Leverage Ratio ” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Funded Indebtedness as of such date to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the period of the four fiscal quarters most recently ended.

Consolidated Net Income ” means, for any period, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the net income of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (excluding extraordinary gains but including extraordinary losses) for that period; provided , however, Consolidated Net Income shall exclude income resulting from the consolidation of FIN 46 Entities.

Consolidated Tangible Net Worth ” means, as of any date of determination, for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, Shareholders’ Equity of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on that date minus the Intangible Assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on that date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Consolidated Tangible Net Worth shall be calculated without reference to the effect of consolidation of FIN 46 Entities.

Contractual Obligation ” means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” have meanings correlative thereto.

Credit Extension ” means each of the following: (a) a borrowing of a Loan and (b) an L/C Credit Extension.

Debtor Relief Laws ” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

Default ” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.

Default Rate ” means (a) when used with respect to Obligations other than Letter of Credit Fees, an interest rate equal to the Base Rate plus 2% per annum; provided , however , that with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the Default Rate shall be an interest rate equal to the interest rate (including any Applicable Rate) otherwise applicable to such Loan plus 2% per annum, and (b) when used with respect to Letter of Credit Fees, a rate equal to the Applicable Rate plus 2% per annum.

Disposition ” or “ Dispose ” means the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition (including any sale and leaseback transaction) of any property by any Person, including any sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith.

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

6


Dollar ” and “ $ ” mean lawful money of the United States.

Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of any political subdivision of the United States.

Eligible Assignee ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.06(f) .

Environmental Laws ” means any and all Federal, state, local, and foreign statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses, agreements or governmental restrictions relating to pollution and the protection of the environment or the release of any materials into the environment, including those related to hazardous substances or wastes, air emissions and discharges to waste or public systems.

Equity Interests ” means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares (or such other interests), and all of the other ownership or profit interests in such Person (including partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting, and whether or not such shares, warrants, options, rights or other interests are outstanding on any date of determination.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

ERISA Affiliate ” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with the Borrower within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).

ERISA Event ” means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) a withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization; (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under Sections 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) an event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (f) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.

Eurocurrency liabilities ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.04(e) .

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

7


Eurodollar Rate ” means, for any Interest Period with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the rate per annum equal to the British Bankers Association LIBOR Rate (“ BBA LIBOR ”), as published by Reuters (or other commercially available source providing quotations of BBA LIBOR as designated by the Lender from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for Dollar deposits (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period. If such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then the “Eurodollar Rate” for such Interest Period shall be the rate per annum determined by the Lender to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in same day funds in the approximate amount of the Eurodollar Rate Loan being made, continued or converted by the Lender and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by Lender’s London Branch to major banks in the London interbank eurodollar market at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.

Eurodollar Rate Loan ” means a Loan that bears interest at a rate based on the Eurodollar Rate.

Event of Default ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.01 .

Excluded Taxes ” means, with respect to the Lender or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder, (a) taxes imposed on or measured by its overall net income (however denominated), and franchise taxes imposed on it (in lieu of net income taxes), by the jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof) under the laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of the Lender, in which its applicable Lending Office is located, and (b) any branch profits taxes imposed by the United States or any similar tax imposed by any other jurisdiction in which the Borrower is located.

Exempt Subsidiary ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.13 .

Existing Credit Agreement ” has the meaning specified in the recitals hereto.

Extension Effective Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.12(b) .

FDA ” means the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, together with any comparable regulatory agency or other Governmental Authority existing under the laws of any non-U.S. jurisdiction.

FDA Regulations ” means any Laws relating to or administered by the FDA.

Federal Funds Rate ” means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%) charged to the Lender on such day on such transactions as determined by the Lender.

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

8


FIN 46 Entity ” means any Person, that is not otherwise a Subsidiary of the Borrower, whose assets or liabilities are required to be consolidated with Borrower under FIN 46(R)- “Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities” published by the Financial Accounting Standards Board.

First Tier Foreign Subsidiary ” means a Foreign Subsidiary that is a direct Subsidiary of the Borrower or of a Domestic Subsidiary.

Foreign Lender ” means any Eligible Assignee that becomes an assignee of Loans hereunder and is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than that in which the Borrower is resident for tax purposes. For purposes of this definition, the United States, each State thereof and the District of Columbia shall be deemed to constitute a single jurisdiction.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary other than a Domestic Subsidiary.

Foreign Subsidiary Holding Company ” means, as of any time of determination, a Domestic Subsidiary that at such time (i) holds Equity Interests of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries, (ii) conducts no business or financial operations, (iii) has no Indebtedness, (iv) holds no assets other than assets incidental to the ownership of such Equity Interests of such Foreign Subsidiaries, and (v) has no Liens on any of its assets .

FRB ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.

Fund ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.06(f) .

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or such other principles as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession in the United States, that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination, consistently applied.

Governmental Authority ” means the government of the United States or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

Guarantee ” means, as to any Person, (a) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation payable or performable by another Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person, direct or

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

9


indirect, (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance of such Indebtedness or other obligation, (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity or level of income or cash flow of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation, or (iv) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), or (b) any Lien on any assets of such Person securing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person, whether or not such Indebtedness or other obligation is assumed by such Person (or any right, contingent or otherwise, of any holder of such Indebtedness to obtain any such Lien). The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith. The term “Guarantee” as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

Guarantor Assessment Date ” means each of (i) any date on which the Borrower delivers or is obligated to deliver to the Lender its annual financial statements under Section 6.01(a) , (ii) any date on which the Borrower consummates any Acquisition, or acquires or creates any new or additional Subsidiary, (iii) any date on which the Borrower sells, transfers, divests or otherwise disposes of any Subsidiary or all or substantially of the assets of any Subsidiary, and (iv) any date on which a Domestic Subsidiary previously deemed a Foreign Subsidiary Holding Company ceases to be a Foreign Subsidiary Holding Company.

Guarantors ” means any and all Persons that have executed or are required to execute the Guaranty pursuant to Section 6.13(a) , other than Persons deemed released from the Guaranty pursuant to Section 6.13(b) .

Guaranty ” means the Guaranty made by the Guarantor in favor of the Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit D .

Honor Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(c)(i) .

Indebtedness ” means, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the following, whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP:

(a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money and all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments;

(b) all direct or contingent obligations of such Person arising under letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds and similar instruments;

(c) net obligations of such Person under any Swap Contract;

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

10


(d) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business and, in each case, not past due for more than 120 days after the date on which such trade account payable was created);

(e) indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon) secured by a Lien on property owned or being purchased by such Person (including indebtedness arising under conditional sales or other title retention agreements), whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse;

(f) capital leases and Synthetic Lease Obligations;

(g) all obligations of such Person to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise make any payment in respect of any Equity Interest in such Person or any other Person, valued, in the case of a redeemable preferred interest, at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference plus accrued and unpaid dividends; and

(h) all Guarantees of such Person in respect of any of the foregoing.

For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer, unless such Indebtedness is expressly made non-recourse to such Person. The amount of any net obligation under any Swap Contract on any date shall be deemed to be the Swap Termination Value thereof as of such date. The amount of any capital lease or Synthetic Lease Obligation as of any date shall be deemed to be the amount of Attributable Indebtedness in respect thereof as of such date.

Indemnified Taxes ” means Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

Indemnitees ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.04(b) .

Information ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.07(b) .

Intangible Assets ” means assets that are considered to be intangible assets under GAAP, including customer lists, goodwill, computer software, copyrights, trade names, trademarks, patents, franchises, licenses, unamortized deferred charges, unamortized debt discount and capitalized research and development costs.

Interest Payment Date ” means, (a) as to any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan and the Maturity Date; provided , however , that if any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Rate Loan exceeds three months, the respective dates that fall every three months after the beginning of such Interest Period shall also be Interest Payment Dates; and (b) as to any Base Rate Loan, the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and the Maturity Date.

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

11


Interest Period ” means, as to each Eurodollar Rate Loan, the period commencing on the date such Eurodollar Rate Loan is disbursed or converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Rate Loan and ending on the date one, two, three or six months thereafter, as selected by the Borrower in its Loan Notice; provided that:

(i) any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day;

(ii) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period; and

(iii) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date.

Investment ” means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person, whether by means of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of capital stock or other securities of another Person, (b) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee or assumption of debt of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other debt or equity participation or interest in, another Person, including any partnership or joint venture interest in such other Person and any arrangement pursuant to which the investor Guarantees Indebtedness of such other Person, or (c) the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of assets of another Person that constitute a business unit. For purposes of covenant compliance, the amount of any Investment shall be the amount actually invested, without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment.

IP Rights ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.16 .

IRS ” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

ISP ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).

Issuer Documents ” means with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit Application, and any other document, agreement and instrument entered into by the Lender and the Borrower (or any Subsidiary) or in favor the Lender and relating to any such Letter of Credit.

Laws ” means, collectively, all international, foreign, Federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law.

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

12


L/C Borrowing ” means an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Letter of Credit which has not been reimbursed on the date when made or refinanced as a Borrowing.

L/C Credit Extension ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the issuance thereof or extension of the expiry date thereof, or the increase of the amount thereof.

L/C Obligations ” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate amount available to be drawn under all outstanding Letters of Credit plus the aggregate of all Unreimbursed Amounts, including all L/C Borrowings. For purposes of computing the amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.06 . For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the ISP, such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.

Lender ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.

Lending Office ” means the office or offices of the Lender described as such on Schedule 9.02 , or such other office or offices as the Lender may from time to time notify the Borrower.

Letter of Credit ” means any standby letter of credit issued hereunder.

Letter of Credit Application ” means an application and agreement for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit in the form from time to time in use by the Lender.

Letter of Credit Expiration Date ” means the day that is seven days prior to the Maturity Date then in effect (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day).

Letter of Credit Fee ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(h) .

Letter of Credit Sublimit ” means an amount equal to $25,000,000. The Letter of Credit Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Commitment.

Lien ” means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge, or preference, priority or other security interest or preferential arrangement in the nature of a security interest of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any easement, right of way or other encumbrance on title to real property, and any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

Loan ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01 .

Loan Documents ” means this Agreement, any Note, each Issuer Document, the Guaranty and each Pledge Agreement.

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

13


Loan Notice ” means a notice of (a) a borrowing of a Loan, (b) a conversion of a Loan from one Type to the other, or (c) a continuation of a Eurodollar Rate Loan as the same Type, pursuant to Section 2.02(a) , which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A .

Loan Parties ” means, collectively, the Borrower, each Guarantor and each “Grantor” or “Pledgor” under and as defined in any Pledge Agreement.

Material Adverse Effect ” means (a) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect upon, the operations, business, properties, liabilities (actual or contingent), condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; (b) a material impairment of the ability of any Loan Party to perform its obligations under any Loan Document to which it is a party; or (c) a material adverse effect upon the legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against any Loan Party of any Loan Document to which it is a party.

Material Subsidiary ” means (a) as of the last day of any fiscal year of the Borrower, any Subsidiary that has (i) total revenues for the four fiscal quarter period ending on such date equal to or greater than 15% of the consolidated total revenues of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries during such four fiscal quarter period or (ii) holds assets as of such date equal to or greater than 15% of the consolidated total assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries; and (b) as of any other Guarantor Assessment Date, any Subsidiary that has, on a pro forma basis, based upon the then-most recently delivered financial statements provided to the Lender under Section 6.01(a) or (b)  and giving effect to such acquisition, divestiture or creation, as though occurring on the first day of the four fiscal quarter period ending on the effective date of such delivered financial statements, (i) total revenues during the immediately preceding four fiscal quarter period then-most recently ended equal to or greater than 15% of the consolidated total revenues of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such period, or (ii) total assets equal to or greater than 15% of the consolidated total assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on such date.

Maturity Date ” means November 10, 2011.

Maximum Rate ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.09 .

Multiemployer Plan ” means any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding five plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.

Note ” means a promissory note made by the Borrower in favor of the Lender evidencing Loans made by the Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit B .

Note Purchase Agreement ” means that Amended and Restated Note Purchase and Private Shelf Agreement dated as of April 2, 1999 between the Borrower and The Prudential Insurance Company of America.

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

14


Obligations ” means all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Loan Party arising under any Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan or Letter of Credit, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding.

Organization Documents ” means, (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement; and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.

Original Closing Date ” means July 27, 2007, the “Closing Date” under and as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement.

Other Taxes ” means all present or future stamp or documentary taxes or any other excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made hereunder or under any other Loan Document or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

Outstanding Amount ” means (i) with respect to Loans on any date, the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of Loans occurring on such date; and (ii) with respect to any L/C Obligations on any date, the amount of such L/C Obligations on such date after giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension occurring on such date and any other changes in the aggregate amount of the L/C Obligations as of such date, including as a result of any reimbursements by the Borrower of Unreimbursed Amounts.

Participant ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.06(c) .

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

Pension Plan ” means any “employee pension benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate or to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a multiple employer or other plan described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA, has made contributions at any time during the immediately preceding five plan years.

Permitted Liens ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.01 .

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

15


Person ” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

Plan ” means any “employee benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) established by the Borrower or, with respect to any such plan that is subject to Section 412 of the Code or Title IV of ERISA, any ERISA Affiliate.

Pledge Agreement ” means a pledge agreement in favor of the Lender, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender.

Pledged Collateral ” has the meaning specified in each Pledge Agreement.

Registered Public Accounting Firm ” has the meaning specified in the Securities Laws and shall be independent of the Borrower as prescribed by the Securities Laws.

Related Parties ” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.

Reportable Event ” means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than events for which the 30-day notice period has been waived.

Request for Credit Extension ” means (a) with respect to a Borrowing, conversion or continuation of a Loan, a Loan Notice, and (b) with respect to an L/C Credit Extension, a Letter of Credit Application.

Responsible Officer ” means the chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, treasurer, assistant treasurer, controller or secretary of a Loan Party. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.

Restricted Payment ” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any capital stock or other Equity Interest of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such capital stock or other Equity Interest, or on account of any return of capital to the Borrower’s stockholders, partners or members (or the equivalent Person thereof).

Sarbanes-Oxley ” means the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

16


Securities Laws ” means the Securities Act of 1933, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, Sarbanes-Oxley and the applicable accounting and auditing principles, rules, standards and practices promulgated, approved or incorporated by the SEC or the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, as each of the foregoing may be amended and in effect on any applicable date hereunder.

Shareholders’ Equity ” means, as of any date of determination, consolidated shareholders’ equity of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of that date determined in accordance with GAAP.

Significant Subsidiary ” means, as of any date of determination, any Subsidiary having, as of the then-most recent fiscal quarter-end end date for which financial statements are available, total assets of not less than $10,000,000.

Single Transaction Limit ” means $[****].

Solvent ” means, with respect to any Person as of a particular date, that on such date (a) such Person is able to pay its debts and other liabilities, contingent obligations and other commitments as they mature in the normal course of business, (b) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature in their ordinary course, (c) such Person is not engaged in a business or transaction, and is not about to engage in a business or a transaction, for which such Person’s assets would constitute unreasonably small capital after giving due consideration to the prevailing practice in the industry in which such Person is engaged or is to engage, (d) the fair value of the assets of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including contingent liabilities, of such Person, and (e) the aggregate fair saleable value (i.e., the amount that may be realized within a reasonable time, considered to be six months to one year, either through collection or sale at the regular market value, conceiving the latter as the amount that could be obtained for the assets in question within such period by a capable and diligent businessman from an interested buyer who is willing to purchase under ordinary selling conditions) of the assets of such Person will exceed its debts and other liabilities (including contingent, subordinated, unmatured and unliquidated debts and liabilities). For purposes of this definition, “debt” means any liability on a claim, and “claim” means (i) a right to payment, whether or not such a right is reduced to judgment, liquidated, unliquidated, fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured, disputed, undisputed, legal, equitable, secured or unsecured, or (ii) a right to an equitable remedy for breach of performance if such breach gives rise to a payment, whether or not such right is an equitable remedy, is reduced judgment, liquidated, unliquidated, fixed, contingent, matured, unmatured, disputed, undisputed, secured or unsecured.

Specified Period ” means, as of any date of determination, the most recent four-fiscal quarter period prior to such date for which financial statements have been delivered hereunder.

Subsidiary ” of a Person means a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity of which a majority of the shares of securities or other interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other than securities or interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Borrower.

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

17


Supplemental Authorization Date ” means the date the Borrower delivers to the Lender the Supplemental Authorization Documents.

Supplemental Authorization Documents ” means, collectively the following, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender: (i) certified resolutions of the Borrower’s board of directors authorizing Borrowings and Credit Extensions hereunder to the amount of $150,000,000, and (ii) a favorable opinion of counsel to the Loan Parties, addressed to the Lender, as to the matters set forth in Exhibit E and such other matters concerning the Loan Parties and the Loan Documents as the Lender may reasonably request.

Swap Contract ” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “ Master Agreement ”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

Swap Termination Value ” means, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Contracts, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts (which may include the Lender or any Affiliate of the Lender).

Synthetic Lease Obligation ” means the monetary obligation of a Person under (a) a so-called synthetic, off-balance sheet or tax retention lease, or (b) an agreement for the use or possession of property creating obligations that do not appear on the balance sheet of such Person but which, upon the insolvency or bankruptcy of such Person, would be characterized as the indebtedness of such Person (without regard to accounting treatment).

Taxes ” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

18


Threshold Amount ” means $[****].

Total Consideration ” means, in respect of any Acquisition undertaken by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries, total consideration paid or agreed to be paid by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries in connection therewith, including consideration consisting of (i) cash and cash equivalents, (ii) Equity Interests of the Borrower, (iii) licenses granted or received in connection therewith in respect of IP Rights, (iv) the assumption of Indebtedness or other obligations or liabilities of the Acquired Entity existing prior to such Acquisition, and (v) earn-out and similar payments contingent on future performance or revenues.

Total Liquidity ” means, as of any date of determination for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the sum, without duplication, of (i) cash, (ii) cash-equivalents, and (iii) marketable securities.

Total Outstandings ” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Loans and all L/C Obligations as of such date.

Type ” means, with respect to a Loan, its character as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Rate Loan.

Unfunded Pension Liability ” means the excess of a Pension Plan’s benefit liabilities under Section 4001(a)(16) of ERISA, over the current value of that Pension Plan’s assets, determined in accordance with the assumptions used for funding the Pension Plan pursuant to Section 412 of the Code for the applicable plan year.

United States ” and “ U.S. ” mean the United States of America.

Unreimbursed Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(c)(i) .

Voting Stock ” means securities, ownership interests or membership interests of any class or classes of a business entity, the holders of which are ordinarily, in the absence of contingencies, (a) entitled to elect a majority of the corporate directors (or Persons performing similar functions), if such entity is a corporation, (b) entitled to cast a majority of the votes on the general business matters of such entity, or (c) entitled to act as the sole general partner or sole manager, or entitled to elect the manager or managing partner of such entity.

1.02 Other Interpretive Provisions. With reference to this Agreement and each other Loan Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Loan Document:

(a) The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “ include ,” “ includes ” and “ including ” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The word “ will ” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “ shall .” Unless the context requires otherwise, (i) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document (including any Organization Document) shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments,

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

19


supplements or modifications set forth herein or in any other Loan Document), (ii) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (iii) the words “ herein ,” “ hereof ” and “ hereunder ,” and words of similar import when used in any Loan Document, shall be construed to refer to such Loan Document in its entirety and not to any particular provision thereof, (iv) all references in a Loan Document to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, the Loan Document in which such references appear, (v) any reference to any law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing or interpreting such law and any reference to any law or regulation shall, unless otherwise specified, refer to such law or regulation as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time, and (vi) the words “ asset ” and “ property ” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.

(b) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “ from ” means “ from and including ;” the words “ to ” and “ until ” each mean “ to but excluding ;” and the word “ through ” means “ to and including .”

(c) Section headings herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

1.03 Accounting Terms.

(a) Generally . All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP applied on a consistent basis, as in effect from time to time, applied in a manner consistent with that used in preparing the Audited Financial Statements, except as otherwise specifically prescribed herein.

(b) Changes in GAAP . If at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and either the Borrower or the Lender shall so request, the Lender and the Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP (subject to the approval of the Lender), provided that, until so amended, (i) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP prior to such change therein and (ii) the Borrower shall provide to the Lender financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP.

(c) Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities . All references herein to consolidated financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or to the determination of any amount for the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis or any similar reference shall, in each case, unless otherwise expressly provided, be deemed to include each variable interest entity that the Borrower is required to consolidate pursuant to FASB Interpretation No. 46 – Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities: an interpretation of ARB No. 51 (January 2003) as if such variable interest entity were a Subsidiary as defined herein.

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

20


1.04 Rounding. Any financial ratios required to be maintained by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no nearest number).

1.05 Times of Day. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to Pacific time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

1.06 Letter of Credit Amounts. Unless otherwise specified herein, the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to be the stated amount of such Letter of Credit in effect at such time; provided , however , that with respect to any Letter of Credit that, by its terms or the terms of any Issuer Document related thereto, provides for one or more automatic increases in the stated amount thereof, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be the maximum stated amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at such time.

ARTICLE II.

THE COMMITMENT AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS

2.01 Loans. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Lender agrees to make loans (each such loan, a “ Loan ”) to the Borrower from time to time, on any Business Day during the Availability Period, in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of the Commitment; provided , however , that after giving effect to any borrowing, the Total Outstandings shall not exceed the Commitment. Within the limits of the Commitment, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.01 , prepay under Section 2.04 , and reborrow under this Section 2.01 . A Loan may be a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Rate Loan, as further provided herein.

2.02 Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans.

(a) Each borrowing, each conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, and each continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be made upon the Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Lender, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Lender not later than 8:00 a.m. (i) three Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or of any conversion of Eurodollar Rate Loans to a Base Rate Loans, and (ii) on the requested date of any Borrowing of Base Rate Loans. Each telephonic notice by the Borrower pursuant to this Section 2.02(a) must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Lender of a written Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Each Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in a minimum principal amount of $1,000,000. Except as provided in Section 2.03(c) , each Borrowing of or conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be in a minimum principal amount of $100,000. Each Loan Notice (whether telephonic or written) shall specify (A) whether the Borrower is

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

21


requesting a Borrowing, a conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, (B) the requested date of the Borrowing, conversion or continuation, as the case may be (which shall be a Business Day), (C) the principal amount of the Loans to be borrowed, converted or continued, (D) the Type of Loans to be borrowed or to which existing Loans are to be converted, and (E) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto. If the Borrower fails to specify a Type of Loan in a Loan Notice or if the Borrower fails to give a timely notice requesting a conversion or continuation, then the applicable Loans shall be made as, or converted to, Base Rate Loans. Any such automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be effective as of the last day of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the applicable Eurodollar Rate Loan. If the Borrower requests a borrowing of, conversion to, or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans in any such Loan Notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period, it will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one month.

(b) Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (and, if such Borrowing is the initial Credit Extension, Section 4.01 ), the Lender shall make the proceeds of each Loan available to the Borrower either by (i) crediting the account of the Borrower on the books of the Lender with the amount of such proceeds or (ii) wire transfer of such proceeds, in each case in accordance with instructions provided to (and reasonably acceptable to) the Lender by the Borrower; provided , however , that if, on the date of the Loan Notice given with respect to such Borrowing, there are L/C Borrowings outstanding, then the proceeds of such Borrowing, first, shall be applied to the payment in full of any such unreimbursed drawings, and second , to the Borrower as provided above.

(c) Except as otherwise provided herein, Eurodollar Rate Loans may be continued or converted only on the last day of an Interest Period for such Eurodollar Rate Loans. During the existence of a Default, no Loans may be requested as, converted to or continued as Eurodollar Rate Loans without the consent of the Lender.

(d) The Lender shall promptly notify the Borrower of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for Eurodollar Rate Loans upon determination of such interest rate. At any time that Base Rate Loans are outstanding, the Lender shall notify the Borrower of any change in the Lender’s prime rate used in determining the Base Rate promptly following the public announcement of such change.

2.03 Letters of Credit.

(a) The Letter of Credit Commitment .

(i) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Lender agrees (A) from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Closing Date until the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, to issue Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrower, and to amend or extend Letters of Credit previously issued by it, in accordance with subsection (b) below, and (B) to honor drawings under the Letters of Credit; provided that the Lender shall not be obligated to make any L/C Credit Extension with respect to any Letter of Credit if as of the date of such L/C Credit Extension, (y) the Total Outstandings would exceed the Commitment or (z) the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations would exceed the Letter of Credit

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

22


Sublimit. Each request by the Borrower for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be a representation by the Borrower that the L/C Credit Extension so requested complies with the conditions set forth in the proviso to the preceding sentence. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower’s ability to obtain Letters of Credit shall be fully revolving, and accordingly the Borrower may, during the foregoing period, obtain Letters of Credit to replace Letters of Credit that have expired or that have been drawn upon and reimbursed.

(ii) The Lender shall not issue any Letter of Credit if:

(A) the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur more than twelve months after the date of issuance, unless the Lender has approved such expiry date; or

(B) the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur after the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, unless the Lender has approved such expiry date.

(iii) The Lender shall not be under any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if:

(A) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain the Lender from issuing such Letter of Credit, or any Law applicable to the Lender or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over the Lender shall prohibit, or request that the Lender refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon the Lender with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which the Lender is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Original Closing Date, or shall impose upon the Lender any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Original Closing Date and which the Lender in good faith deems material to it; or

(B) the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of the Lender; or

(C) except as otherwise agreed by the Lender, such Letter of Credit is in an initial stated amount less than $100,000; or

(D) such Letter of Credit is to be denominated in a currency other than Dollars; or

(E) such Letter of Credit contains any provisions for automatic reinstatement of the stated amount after any drawing thereunder.

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

23


(iv) The Lender shall not amend any Letter of Credit if the Lender would not be permitted at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof.

(v) The Lender shall be under no obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if (A) the Lender would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof, or (B) the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to such Letter of Credit.

(b) Procedures for Issuance and Amendment of Letters of Credit .

(i) Each Letter of Credit shall be issued or amended, as the case may be, upon the request of the Borrower delivered to the Lender in the form of a Letter of Credit Application, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Such Letter of Credit Application must be received by the Lender not later than 8:00 a.m., at least two Business Days (or such later date and time as the Lender may agree in a particular instance in its sole discretion) prior to the proposed issuance date or date of amendment, as the case may be. In the case of a request for an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to the Lender: (A) the proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (B) the amount thereof; (C) the expiry date thereof; (D) the name and address of the beneficiary thereof; (E) the documents to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (F) the full text of any certificate to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; and (G) such other matters as the Lender may require. In the case of a request for an amendment of any outstanding Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to the Lender (I) the Letter of Credit to be amended; (II) the proposed date of amendment thereof (which shall be a Business Day); (III) the nature of the proposed amendment; and (IV) such other matters as the Lender may require. Additionally, the Borrower shall furnish to the Lender such other documents and information pertaining to such requested Letter of Credit issuance or amendment, including any Issuer Documents, as the Lender may require.

(ii) Upon the Lender’s determination that the requested issuance or amendment is permitted in accordance with the terms hereof, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Lender shall, on the requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for the account of the Borrower or enter into the applicable amendment, as the case may be, in each case in accordance with the Lender’s usual and customary business practices.

(iii) Promptly after its delivery of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Letter of Credit to an advising bank with respect thereto or to the beneficiary thereof, the Lender will also deliver to the Borrower a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment.

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

24


(c) Drawings and Reimbursements .

(i) Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit of any notice of a drawing under such Letter of Credit, the Lender shall notify the Borrower thereof. Not later than 8:00 a.m. on the date of any payment by the Lender under a Letter of Credit (each such date, an “ Honor Date ”), the Borrower shall reimburse the Lender in an amount equal to the amount of such drawing. If the Borrower fails to so reimburse the Lender (any such unreimbursed amount, an “ Unreimbursed Amount ”), the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans to be disbursed on the Honor Date in an amount equal to such Unreimbursed Amount, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified in Section 2.02 for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the amount of the unutilized portion of the Commitment and the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (other than the delivery of a Loan Notice).

(ii) With respect to any Unreimbursed Amount that is not fully refinanced by a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans because the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 cannot be satisfied or for any other reason, the Borrower shall be deemed to have incurred from the Lender an L/C Borrowing in the amount of the Unreimbursed Amount that is not so refinanced, which L/C Borrowing shall be due and payable on demand (together with interest) and shall bear interest at the Default Rate.

(d) Obligations Absolute . The obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the Lender for each drawing under each Letter of Credit and to repay each L/C Borrowing shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances, including the following:

(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of such Letter of Credit, this Agreement, or any other Loan Document;

(ii) the existence of any claim, counterclaim, setoff, defense or other right that the Borrower or any Subsidiary may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), the Lender or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or by such Letter of Credit or any agreement or instrument relating thereto, or any unrelated transaction;

(iii) any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under such Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under such Letter of Credit;

(iv) any payment by the Lender under such Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; or any payment made by the Lender under such Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law; or

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

25


(v) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Borrower or any Subsidiary.

The Borrower shall promptly examine a copy of each Letter of Credit and each amendment thereto that is delivered to it and, in the event of any claim of noncompliance with the Borrower’s instructions or other irregularity, the Borrower will promptly notify the Lender. The Borrower shall be conclusively deemed to have waived any such claim against the Lender and its correspondents unless such notice is given as aforesaid.

(e) Role of Lender . The Borrower agrees that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, the Lender shall not have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly required by the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such document. The Borrower hereby assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; provided , however , that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude the Borrower’s pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against the beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement. None of the Lender, any of its Affiliates, any of the respective officers, directors, employees, agents or attorneys-in-fact of the Lender and its Affiliates, nor any of the respective correspondents, participants or assignees of the Lender shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in clauses (i) through (v) of Section 2.03(d) ; provided , however , that anything in such clauses to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower may have a claim against the Lender, and the Lender may be liable to the Borrower, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by the Borrower which the Borrower proves were caused by the Lender’s willful misconduct or gross negligence or the Lender’s willful failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, the Lender may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and the Lender shall not be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason.

(f) Cash Collateral . Upon the request of the Lender, (i) if the Lender has honored any full or partial drawing request under any Letter of Credit and such drawing has resulted in an L/C Borrowing, or (ii) if, as of the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, any L/C Obligation for any reason remains outstanding, the Borrower shall, in each case, immediately Cash Collateralize the then Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations. Sections 2.04 and 8.02(c) set forth additional requirements to deliver Cash Collateral hereunder. For purposes of this Section 2.03 and Sections 2.04(b) and 8.02(c) , “ Cash Collateralize ” means to pledge and

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

26


deposit with or deliver to the Lender, as collateral for the L/C Obligations, cash or deposit account balances pursuant to documentation in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender. Derivatives of such term have corresponding meanings. The Borrower hereby grants to the Lender a security interest in all such cash, deposit accounts and all balances therein and all proceeds of the foregoing. Cash Collateral shall be maintained in blocked, non-interest bearing deposit accounts at the Lender.

(g) Applicability of ISP . Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the Lender and the Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued the rules of the ISP shall apply to each Letter of Credit.

(h) Letter of Credit Fees . The Borrower shall pay to the Lender a Letter of Credit fee (the “ Letter of Credit Fee ”) for each Letter of Credit equal to the Applicable Rate times the daily amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. For purposes of computing the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.06 . Letter of Credit Fees shall be (A) computed on a quarterly basis in arrears and (B) due and payable on the first Business Day after the end of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand. If there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the daily amount available to be drawn under each Letter of Credit shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, while any Event of Default exists, all Letter of Credit Fees shall accrue at the Default Rate.

(i) Documentary and Processing Charges Payable to Lender . The Borrower shall pay directly to the Lender for its own account the customary issuance, presentation, amendment and other processing fees, and other standard costs and charges, of the Lender relating to letters of credit as from time to time in effect. Such customary fees and standard costs and charges are due and payable on demand and are nonrefundable.

(j) Conflict with Issuer Documents . In the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the terms of any Issuer Document, the terms hereof shall control.

2.04 Prepayments.

(a) The Borrower may, upon notice to the Lender, at any time or from time to time voluntarily prepay any Loan in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided that (i) such notice must be received by the Lender not later than 8:00 a.m. (A) three Business Days prior to any date of prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans, and (B) on the date of prepayment of Base Rate Loans; (ii) any prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in a minimum principal amount of $1,000,000; and (iii) any prepayment of Base Rate Loans shall be in a minimum principal amount of $100,000 or, in each case, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and the Type(s) of Loans to be prepaid. If such notice is given by the Borrower, the Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein. Any prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be accompanied by all accrued interest on the amount repaid, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 3.05 .

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

27


(b) If for any reason the Total Outstandings at any time exceed the Commitment then in effect, the Borrower shall immediately prepay Loans and/or Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations in an aggregate amount equal to such excess; provided , however , that the Borrower shall not be required to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations pursuant to this Section 2.04(b) unless after the prepayment in full of the Loans the Total Outstandings exceed the Commitment then in effect.

2.05 Termination or Reduction of Commitment. The Borrower may, upon notice to the Lender, terminate the Commitment, or from time to time permanently reduce the Commitment; provided that (i) any such notice shall be received by the Lender not later than 8:00 a.m., five Business Days prior to the date of termination or reduction, (ii) any such partial reduction shall be in a minimum amount of $1,000,000, (iii) the Borrower shall not terminate or reduce the Commitment if, after giving effect thereto and to any concurrent prepayments hereunder, the Total Outstandings would exceed the Commitment, and (iv) if, after giving effect to any reduction of the Commitment, the Letter of Credit Sublimit exceeds the amount of the Commitment, such Letter of Credit Sublimit shall be automatically reduced by the amount of such excess. All commitment fees accrued until the effective date of any termination of the Commitment shall be paid on the effective date of such termination.

2.06 Repayment of Loans. The Borrower shall repay to the Lender on the Maturity Date the aggregate principal amount of Loans outstanding on such date.

2.07 Interest.

(a) Subject to the provisions of subsection (b) below, (i) each Eurodollar Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof for each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Rate; and (ii) each Base Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate.

(b) While any Event of Default exists, the Borrower shall pay interest on the principal amount of all outstanding Obligations hereunder at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

(c) Interest on each Loan shall be due and payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date applicable thereto and at such other times as may be specified herein. Interest hereunder shall be due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof before and after judgment, and before and after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law.

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

28


2.08 Fees. In addition to certain fees described in subsections (h) and (i) of Section 2.03 :

(a) Commitment Fee . The Borrower shall pay to the Lender a commitment fee equal to the Applicable Rate times the actual daily amount by which the Adjusted Commitment exceeds the Total Outstandings. The commitment fee shall accrue at all times during the Availability Period, including at any time during which one or more of the conditions in Article IV is not met, and shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the Closing Date, and on the Maturity Date. The commitment fee shall be calculated quarterly in arrears.

(b) Up-front Fee . The Borrower shall pay to the Lender an up-front fee of 0.25% times the Commitment, payable on the Closing Date. Such fee shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever.

2.09 Computation of Interest and Fees. All computations of interest for Base Rate Loans when the Base Rate is determined by the Lender’s “prime rate” shall be made on the basis of a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed. All other computations of fees and interest shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and actual days elapsed (which results in more fees or interest, as applicable, being paid than if computed on the basis of a 365-day year). Interest shall accrue on each Loan for the day on which the Loan is made, and shall not accrue on a Loan, or any portion thereof, for the day on which the Loan or such portion is paid, provided that any Loan that is repaid on the same day on which it is made shall, subject to Section 2.11(a) , bear interest for one day. Each determination by the Lender of an interest rate or fee hereunder shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

2.10 Evidence of Debt. The Credit Extensions made by the Lender shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by the Lender in the ordinary course of business. The accounts or records maintained by the Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error of the amount of the Credit Extensions made by the Lender to the Borrower and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrower hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations. Upon the request of the Lender, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to the Lender a Note, which shall evidence the Lender’s Loans in addition to such accounts or records. The Lender may attach schedules to the Note and endorse thereon the date, Type (if applicable), amount and maturity of Loans and payments with respect thereto.

2.11 Payments Generally.

(a) All payments to be made by the Borrower shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by the Borrower hereunder shall be made to the Lender at the applicable Lending Office in Dollars and in immediately available funds not later than 11:00 a.m. on the date specified herein. All payments received by the Lender after 11:00 a.m. shall be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue.

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

29


(b) If any payment to be made by the Borrower shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next following Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be.

(c) Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate the Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by the Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.

ARTICLE III.

TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY

3.01 Taxes.

(a) Payments Free of Taxes . Any and all payments by or on account of any obligation of the Borrower hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without reduction or withholding for any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes, provided that if the Borrower shall be required by applicable law to deduct any Indemnified Taxes (including any Other Taxes) from such payments, then (i) the sum payable shall be increased as necessary so that after making all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section) the Lender receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the Borrower shall make such deductions and (iii) the Borrower shall timely pay the full amount deducted to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

(b) Payment of Other Taxes by the Borrower . Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a) above, the Borrower shall timely pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law.

(c) Indemnification by the Borrower . The Borrower shall indemnify the Lender within 120 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to amounts payable under this Section) paid by the Lender and any penalties, interest and reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to the Borrower by the Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) Evidence of Payments . As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes by the Borrower to a Governmental Authority, the Borrower shall deliver to the Lender the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Lender.

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

30


(e) Status of Foreign Lenders .

(i) Any Foreign Lender that is entitled to an exemption from or reduction of withholding tax under the law of the jurisdiction in which the Borrower is resident for tax purposes, or any treaty to which such jurisdiction is a party, with respect to payments hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall deliver to the Borrower, at the time or times prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law as will permit such payments to be made without withholding or at a reduced rate of withholding. In addition, any Foreign Lender, if requested by the Borrower, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by applicable law or reasonably requested by the Borrower as will enable the Borrower to determine whether or not such Foreign Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements.

(ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in the event that the Borrower is resident for tax purposes in the United States, any Foreign Lender shall deliver to the Borrower (in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the date on which such Foreign Lender becomes an assignee of Loans under this Agreement (and from time to time thereafter upon the request of the Borrower, but only if such Foreign Lender is legally entitled to do so), whichever of the following is applicable:

(A) duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN claiming eligibility for benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party,

(B) duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI,

(C) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate to the effect that such Foreign Lender is not (1) a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (2) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (3) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code and (y) duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, or

(D) any other form prescribed by applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in United States Federal withholding tax duly completed together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable law to permit the Borrower to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made.

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

31


(f) Treatment of Certain Refunds . If the Lender determines, in its sole discretion, that it has received a refund of any Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by the Borrower or with respect to which the Borrower has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section, it shall pay to the Borrower an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or additional amounts paid, by the Borrower under this Section with respect to the Taxes or Other Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses of the Lender and without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund), provided that the Borrower, upon the request of the Lender, agrees to repay the amount so paid over to the Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) to the Lender in the event the Lender is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. This subsection shall not be construed to require the Lender to make available its tax returns (or any other information relating to its taxes that it deems confidential) to the Borrower or any other Person.

3.02 Illegality. If the Lender determines that any Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for the Lender or its Lending Office to make, maintain or fund Eurodollar Rate Loans, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate, or any Governmental Authority has imposed material restrictions on the authority of the Lender to purchase or sell, or to take deposits of, Dollars in the London interbank market, then, on notice thereof by the Lender to the Borrower, any obligation of the Lender to make or continue Eurodollar Rate Loans or to convert Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended until the Lender notifies the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower shall, upon demand from the Lender, prepay or, if applicable, convert all Eurodollar Rate Loans to Base Rate Loans, either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if the Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans to such day, or immediately, if the Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted. The Lender agrees to designate a different Lending Office if such designation will avoid the need for such notice and will not, in the good faith judgment of the Lender, otherwise be materially disadvantageous to the Lender.

3.03 Inability to Determine Eurodollar Rate. If the Lender determines that for any reason in connection with any request for Eurodollar Rate Loans or a conversion to or continuation thereof that (a) Dollar deposits are not being offered to banks in the London interbank eurodollar market for the applicable amount and Interest Period of such Eurodollar Rate Loans, (b) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the Eurodollar Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan, or (c) the Eurodollar Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to the Lender of funding such Loan, the Lender will promptly so notify the Borrower. Thereafter, the obligation of the Lender to make or maintain Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended until the Lender revokes such notice. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or, failing that, will be deemed to have converted such request into a request for a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans in the amount specified therein.

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

32


3.04 Increased Costs; Reserves on Eurodollar Rate Loans.

(a) Increased Costs Generally . If any Change in Law shall:

(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended or participated in by, the Lender (except any reserve requirement contemplated by Section 3.04(e) );

(ii) subject the Lender to any tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to this Agreement, any Letter of Credit or any Eurodollar Rate Loan made by it, or change the basis of taxation of payments to the Lender in respect thereof (except for Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes covered by Section 3.01 and the imposition of, or any change in the rate of, any Excluded Tax payable by the Lender); or

(iii) impose on the Lender or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or expense affecting this Agreement or Eurodollar Rate Loans made by the Lender or any Letter of Credit;

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to the Lender of making or maintaining any Eurodollar Rate Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan), or to increase the cost to the Lender of issuing or maintaining any Letter of Credit (or of maintaining its obligation to issue any Letter of Credit), or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by the Lender hereunder (whether of principal, interest or any other amount) then, upon request of the Lender, the Borrower will pay to the Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate the Lender for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

(b) Capital Requirements . If the Lender determines that any Change in Law affecting the Lender or any Lending Office of the Lender or the Lender’s holding company, if any, regarding capital requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on the Lender’s capital or on the capital of the Lender’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement, the Commitment of the Lender or the Loans made by, or the Letters of Credit issued by, the Lender, to a level below that which the Lender or such Lender’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration the Lender’s policies and the policies of the Lender’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time the Borrower will pay to the Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate the Lender or such Lender’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

(c) Certificates for Reimbursement . A certificate of the Lender setting forth the amount or amounts necessary to compensate the Lender or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in subsection (a) or (b) of this Section and delivered to the Borrower shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Borrower shall pay the Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

33


(d) Delay in Requests . Failure or delay on the part of the Lender to demand compensation pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section shall not constitute a waiver of the Lender’s right to demand such compensation, provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate the Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than nine months prior to the date that the Lender notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of the Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the nine-month period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).

(e) Reserves on Eurodollar Rate Loans . The Borrower shall pay to the Lender, as long as the Lender shall be required to maintain reserves with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency funds or deposits (currently known as “ Eurocurrency liabilities ”), additional interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Eurodollar Rate Loan equal to the actual costs of such reserves allocated to such Loan by such Lender (as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive), which shall be due and payable on each date on which interest is payable on such Loan, provided the Borrower shall have received at least 10 days’ prior notice of such additional interest from such Lender. If a Lender fails to give notice 10 days prior to the relevant Interest Payment Date, such additional interest shall be due and payable 10 days from receipt of such notice.

3.05 Compensation for Losses. Upon demand of the Lender from time to time, the Borrower shall promptly compensate the Lender for and hold the Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense incurred by it as a result of:

(a) any continuation, conversion, payment or prepayment of any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period for such Loan (whether voluntary, mandatory, automatic, by reason of acceleration, or otherwise); or

(b) any failure by the Borrower (for a reason other than the failure of the Lender to make a Loan) to prepay, borrow, continue or convert any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on the date or in the amount notified by the Borrower,

including any loss of anticipated profits and any loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain such Loan or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained. The Borrower shall also pay any customary administrative fees charged by the Lender in connection with the foregoing.

For purposes of calculating amounts payable by the Borrower to the Lender under this Section 3.05 , the Lender shall be deemed to have funded each Eurodollar Rate Loan at the Eurodollar base rate used in determining the Eurodollar Rate for such Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the London interbank eurodollar market for a comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such Eurodollar Rate Loan was in fact so funded.

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

34


3.06 Requests for Compensation; Mitigation.

(a) A certificate of the Lender claiming compensation under this Article III and setting forth the additional amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. In determining such amount, the Lender may use any reasonable averaging and attribution methods.

(b) If the Lender requests compensation under Section 3.04 , or the Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to the Lender or any Governmental Authority for the account of the Lender pursuant to Section 3.01 , or if the Lender gives a notice pursuant to Section 3.02 , then the Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different Lending Office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of the Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 3.01 or 3.04 , as the case may be, in the future, or eliminate the need for the notice pursuant to Section 3.02 , as applicable, and (ii) in each case, would not subject the Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to the Lender. The Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by the Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

3.07 Survival. All of the Borrower’s obligations under this Article III shall survive termination of the Commitment and repayment of all other Obligations hereunder.

ARTICLE IV.

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS

4.01 Conditions of Initial Credit Extension. The obligation of the Lender to make its initial Credit Extension hereunder is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

(a) The Lender’s receipt of the following, each of which shall be originals or telecopies (followed promptly by originals) unless otherwise specified, each properly executed by a Responsible Officer of the signing Loan Party, each dated the Closing Date (or, in the case of certificates of governmental officials, a recent date before the Closing Date) and each in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender and its legal counsel:

(i) executed counterparts of this Agreement, each sufficient in number for distribution to the Lender and the Borrower;

(ii) if requested by the Lender, a Note executed by the Borrower in favor of the Lender;

(iii) executed counterparts of a Pledge Agreement by (x) each Person holding Equity Interests in any Foreign Subsidiary Holding Company, and (y) the Borrower and each Domestic Subsidiary (other than a Foreign Subsidiary Holding Company) holding Equity Interests in any First Tier Foreign Subsidiary that is a Material Subsidiary and an Exempt Subsidiary, sufficient in number for distribution to the Lender and the Borrower, together with:

(A) written advice relating to such Lien searches as the Lender shall have requested, and such termination statements or other documents as may be necessary to confirm that the Pledged Collateral is subject to no other Liens in favor of any Persons (other than Permitted Liens);

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

35


(B) all certificates and instruments, if any, representing the Pledged Collateral, with stock transfer powers executed in blank with signatures guaranteed, as the Lender may specify;

(C) evidence that all other actions necessary or in the opinion of the Lender desirable to perfect and protect the first prior Lien created by the Pledge Agreement have been taken;

(D) funds sufficient to pay any filing tax or fee in connection with any and all UCC-1 financing statements deemed in the opinion of the Lender necessary or desirable; and

(E) evidence that all other actions necessary or in the opinion of the Lender desirable to perfect and protect the first priority Lien created by the Pledge Agreement, and to enhance the ability to preserve and protect its interest in and access to the Pledged Collateral, have been taken;

(iv) such certificates of resolutions or other action, incumbency certificates and/or other certificates of Responsible Officers of each Loan Party as the Lender may require evidencing the identity, authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer thereof authorized to act as a Responsible Officer in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party;

(v) such documents and certifications as the Lender may reasonably require to evidence that each Loan Party is duly organized or formed, and that each Loan Party is validly existing, in good standing and qualified to engage in business in each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(vi) a certificate of a Responsible Officer of each Loan Party either (A) attaching copies of all consents, licenses and approvals required in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by such Loan Party and the validity against such Loan Party of the Loan Documents to which it is a party, and such consents, licenses and approvals shall be in full force and effect, or (B) stating that no such consents, licenses or approvals are so required;

(vii) a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying (A) that the conditions specified in Sections 4.02(a) and (b)  have been satisfied, (B) that there has been no event or circumstance since June 27, 2008 that has had or could be reasonably expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect; and (C) a calculation of the Consolidated Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the fiscal quarter of the Borrower most recently ended prior to the Closing Date;

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

36


(viii) satisfactory evidence that the Borrower has terminated and paid all amounts owing in respect of that overdraft facility in the amount of JPY [****] extended by Bank of America to Varian Medical Systems K.K.; and

(ix) such other assurances, certificates, documents, consents or opinions as the Lender reasonably may require.

(b) Any fees required to be paid on or before the Closing Date shall have been paid.

(c) the Borrower shall have paid all accrued and unpaid interest and commitment fees outstanding in respect of the Existing Credit Agreement.

(d) The Borrower shall have paid all fees, charges and disbursements of counsel to the Lender to the extent invoiced prior to or on the Closing Date, plus such additional amounts of such fees, charges and disbursements as shall constitute its reasonable estimate of such fees, charges and disbursements incurred or to be incurred by it through the closing proceedings (provided that such estimate shall not thereafter preclude a final settling of accounts between the Borrower and the Lender).

(e) The Borrower shall have executed and delivered to the Lender the Lender’s standard International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, together with any and all documents required thereunder.

(f) The Closing Date shall have occurred on or before November 10, 2008.

4.02 Conditions to all Credit Extensions. The obligation of the Lender to honor any Request for Credit Extension (other than a Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Loans to the other Type, or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans) is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) The representations and warranties of the Borrower and each other Loan Party contained in Article V or any other Loan Document, or which are contained in any document furnished at any time under or in connection herewith or therewith, shall be true and correct on and as of the date of such Credit Extension, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of this Section 4.02 , the representations and warranties contained in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 5.05 shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to clauses (a) and (b), respectively, of Section 6.01 .

(b) No Default shall exist, or would result from such proposed Credit Extension or from the application of the proceeds thereof.

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

37


(c) The Lender shall have received a Request for Credit Extension in accordance with the requirements hereof.

Each Request for Credit Extension (other than a Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Loans to the other Type or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans) submitted by the Borrower shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty that the conditions specified in Sections 4.02(a) and (b)  have been satisfied on and as of the date of the applicable Credit Extension.

ARTICLE V.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

The Borrower represents and warrants to the Lender that:

5.01 Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws. Each Loan Party (a) is duly organized or formed, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, (b) has all requisite power and authority and all requisite governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to (i) own or lease its assets and carry on its business and (ii) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (c) is duly qualified and is licensed and in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification or license, and (d) is in compliance with all Laws; except in each case referred to in clause (b)(i), (c) or (d), to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.02 Authorization; No Contravention. The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is party, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action, and do not and will not (a)   contravene the terms of any of such Person’s Organization Documents; (b)   conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or the creation of any Lien under, or require any payment to be made under (i)   any Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party or affecting such Person or the properties of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii)   any material order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which such Person or its property is subject; or (c)   violate any material Law. Each Loan Party and each Subsidiary thereof is in compliance with all Contractual Obligations referred to in clause (b)(i), except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.03 Governmental Authorization; Other Consents. No approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is necessary or required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, any Loan Party of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

38


5.04 Binding Effect. This Agreement has been, and each other Loan Document, when delivered hereunder, will have been, duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is party thereto. This Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document when so delivered will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable against each Loan Party that is party thereto in accordance with its terms, except as may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws relating to or limiting creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability.

5.05 Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect.

(a) The Audited Financial Statements (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; (ii) fairly present the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein; and (iii) show all material indebtedness and other liabilities, direct or contingent, of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof, including liabilities for taxes, material commitments and Indebtedness.

(b) The unaudited consolidated and consolidating balance sheets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries dated June 30, 2008, and the related consolidated and consolidating statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the fiscal quarter ended on that date (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein, and (ii) fairly present the financial condition of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby, subject, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), to the absence of footnotes and to normal year-end audit adjustments. Schedule 5.05 sets forth all material indebtedness and other liabilities, direct or contingent, of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of the date of such financial statements, including liabilities for taxes, material commitments and Indebtedness.

(c) Since June 27, 2008, there has been no event or circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.06 Litigation. There are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower after due and diligent investigation, threatened or contemplated, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or against any of their properties or revenues that (a)   purport to affect or pertain to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, or (b)   except as specifically disclosed in Schedule 5.06 , either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.07 No Default. Neither the Borrower nor any Subsidiary is in default under or with respect to any Contractual Obligation that could, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Loan Document. As of the Closing Date, there exists no “Default” under and as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement.

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

39


5.08 Ownership of Property; Liens. Each of the Borrower and each Subsidiary has good record and marketable title in fee simple to, or valid leasehold interests in, all real property necessary or used in the ordinary conduct of its business, except for such defects in title as could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The property of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries is subject to no Liens, other than Liens permitted by Section 7.01 .

5.09 Regulatory Compliance. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries conduct in the ordinary course of business a review of the effect of (i) existing Environmental Laws and claims alleging potential liability or responsibility for violation of any Environmental Law and (ii) existing FDA Regulations, on their respective businesses, operations and properties, and as a result thereof the Borrower has reasonably concluded that, except as specifically disclosed in Schedule 5.09 , such Environmental Laws and claims and FDA Regulations could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.10 Insurance. The properties of the Loan Parties are insured with financially sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of the Borrower, in such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance compatible with the following standards), with such deductibles and covering such risks as are customarily carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in localities where the Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary operates.

5.11 Taxes. The Borrower and its Subsidiaries have filed (or obtained appropriate extensions in respect of) all Federal, state and other material tax returns and reports required to be filed, and have paid (or obtained appropriate extensions in respect of) all Federal, state and other material taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges levied or imposed upon them or their properties, income or assets otherwise due and payable, except those which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP. To Borrower’s knowledge, there is no proposed tax assessment against the Borrower or any Subsidiary that would, if made, have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.12 ERISA Compliance.

(a) Each Plan is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other Federal or state Laws. Each Plan that is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the IRS or an application for such a letter is currently being processed by the IRS with respect thereto and, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, nothing has occurred which would prevent, or cause the loss of, such qualification. The Borrower and each ERISA Affiliate have made all required contributions to each Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code, and no application for a funding waiver or an extension of any amortization period pursuant to Section 412 of the Code has been made with respect to any Plan.

(b) There are no pending or, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan that could be reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

40


(c) (i) No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur; (ii) no Pension Plan has any Unfunded Pension Liability; (iii) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA); (iv) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Sections 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan; and (v) neither the Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Sections 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA.

5.13 Subsidiaries. As of the Closing Date, the Borrower has no Subsidiaries other than those specifically disclosed in Part (a) of Schedule 5.13 , and all of the outstanding Equity Interests in such Subsidiaries are owned by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries (as so indicated) free and clear of all Liens other than Permitted Liens. The Borrower has no equity investments in any other corporation or entity other than those specifically disclosed in Part (b) of Schedule 5.13 . Part (a) of such Schedule further specifies or identifies (i) all Significant Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date, (ii) all Material Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date, and (iii) whether each Material Subsidiary is an Exempt Subsidiary.

5.14 Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act.

(a) The Borrower is not engaged and will not engage, principally or as one of its important activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the FRB), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock. Following the application of the proceeds of each Borrowing or drawing under each Letter of Credit, not more than 25% of the value of the assets (either of the Borrower only or of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis) subject to the provisions of Section 7.01 or Section 7.05 or subject to any restriction contained in any agreement or instrument between the Borrower and the Lender or any Affiliate of the Lender relating to Indebtedness and within the scope of Section 8.01(e) will be margin stock.

(b) None of the Borrower, any Person Controlling the Borrower, or any Subsidiary is or is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

5.15 Disclosure. The Borrower has disclosed to the Lender all agreements, instruments and corporate or other restrictions to which it or any of its Subsidiaries is subject, and all other matters known to it, that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. All of Borrower’s publicly-filed reports and registration statements are in compliance with all applicable Securities Laws and securities regulations. No other report, financial statement, certificate or other information furnished (whether in writing or orally) by or on behalf of any Loan Party to the Lender in connection

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

41


with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) contains to the Borrower’s knowledge any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that, with respect to projected financial information, the Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time.

5.16 Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc. Except as disclosed in Schedule 5.16 , to the Borrower’s knowledge, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries own, or possess the right to use, all of the trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, patents, patent rights, franchises, licenses and other intellectual property rights (collectively, “ IP Rights ”) that are reasonably necessary for the operation of the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, except as would not reasonably be expected to have Material Adverse Effect. No claim or litigation regarding any of the IP Rights is pending or, to the Borrower’s knowledge, threatened, which, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. All material patents and patent applications owned by the Borrower as of the Closing Date, and all material patent licenses relating to third party patents as to which the Borrower is licensee, together with their respective expiry or termination dates, are set forth on Schedule 5.16 .

5.17 Solvency. Each Loan Party is Solvent.

ARTICLE VI.

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

So long as the Commitment shall be in effect, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied (other than contingent indemnification obligations), or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding, the Borrower shall, and shall (except in the case of the covenants set forth in Sections 6.01 , 6.02 and 6.03 ) cause each Subsidiary to:

6.01 Financial Statements. Deliver to the Lender, in form and detail satisfactory to the Lender:

(a) as soon as available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower (commencing with the fiscal year ended September 26, 2008), a consolidated and consolidating balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated and consolidating statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, such consolidating statements to be audited and accompanied by (i) a report and opinion of a Registered Public Accounting Firm of nationally recognized standing reasonably acceptable to the Lender, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and applicable Securities Laws and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit; and

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

42


(b) as soon as available, but in any event within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Borrower, a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal quarter, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of the Borrower’s fiscal year then ended, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail, such statements to be certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as fairly presenting the financial condition, results of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes.

As to any information contained in materials furnished pursuant to Section 6.02(d) , the Borrower shall not be separately required to furnish such information under clause (a) or (b) above, but the foregoing shall not be in derogation of the obligation of the Borrower to furnish the information and materials described in clauses (a) and (b) above at the times specified therein.

6.02 Certificates; Other Information. Deliver to the Lender, in form and detail satisfactory to the Lender:

(a) [Reserved];

(b) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Sections 6.01(a) and (b)  (commencing with the delivery of the financial statements for the fiscal year ended September 26, 2008), a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower;

(c) promptly after any request by the Lender, copies of any detailed audit reports, management letters or recommendations submitted to the board of directors (or the audit committee of the board of directors) of the Borrower by independent accountants in connection with the accounts or books of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or any audit of any of them;

(d) promptly after the same are available, copies of each annual report, proxy or financial statement or other report or communication sent to the stockholders of the Borrower, and copies of all annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements which the Borrower may file or be required to file with the SEC under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and not otherwise required to be delivered to the Lender pursuant hereto;

(e) [Reserved];

(f) promptly, and in any event within ten Business Days after receipt thereof by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof, copies of each notice or other correspondence received from the SEC (or comparable agency in any applicable non-U.S. jurisdiction) concerning any investigation or possible investigation or other inquiry by such agency regarding financial or other operational results of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof; and

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

43


(g) promptly, such additional information regarding the business, financial or corporate affairs of the Borrower or any Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents, as the Lender may from time to time reasonably request.

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b)  or Section 6.02(d) (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Borrower’s website on the Internet at the website address listed on Schedule 9.02 ; or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Borrower’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which the Lender has access (whether a commercial, third-party website); provided that the Borrower shall notify the Lender (by telecopier or electronic mail) of the posting of any such documents and provide to the Lender by electronic mail electronic versions ( i.e. , soft copies) of such documents. Notwithstanding anything contained herein, in every instance the Borrower shall be required to provide paper copies of the Compliance Certificates required by Section 6.02(b) to the Lender. Except for such Compliance Certificates, the Lender shall have no obligation to request the delivery or to maintain copies of the documents referred to above, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Borrower with any such request for delivery, and the Lender shall be solely responsible for requesting delivery to it or maintaining its copies of such documents.

6.03 Notices. Promptly notify the Lender:

(a) of the occurrence of any Default;

(b) of any matter (other than general economic trends) that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, including (i) breach or non-performance of, or any default under, a Contractual Obligation of the Borrower or any Subsidiary; (ii) any dispute, litigation, investigation, proceeding or suspension between the Borrower or any Subsidiary and any Governmental Authority; or (iii) the commencement of, or any material development in, any litigation or proceeding affecting the Borrower or any Subsidiary, including pursuant to any applicable FDA Regulations;

(c) of the occurrence of any ERISA Event;

(d) of any material change in accounting policies or financial reporting practices by the Borrower; and

(e) of any amendment, modification or waiver to or under the Note Purchase Agreement, or any notes from time to time issued and outstanding thereunder.

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

44


Each notice pursuant to this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action the Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto. Each notice pursuant to Section 6.03(a) shall describe with particularity any and all provisions of this Agreement and any other Loan Document that have been breached.

6.04 Payment of Obligations. Pay and discharge as the same shall become due and payable (a) all material tax liabilities, assessments and governmental charges or levies upon it or its properties or assets, unless the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP are being maintained by the Borrower or such Subsidiary; and (b) all lawful claims which, if unpaid, would by law become a Lien upon its property (other than an inchoate Lien permitted by Section 7.01 ); in each case, where a failure to so pay and discharge could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.05 Preservation of Existence, Etc. (a) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence and good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization except in a transaction permitted by Section 7.04 or 7.05 ; (b) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges, permits, licenses and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (c) preserve or renew all of its registered patents, trademarks, trade names and service marks, the non-preservation of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.06 Maintenance of Properties. (a) Maintain, preserve and protect all of its material properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted, and (b) use the standard of care typical in the industry in the operation and maintenance of its facilities; in each case except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.07 Maintenance of Insurance. Maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of the Borrower, insurance with respect to its properties and business against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by Persons engaged in the same or similar business, of such types and in such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance compatible with the following standards) as are customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other Persons.

6.08 Intellectual Property. Ensure that at all times the Borrower shall continue to own all or substantially all material patents, patent applications and patent rights relating to any material business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, to the extent that it held such patents, patent applications and patent rights on the Closing Date.

6.09 Books and Records. (a) Maintain proper books of record and account, in which full, true and correct entries in conformity with GAAP consistently applied shall be made of all financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be; and (b) maintain such books of record and account in material conformity with all applicable requirements of any Governmental Authority having regulatory jurisdiction over the Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the case may be.

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

45


6.10 Inspection Rights. Permit representatives and independent contractors of the Lender to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its directors, officers, and independent public accountants, all at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may be reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance notice to the Borrower; provided , however , that (i) the Borrower shall not be obligated to reimburse the expenses associated with more than one visit and inspection per calendar year (subject to clause (ii) below) and (ii) when an Event of Default exists the Lender (or any of its representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Borrower at any time during normal business hours and without advance notice.

6.11 Use of Proceeds. Use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, stock purchases and other general corporate purposes, not in contravention of any Law or of any Loan Document.

6.12 Depository Bank . At all times from and after the Closing Date, cause the Lender and its affiliates to be the primary depository bank for both U.S. and foreign (non-U.S.) deposit accounts maintained by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries. To the extent the Lender does not operate a branch or have an Affiliate accepting deposits in any foreign jurisdiction in which a Subsidiary is located, such Subsidiary shall maintain its accounts at a correspondent bank of the Lender.

6.13 Additional Guarantors; Pledge.

(a) On each Guarantor Assessment Date, the Borrower shall determine whether there exists any new or additional Material Subsidiaries, and if so, shall promptly notify the Lender of such fact and promptly thereafter:

(i) unless such Subsidiary is unable to execute such document without contravening local law and without causing any non-de minimis adverse tax effect as to the Borrower (and the Borrower provides a certificate to such effect) (any Subsidiary subject to either such inability, an “ Exempt Subsidiary ”), become a Guarantor by executing and delivering to the Lender a counterpart of the Guaranty;

(ii) if such Subsidiary is an Exempt Subsidiary, unless prohibited by local law, and unless already provided, cause (x) each holder of Equity Interests in any Foreign Subsidiary Holding Company as to which such Subsidiary is a Subsidiary, and (y) the Borrower and each Domestic Subsidiary (other than a Foreign Subsidiary Holding Company) as to which such Subsidiary is a Subsidiary, to pledge 65% of the voting Equity Interests and all non-voting Equity Interests in such Subsidiary or Foreign Subsidiary Holding Company (or any intervening First Tier Foreign Subsidiary) to the Lender pursuant to a Pledge Agreement containing a limitation on the obligations secured thereby similar to that set forth in the Pledge Agreement delivered on the Closing Date;

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

46


(iii) deliver to the Lender favorable opinions of counsel to such Person, which opinions shall (i) cover, among other things, the legality, validity, binding effect and enforceability of the documentation referred to in this Section 6.13 , and (ii) be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Lender; and

(iv) deliver to the Lender documents of the types referred to in clauses (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi) of Section 4.01(a) , which documents shall be in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender.

(b) If the Borrower shall determine on any Guarantor Assessment Date in respect of any Subsidiary previously deemed not to be an Exempt Subsidiary and that is at such time a Guarantor, that, due to a change in Laws, such Subsidiary has become an Exempt Subsidiary, the Borrower may deliver to the Lender a certificate to such effect, certifying also the absence of any Default or Event of Default, whereupon the Lender shall execute such instruments of release as shall be reasonably satisfactory to the parties, confirming the release of such Subsidiary from the Guaranty.

6.14 Further Assurances. Promptly upon request by the Lender, the Borrower shall (and shall cause any of its Subsidiaries to) do, execute, acknowledge, deliver, record, re-record, file, re-file, register and re-register, any and all such further acts, deeds, conveyances, security agreements, mortgages, assignments, estoppel certificates, financing statements and continuation thereof, termination statements, notices of assignment, transfers, certificates, control agreements, assurances and other instruments the Lender may reasonably require from time to time in order (i) to carry out more effectively the purposes of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) to subject to the Liens created by the Pledge Agreement any of the properties, rights or interests covered by the Pledge Agreement, (iii) to perfect and maintain the validity, effectiveness and priority of the Pledge Agreement and the Liens intended to be created thereby, and (iv) to better assure, convey, grant, assign, transfer, preserve, protect and confirm to the Lender the rights granted or now or hereafter intended to be granted to the Lenders under any Loan Document or under any other document executed in connection therewith.

ARTICLE VII.

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

So long as the Commitment shall be in effect, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied (other than contingent indemnification Obligations), or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding, the Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:

7.01 Liens. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than the following (“ Permitted Liens ”):

(a) Liens pursuant to any Loan Document;

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

47


(b) Liens existing on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 7.01 and any renewals or extensions thereof, provided that (i) the property covered thereby is not changed, (ii) the amount secured or benefited thereby is not increased, (iii) the direct or any contingent obligor with respect thereto is not changed, and (iv) any renewal or extension of the obligations secured or benefited thereby is permitted by Section 7.03(b) ;

(c) Liens for taxes not yet due or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP;

(d) carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, landlord’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business which are not overdue for a period of more than 60 days or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person;

(e) pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business on assets other than Equity Interests issued by any First Tier Foreign Subsidiary, in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation, other than any Lien imposed by ERISA;

(f) deposits (other than Equity Interests issued by any First Tier Foreign Subsidiary) to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts and leases (other than Indebtedness), statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(g) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances affecting real property which, in the aggregate, are not substantial in amount, and which do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the applicable Person;

(h) Liens on assets other than Equity Interests issued by any First Tier Foreign Subsidiary, securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under Section 8.01(h) ;

(i) Liens on assets other than Equity Interests issued by any First Tier Foreign Subsidiary, securing purchase money Indebtedness and capital leases in respect of such assets;

(j) Interests of lessors under operating leases;

(k) Liens consisting of leases or subleases of tangible property granted to others not interfering in any material respect with the business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, and licenses and sublicenses of IP Rights permitted under Section 7.05(f) ;

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

48


(l) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods;

(m) Liens on cash collateral securing reimbursement obligations to issuing banks under letters of credit otherwise permitted hereunder;

(n) Liens on assets acquired in any Investment not prohibited hereunder (other than Equity Interests issued by any First Tier Foreign Subsidiary) to the extent such Liens were in existence at the time of acquisition and not incurred in anticipation thereof;

(o) Liens upon such accounts and the financial assets therein in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s deposit or securities accounts held at such institutions and not securing Indebtedness;

(p) Liens on earnest money deposits required under a letter of intent or purchase agreement in connection with Acquisitions and other transactions otherwise permitted hereunder;

(q) Liens on assets other than Equity Interests issued by any First Tier Foreign Subsidiary, representing part of the proceeds of a sale or other disposition of property otherwise permitted hereunder, to secure post closing obligations to the buyer in connection with such sale or other disposition;

(r) Liens on cash representing proceeds from the issuance of Indebtedness solely for the purpose of making interest payments in connection with such Indebtedness;

(s) Liens on insurance proceeds securing the payment of financed insurance premiums; and

(t) other Liens on assets other than Equity Interests issued by any First Tier Foreign Subsidiary, securing Indebtedness not in excess of the Threshold Amount in the aggregate at any time outstanding.

7.02 Investments. Make any Investments, except:

(a) Investments held by the Borrower or such Subsidiary in the form of cash equivalents, or short-term marketable securities and other Investments permitted by the Borrower’s board-approved investment policy in effect from time to time;

(b) advances to officers, directors and employees of the Borrower and Subsidiaries for travel, entertainment, relocation and analogous ordinary business purposes;

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

49


(c) Investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable, prepaid royalties or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of business, and Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors to the extent reasonably necessary in order to prevent or limit loss;

(d) Guarantees permitted by Section 7.03 ;

(e) Acquisitions by the Borrower or any of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries, provided that (i) the Total Consideration for any Acquisition does not exceed $[****], and (ii) after giving effect to such Acquisition, the Total Consideration for all Acquisitions together consummated by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries from and after the Closing Date does not exceed $[****];

(f) Investments as to which the Lender has provided its prior written consent;

(g) Investments acquired in exchange for any other Investments in connection with or as a result of a bankruptcy, workout, reorganization or recapitalization; and

(h) and other Investments (including joint ventures), other than Acquisitions, provided that, the aggregate amount of all such Investments together during the term of this Agreement does not exceed $[****].

7.03 Subsidiary Guaranties. Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Guaranties issued by Subsidiaries, except:

(a) the Guaranty;

(b) Guarantees outstanding on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 7.03 ;

(c) Guarantees issued by a Subsidiary other than a Domestic Subsidiary or a First Tier Foreign Subsidiary with respect to Indebtedness or other obligations of any other Subsidiary;

(d) Guarantees of First Tier Foreign Subsidiaries in respect of ordinary course real estate lease, vendor and other ordinary course transactions not constituting financings and entered into by Subsidiaries of any such First Tier Foreign Subsidiary; and

(e) Indebtedness arising from any refinancings, refundings, renewals or extensions of items (b) and (c) above; provided that the amount of such Indebtedness is not increased at the time of such refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension except by an amount equal to a reasonable premium or other reasonable amount paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection therewith and by an amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder.

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

50


7.04 Fundamental Changes. Merge, dissolve, liquidate, consolidate with or into another Person, or Dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to or in favor of any Person, except that, so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom:

(a) any Subsidiary may merge or consolidate with (i) the Borrower, provided that the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person, or (ii) any one or more other Subsidiaries, provided that when any Guarantor is merging with another Subsidiary, a Guarantor shall be the continuing or surviving Person;

(b) Subsidiaries of Borrower may merge or consolidate with any Person as necessary to consummate Acquisitions permitted hereunder;

(c) any Loan Party may merge or consolidate with any Person so long as (i) such Loan Party is the continuing or surviving Person, (ii) the merger or consolidation does not result in a decrease of more than [****] in Borrower’s Consolidated Tangible Net Worth, based upon the then-most recently delivered financial statements hereunder, and (iii) no Change of Control results therefrom;

(d) any Subsidiary may Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary liquidation or otherwise) to the Borrower or to another Subsidiary; and

(e) Dispositions of all or substantially all assets of any Subsidiary of Borrower (other than Guarantor) not otherwise permitted under this Section 7.04 ; provided that (i) at the time of such Disposition, no Default shall exist or would result from such Disposition, (ii) no such Disposition or related series of Dispositions shall entail assets having combined book value in excess of the Single Transaction Limit, and (iii) after giving effect to such Disposition, the Borrower is in compliance, on a projected pro forma basis, with Section 7.11 for the subsequent four fiscal quarters.

7.05 Dispositions. Make any Disposition or enter into any agreement to make any Disposition, except:

(a) Dispositions of obsolete or worn out property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in the ordinary course of business;

(b) Dispositions of inventory in the ordinary course of business;

(c) Dispositions of equipment or real property to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (ii) the proceeds of such Disposition are reasonably promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property;

(d) Dispositions of property by any Subsidiary to the Borrower or to a wholly-owned Subsidiary;

(e) Dispositions permitted by Section 7.04 ;

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

51


(f) (i) licenses and sublicenses of IP Rights in the ordinary course of business and substantially consistent with past practice, and (ii) licenses and cross-licenses of IP Rights in connection with settlements of intellectual property-related disputes with third parties;

(g) sales or discounting of delinquent accounts in the ordinary course of business; and

(h) Dispositions by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries not otherwise permitted under this Section 7.05 ; provided that (i) at the time of such Disposition, no Default shall exist or would result from such Disposition, (ii) no such Disposition or related series of Dispositions shall entail assets having combined book value in excess of the Single Transaction Limit, and (iii) after giving effect to such Disposition, the Borrower is in compliance, on a projected pro forma basis, with Section 7.11 for the subsequent four fiscal quarters;

provided , however , that any Disposition pursuant to clauses (a) through (h) shall be for fair value.

7.06 Restricted Payments. Declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, or incur any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to do so, except that, so long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of any action described below or would result therefrom:

(a) each Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to the Borrower, the Guarantors and any other Person that owns an Equity Interest in such Subsidiary, ratably according to their respective holdings of the type of Equity Interest in respect of which such Restricted Payment is being made;

(b) the Borrower and each Subsidiary may declare and make dividend payments or other distributions payable solely in the common stock or other common Equity Interests of such Person;

(c) the Borrower and each Subsidiary may purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire Equity Interests issued by it with the proceeds received from the substantially concurrent issue of new shares of its common stock or other common Equity Interests;

(d) the Borrower may purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire for cash Equity Interests issued by it pursuant to stock buy-back plans approved by the board of directors of the Borrower and disclosed to the Lender prior to the Original Closing Date in respect of not more than 1 million shares in the aggregate of the Borrower’s common stock; and

(e) the Borrower may declare or pay cash dividends to its stockholders and purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire for cash Equity Interests issued by it, provided, that after giving effect to such declaration, payment, purchase, redemption or acquisition, the Borrower is in compliance, on a projected pro forma basis, with Section 7.11 for the subsequent four fiscal quarters.

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

52


7.07 Change in Nature of Business. Engage in any material line of business substantially different from those lines of business conducted by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on the date hereof or any business reasonably related or incidental thereto.

7.08 Transactions with Affiliates. Enter into any transaction of any kind with any Affiliate of the Borrower, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, other than on fair and reasonable terms substantially as favorable to the Borrower or such Subsidiary as would be obtainable by the Borrower or such Subsidiary at the time in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate, provided that the foregoing restriction shall not apply to transactions between or among the Borrower and any of its wholly-owned Subsidiaries or between and among any wholly-owned Subsidiaries.

7.09 Burdensome Agreements. Enter into any Contractual Obligation (other than this Agreement or any other Loan Document) that (a) limits the ability (i) of any Subsidiary to make Restricted Payments to the Borrower or any Guarantor or to otherwise transfer property to the Borrower or any Guarantor, (ii) of any Subsidiary to Guarantee the Indebtedness of the Borrower or (iii) of any Domestic Subsidiary to pledge Voting Stock of any First Tier Foreign Subsidiary, or (b) that requires the grant of a Lien to secure an obligation of another Person if such Voting Stock should be so pledged.

7.10 Use of Proceeds. Use the proceeds of any Credit Extension, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, to purchase or carry margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U of the FRB) or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock or to refund indebtedness originally incurred for such purpose.

7.11 Financial Covenants.

(a) Consolidated Leverage Ratio . Permit the Consolidated Leverage Ratio as of the last day of any fiscal quarter of the Borrower (commencing with the fiscal quarter ended September 26, 2008) to be greater than the applicable amount set forth on Schedule 7.11 .

(b) Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio . Permit the Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio as of the last day of any fiscal quarter of the Borrower (commencing with the fiscal quarter ending January 2, 2009) to be less than the applicable amount set forth on Schedule 7.11 .

(c) Borrower Assets . Permit at any time the Borrower’s assets (other than Equity Interests issued by its Subsidiaries and inter-company debt) to be less than the greater of (x) the applicable amount set forth on Schedule 7.11 or (y) the applicable amount set forth on Schedule 7.11 .

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

53


7.12 Capital Expenditures. Make or become legally obligated to make any expenditure in respect of the purchase or other acquisition of any fixed or capital asset (excluding normal replacements and maintenance which are properly charged to current operations) (“ Capital Expenditures ”), except for capital expenditures not exceeding, in the aggregate for the Borrower and it Subsidiaries during any Applicable Period the applicable amount set forth on Schedule 7.11 of Consolidated EBITDA for the relevant Specified Period; provided , however , that so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from such expenditure, any portion of any amount set forth above, if not expended in the fiscal year for which it is permitted above, may be carried over for expenditure in the next following fiscal year.

7.13 Fiscal Periods. Change its fiscal quarter or fiscal year end date methodology from that applicable as of the Original Closing Date.

ARTICLE VIII.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

8.01 Events of Default. Any of the following shall constitute an Event of Default:

(a) Non-Payment . The Borrower or any other Loan Party fails to pay (i) when and as required to be paid herein, any amount of principal of any Loan or any L/C Obligation, or (ii) within three Business Days after the same becomes due, any interest on any Loan or on any L/C Obligation, or any fee due hereunder, or (iii) within five Business Days after the same becomes due, any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document; or

(b) Specific Covenants . The Borrower fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in any of Section 6.01 , 6.02(b) , 6.03 , 6.05 , 6.10 , 6.11 or 6.12 or Article VII ; or

(c) Other Defaults . Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any other covenant or agreement (not specified in subsection (a) or (b) above) contained in any Loan Document on its part to be performed or observed and such failure continues for 45 days; or

(d) Representations and Warranties . Any representation, warranty, certification or statement of fact made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Borrower or any other Loan Party herein, in any other Loan Document, or in any document delivered in connection herewith or therewith shall be incorrect or misleading when made or deemed made; or

(e) Cross-Default . (i) Any Loan Party or any Significant Subsidiary (A) fails to make any payment when due (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise) in respect of any Indebtedness or Guarantee (other than Indebtedness hereunder and Indebtedness under Swap Contracts) having an aggregate principal amount (including undrawn committed or available amounts and including amounts owing to all creditors under any combined or syndicated credit arrangement) of more than the Threshold Amount, or (B) fails to observe or perform any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness or Guarantee or contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

54


relating thereto, or any other event occurs, the effect of which default or other event is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness or the beneficiary or beneficiaries of such Guarantee (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to be demanded or to become due or to be repurchased, prepaid, defeased or redeemed (automatically or otherwise), or an offer to repurchase, prepay, defease or redeem such Indebtedness to be made, prior to its stated maturity, or such Guarantee to become payable or cash collateral in respect thereof to be demanded; or (ii) there occurs under any Swap Contract an Early Termination Date (as defined in such Swap Contract) resulting from (A) any event of default under such Swap Contract as to which the Loan Party or any Significant Subsidiary is the Defaulting Party (as defined in such Swap Contract) or (B) any Termination Event (as so defined) under such Swap Contract as to which any Loan Party or any Significant Subsidiary is an Affected Party (as so defined) and, in either event, the Swap Termination Value owed by the Loan Party or such Significant Subsidiary as a result thereof is greater than the Threshold Amount; or

(f) Insolvency Proceedings, Etc. Any Loan Party or any of its Significant Subsidiaries institutes or consents to the institution of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or applies for or consents to the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer for it or for all or any material part of its property; or any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer is appointed without the application or consent of such Person and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed for 60 calendar days; or any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to any such Person or to all or any material part of its property is instituted without the consent of such Person and continues undismissed or unstayed for 60 calendar days, or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding; or

(g) Inability to Pay Debts; Attachment . (i) Any Loan Party or any Significant Subsidiary becomes unable or admits in writing its inability or fails generally to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii) any writ or warrant of attachment or execution or similar process is issued or levied against all or any material part of the property of any such Person and is not released, vacated or fully bonded within 30 days after its issue or levy; or

(h) Judgments . There is entered against any Loan Party or any Significant Subsidiary (i) a final judgment or order for the payment of money in an aggregate amount exceeding the Threshold Amount (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance or commercial surety as to which the insurer or surety does not dispute coverage), or (ii) any one or more non-monetary final judgments that have, or could reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect and, in either case, (A) enforcement proceedings are commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order, or (B) there is a period of 20 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, is not in effect; or

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

55


(i) ERISA . (i) An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Borrower under Title IV of ERISA to the Pension Plan, Multiemployer Plan or the PBGC in an aggregate amount in excess of the Threshold Amount, or (ii) the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under Section  4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount in excess of the Threshold Amount; or

(j) Invalidity of Loan Documents . Any Loan Document, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder or satisfaction in full of all the Obligations, ceases to be in full force and effect; or any Loan Party or any other Person contests in any manner the validity or enforceability of any Loan Document; or any Loan Party denies that it has any or further liability or obligation under any Loan Document, or purports to revoke, terminate or rescind any Loan Document; or

(k) Change of Control . There occurs any Change of Control with respect to the Borrower.

8.02 Remedies Upon Event of Default. If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Lender may take any or all of the following actions:

(a) declare the Commitment to be terminated, whereupon the Commitment shall be terminated;

(b) declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower;

(c) require that the Borrower Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations (in an amount equal to the then Outstanding Amount thereof); and

(d) exercise all rights and remedies available to it under the Loan Documents or applicable law;

provided , however , that upon the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to the Borrower under the Bankruptcy Code, the Commitment shall automatically terminate, the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable, and the obligation of the Borrower to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations as aforesaid shall automatically become effective, in each case without further act of the Lender.

8.03 Application of Funds. After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 8.02 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable and the L/C Obligations have automatically been required to be Cash Collateralized as set forth in the proviso to Section 8.02 ), any amounts received on account of the Obligations shall be applied by the Lender in such order as it elects in its sole discretion.

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

56


ARTICLE IX.

MISCELLANEOUS

9.01 Amendments; Etc. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and no consent to any departure by the Borrower or any other Loan Party therefrom, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Lender and the Borrower or the applicable Loan Party, as the case may be, and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.

9.02 Notices and Other Communications; Facsimile Copies.

(a) General . Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices and other communications provided for hereunder shall be in writing (including by facsimile transmission). All such written notices shall be mailed, faxed or delivered to the address, facsimile number or (subject to subsection (c) below) electronic mail address specified for notices to the applicable party on Schedule 9.02 ; or to such other address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the other party. All notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the telephone number specified for notices to the applicable party on Schedule 9.02 , or to such other telephone number as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the other party. All such notices and other communications shall be deemed to be given or made upon the earlier to occur of (i) actual receipt by the relevant party hereto and (ii) (A) if delivered by hand or by courier, when signed for by or on behalf of the relevant party hereto; (B) if delivered by mail, four Business Days after deposit in the mails, postage prepaid; (C) if delivered by facsimile, when sent and receipt has been confirmed by telephone; and (D) if delivered by electronic mail (which form of delivery is subject to the provisions of subsection (c) below), when delivered; provided , however , that notices and other communications to the Lender pursuant to Article II shall not be effective until actually received by the Lender. In no event shall a voicemail message be effective as a notice, communication or confirmation hereunder.

(b) Effectiveness of Facsimile Documents and Signatures . Loan Documents may be transmitted and/or signed by facsimile. The effectiveness of any such documents and signatures shall, subject to applicable Law, have the same force and effect as manually-signed originals and shall be binding on all Loan Parties and the Lender. The Lender may also require that any such documents and signatures be confirmed by a manually-signed original thereof; provided , however , that the failure to request or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any facsimile document or signature.

(c) Limited Use of Electronic Mail . Electronic mail and Internet and intranet websites may be used only to distribute routine communications, such as financial statements and other information as provided in Section 6.02 , and to distribute Loan Documents for execution by the parties thereto, and may not be used for any other purpose.

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

57


(d) Reliance by Lender . The Lender shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic Loan Notices) purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. The Borrower shall indemnify the Lender, its Affiliates, and their respective officers, directors, employees, agents and attorneys-in-fact from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower. All telephonic notices to and other communications with the Lender may be recorded by the Lender, and the Borrower hereby consents to such recording.

9.03 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies. No failure by the Lender to exercise, and no delay by the Lender in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by law.

9.04 Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver.

(a) Costs and Expenses . The Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable out of pocket expenses incurred by the Lender and its Affiliates (including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of counsel for the Lender), in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated), (ii) all reasonable out of pocket expenses incurred by the Lender in connection with the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder and (iii) all out of pocket expenses incurred by the Lender (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Lender), in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights (A) in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section, or (B) in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including all such out of pocket expenses incurred during any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans or Letters of Credit.

(b) Indemnification by the Borrower . The Borrower shall indemnify the Lender and each Related Party of Lender (each such Person being called an “ Indemnitee ”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for any Indemnitee), incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party or by the Borrower or any other Loan Party arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or, in the case of the Lender and its Related Parties only, the administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (ii) any Loan or Letter of

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

58


Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the Lender to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), or (iii) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether brought by a third party or by the Borrower or any other Loan Party, and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (x) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or (y) result from a claim brought by the Borrower or any other Loan Party against an Indemnitee for breach in bad faith of such Indemnitee’s obligations hereunder or under any other Loan Document, if the Borrower or such Loan Party has obtained a final and nonappealable judgment in its favor on such claim as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.

(c) Waiver of Consequential Damages, Etc. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrower shall not assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof. No Indemnitee referred to in subsection (b) above shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed by it through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

(d) Payments . All amounts due under this Section shall be payable not later than ten Business Days after demand therefor.

(e) Survival . The agreements in this Section shall survive the termination of the Commitment and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations.

9.05 Payments Set Aside. To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower is made to the Lender, or the Lender exercises its right of set-off, and such payment or the proceeds of such set-off or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then, to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such set-off had not occurred.

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

59


9.06 Successors and Assigns.

(a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Lender and the Lender may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an Eligible Assignee in accordance with the provisions of subsection (b) of this Section, (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of subsection (c) of this Section, or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of subsection (e) of this Section (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in subsection (c) of this Section and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Indemnitees) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) The Lender may at any time assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of the Commitment, the Loans and L/C Obligations at the time owing to it) pursuant to documentation acceptable to the Lender and the assignee, it being understood and agreed that with respect to any Letters of Credit outstanding at the time of any such assignment, the Lender may sell to the assignee a ratable participation in such Letters of Credit. From and after the effective date specified in such documentation, such Eligible Assignee shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by the Lender, have the rights and obligations of the Lender under this Agreement, and the Lender shall, to the extent of the interest so assigned, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an assignment of all of the Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01 , 3.04 , 3.05 , and 9.04 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment, and shall continue to have all of the rights provided hereunder to the Lender in its capacity as issuer of any Letters of Credit outstanding at the time of such assignment). Upon request, the Borrower (at its expense) shall execute and deliver new or replacement Notes to the Lender and the assignee, and shall execute and deliver any other documents reasonably necessary or appropriate to give effect to such assignment and to provide for the administration of this Agreement after giving effect thereto.

(c) The Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural person or the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries) (each, a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of the Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the outstanding Letters of Credit and/or the Loans and/or the reimbursement obligations in respect of Letters of Credit); provided that (i) the Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) the Lender shall remain solely responsible to the Borrower for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrower shall continue to deal solely and directly with the Lender in connection with the Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which the Lender sells such a participation shall provide that the Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that the Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

60


other modification that would (i) postpone any date upon which any payment of money is scheduled to be made to such Participant, (ii) reduce the principal, interest, fees or other amounts payable to such Participant ( provided , however , that the Lender may, without the consent of the Participant, (A) amend any financial covenant hereunder (or any defined term used therein) even if the effect of such amendment would be to reduce the rate of interest on any Loan or Letter of Credit reimbursement obligation or to reduce any fee payable hereunder and (B) waive the right to be paid interest at the Default Rate), or (iii) release any Guarantor from the Guaranty. Subject to subsection (d) of this Section, the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01 , 3.04 and 3.05 to the same extent as if it were the Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to subsection (b) of this Section. To the extent permitted by law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 9.08 as though it were the Lender.

(d) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 3.01 or 3.04 than the Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of the participation to such Participant is made with the Borrower’s prior written consent. A Participant that is not a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code shall not be entitled to the benefits of Section 3.01 unless the Borrower is notified of the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for the benefit of the Borrower, to provide to the Lender such tax forms prescribed by the IRS as are necessary or desirable to establish an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. withholding tax.

(e) The Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under the Note, if any) to secure obligations of the Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release the Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for the Lender as a party hereto.

(f) As used herein, the following terms have the following meanings:

Approved Fund ” means any Fund that is administered or managed by (a) the Lender or (b) an Affiliate of the Lender.

Eligible Assignee ” means (a) an Affiliate of the Lender; (b) an Approved Fund; and (c) any other Person (other than a natural person) approved by the Borrower (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that no such approval shall be required if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is (or will be) engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business.

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

61


9.07 Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality.

(a) The Lender agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (i) to its Affiliates and to its and its Affiliates’ respective partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors and representatives (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (ii) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority purporting to have jurisdiction over it (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (iii) to the extent required by applicable laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, ( provided that the Lender shall exercise commercially reasonable efforts, unless prohibited by applicable law, order or request of a Governmental Authority, to provide prompt prior written notice thereof to the Borrower to enable the Borrower to seek a protective order or otherwise prevent such disclosure), (iv) to any other party hereto, (v) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (vi) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section, to (A) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or (B) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrower and its obligations, (vii) with the consent of the Borrower or (viii) to the extent such Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or (y) becomes available to the Lender or any of its Affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Borrower.

(b) For purposes of this Section 9.07 , “ Information ” means all information received from the Borrower or any Subsidiary relating to the Borrower or any Subsidiary or any of their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to the Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by the Borrower or any Subsidiary, provided that, in the case of information received from the Borrower or any Subsidiary after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

(c) The Lender acknowledges that (i) the Information may include material non-public information concerning the Borrower or a Subsidiary, as the case may be, (ii) it has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public information and (c) it will handle such material non-public information in accordance with applicable Law, including Federal and state securities Laws.

9.08 Right of Setoff. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Lender and each of its Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by the Lender or any such Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower or any other Loan Party against any and all of the obligations of the Borrower or such Loan Party now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or any other Loan Document to the Lender, irrespective of whether or not the

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

62


Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such obligations of the Borrower or such Loan Party may be contingent or unmatured or are owed to a branch or office of the Lender different from the branch or office holding such deposit or obligated on such indebtedness. The rights of the Lender and its respective Affiliates under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that the Lender or its respective Affiliates may have. The Lender agrees to notify the Borrower promptly after any such setoff and application, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.

9.09 Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable Law (the “ Maximum Rate ”). If the Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by the Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, the Lender may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.

9.10 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire contract among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Section 4.01 , this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Lender and when the Lender shall have received counterparts hereof that, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Agreement by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.

9.11 Survival of Representations and Warranties. All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof. Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by the Lender, regardless of any investigation made by the Lender or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time of any Credit Extension, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding.

9.12 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, (a) the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

63


impaired thereby and (b) the parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

9.13 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc.

(a) GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(b) SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION . THE BORROWER AND EACH OTHER LOAN PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, NEW YORK CITY AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT, AND EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK STATE COURT OR, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR IN ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY RIGHT THAT THE LENDER MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AGAINST THE BORROWER OR ANY OTHER LOAN PARTY OR ITS PROPERTIES IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.

(c) WAIVER OF VENUE . THE BORROWER AND EACH OTHER LOAN PARTY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT IN ANY COURT REFERRED TO IN PARAGRAPH (B) OF THIS SECTION. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

64


(d) SERVICE OF PROCESS . EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 9.02 . NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.

9.14 Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY).

9.15 USA PATRIOT Act Notice. The Lender hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “ Act ”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow the Lender to identify the Borrower in accordance with the Act.

9.16 Time of the Essence. Time is of the essence of the Loan Documents.

9.17 ENTIRE AGREEMENT. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINAL AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN THE PARTIES.

9.18 Effect of Amendment and Restatement. This Agreement is intended to completely amend, restate and replace the Existing Credit Agreement, without novation. The Borrower hereby acknowledges, certifies and agrees that (i) all “Loans” and “Letters of Credit” as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement and outstanding as of the Closing Date shall automatically, as of such date, be deemed Loans and Letters of Credit, as the case may be, hereunder and under the Note; (ii) the Borrower’s obligation to repay and any all “Loans” or other “Obligations” as defined in the Existing Credit Agreement outstanding on the Closing Date to the Lender is not subject to any defense, counterclaim, set-off, right of recoupment, abatement or other claim or determination, and (iii) such Loans shall continue and constitute Borrowings under and subject to the provisions of this Agreement. The Borrower further reaffirms the validity and binding effect of each Loan Document delivered pursuant to the Existing Credit Agreement.

9.19 Post-Closing Matters.

(a) By no later than the date that is 90 days after the Closing Date, the Borrower shall deliver to the Lender such documents and perform such acts as may be necessary or appropriate to create a valid charge and pledge under the laws of the Netherlands in respect of the shares of Varian Medical Systems Nederland B.V., together with an opinion of Borrower’s Netherlands counsel relating thereto, in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

65


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

VARIAN MEDICAL SYSTEMS, INC.
By:   /s/ E LISHA W. F INNEY
Name:   Elisha W. Finney
Title:   Senior Vice President, Finance and
Chief Financial Officer
By:   /s/ F RANCO N. P ALOMBA
Name:   Franco N. Palomba
Title:   Vice President, Finance and Treasurer

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

S-1


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.
By:   /s/ J OHN C. P LECQUE
Name:   John C. Plecque
Title:   Senior Vice President

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

S-2


SCHEDULE 5.05

SUPPLEMENT TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Please see the Borrower’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on November 26, 2007 (the “FY07 10-K”) and the Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q filed on February 5, 2008, May 6, 2008 and August 5, 2008 (the “Q1, Q2 and Q3 FY08 10-Q’s”). Specifically Part I, Item 1 (financial statements) and Part II, Item 1 (legal proceedings) in the Q1, Q2 and Q3 FY08 10-Q’s and FY07 10K: Item 3 (legal proceedings), Item 8 (financial statements and supplementary data) in the FY07 10-K.

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Schedule 5.05

1


SCHEDULE 5.06

LITIGATION

None.

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Schedule 5.06

1


SCHEDULE 5.09

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

Borrower has concluded that such Environmental Laws and claims and FDA Regulations could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, except as specifically disclosed in the FY07 10-K and Q1, Q2 and Q3 FY08 10-Q’s. Specifically Part I, Item 1 (financial statements) and Part II, Item 1 (legal proceedings) in the Q1, Q2 and Q3 FY08 10-Q’s and FY07 10K: Item 3 (legal proceedings), Item 8 (financial statements and supplementary data) in the FY07 10-K.

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Schedule 5.09

1


SCHEDULE 5.13

SUBSIDIARIES, OTHER EQUITY INVESTMENTS

Part (a)

 

Subsidiaries

   Material
Subsidiary?
   Significant
Subsidiary?
   Exempt
Subsidiary?

Accel Instruments GmbH 2

   No    Yes    No

Cedara Software Services (India) Pvt. Ltd. 6

   No    No    No

Centella biotechnologies, Inc. 5

   No    No    No

Pan-Pacific Enterprises, Inc. 7

   No    No    No

Varian Associates Limited 7

   No    No    No

Varian BioSynergy, Inc. 7

   No    No    No

Varian China Holdings, Inc. 7

   No    No    No

Varian Medical Systems Latin America, Ltd. 7

   No    No    No

Varian Oncology Systems China, Ltd. 7

   No    No    No

Varian Medical Systems India Pvt. Ltd. 7

   No    No    No

Varian Medical Systems Pacific, Inc. 7

   No    No    No

Varian Medical Systems Canada Holdings, Inc. 7

   No    No    No

Page Mill Corporation 7

   No    No    No

Mansfield Insurance Company 7

   No    No    No

Varian Medical Systems Australasia Pty Ltd. 7

   No    Yes    No

Varian Medical Systems Gesellschaft m.b.H. 1

   No    No    No

Varian Medical Systems Belgium N.V. 1

   No    No    No

Varian Medical Systems Brasil Limitada 7

   No    No    No

Varian Medical Systems Canada, Inc. 4

   No    No    No

Varian Medical Systems Beijing Co. Ltd. 1

   No    Yes    No

Varian Medical Systems Trading (Beijing) Co., Ltd 7

   No    No    No

Varian Medical Systems Scandinavia AS 1

   No    Yes    No

Varian Medical Systems Finland OY 1

   No    Yes    No

Varian Medical France SARL 7

   No    Yes    No

Varian Medical Systems Deutschland G.m.b.H. 2

   No    Yes    No

Varian Medical Systems Haan G.m.b.H. 2

   No    Yes    No

Varian Medical Systems Deutschland Holdings GmbH 7

   No    Yes    No

Varian Medical Systems Italia S.p.A. 1

   No    Yes    No

Varian ME Medical Systems K.K. 7

   No    Yes    No

Varian Medical Systems Mauritius Ltd. 1

   No    No    No

Varian FSC B.V. 7

   No    No    No

Varian Medical Systems Nederland B.V. 7

   Yes    Yes    No

Varian Medical Systems Iberica S.L. 1

   No    Yes    No

Varian Medical Systems International A.G. 1

   Yes    Yes    Yes

Varian Medical Systems Imaging Laboratory Gmbh 1

   No    Yes    No

Varian Medical Systems (RUS) LLC 1

   No    No    No

Varian Medical Systems UK Holdings Limited 7

   No    Yes    No

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Schedule 5.13

1


Subsidiaries

   Material
Subsidiary?
   Significant
Subsidiary?
   Exempt
Subsidiary?

Varian Medical Systems UK Ltd. 3

   No    Yes    No

Varian TVT Limited (inactive) 3

   No    No    No

Varian Philippines, Ltd. (inactive) 7

   No    No    No

VMS Building E, LLC. 7

   No    No    No

Footnotes:

 

1

Owned by VMS Nederland B.V.

 

2

Owned by VMS Deutschland Holdings GmbH

 

3

Owned by VMS UK Holdings Limited

 

4

Owned by VMS Canada Holdings, Inc.

 

5

Owned by Varian Biosynergy, Inc.

 

6

Owned by VMS India Pvt. Ltd.

 

7

Owned by Varian Medical Systems, Inc.

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Schedule 5.13

2


Part (b)

 

Other Equity Investments

   Equity Ownership Amounts

dpiX

   *

(for description see Footnote 4 to Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Borrower’s FY06 10-K)

  

Cryoelectra Gesellschaft fur Kryoelektrische Produkte mbH

   EU9,458.90

(contract manufacturing operation acquired as a part of the ACCEL Instruments GmbH acquisition)

  

*$5,000,000 was invested in a three member consortium

  

$1,000,000 to acquire another member’s interest in the consortium

  

$29,553,200 in the manufacturing facility in Colorado

  

Brainlab AG

   EU4,999,896

(direct investment in business partner)

  

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Schedule 5.13

3


SCHEDULE 5.16

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY MATTERS

None.

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Schedule 5.16

1


SCHEDULE 7.01

EXISTING LIENS

 

Lender:

   Transamerica Life Insurance Company
   c/o AEGON USA Realty Advisors, Inc.

Secured Promissory Note dated February 29, 2002, secured by a Deed of Trust, due March 1, 2012, interest rate 7.34%, unpaid principal assumed $4,248,849.64 on September 30, 2005. $3,967,510.41 outstanding as of September 26, 2008.

 

Lender:

  

Dwyler-Curlett & Co.

Secured Promissory Note dated October 5, 2001, secured by a Deed of Trust, due November 1, 2011, interest rate 7.58%, unpaid principal assumed $2,597,528.30 on November 15, 2004. $2,168,830.72 outstanding as of September 26, 2008.

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

75


SCHEDULE 7.03

EXISTING SUBSIDIARY GUARANTEES

None.

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Schedule 7.01

1


SCHEDULE 7.11

COVENANT INFORMATION

 

Section 7.11(a):

     [****]

Section 7.11(b):

     As set forth below:

 

Fiscal Quarter
Ending Nearest

   Minimum
Amount

December 31, 2008

   [****]

March 31, 2009

   [****]

Thereafter

   [****]

 

Section 7.11(c):

   (x)    [****]
   (y)    [****] of total consolidated assets of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries

Section 7.12:

   [****]   

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Schedule 7.11

1


SCHEDULE 9.02

NOTICE ADDRESSES AND LENDING OFFICE

VARIAN MEDICAL SYSTEMS, INC.:

3100 Hansen Way

Palo Alto, California 94304

Attention: Franco Palomba, Treasurer

Telephone: (650) 424-5955

Facsimile: (650) 842-5080

Electronic Mail: franco.palomba@varian.com

Website Address: www.varian.com

LENDER

Lending Office for Loans, and address for notices:

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.

Bank of America

Mail Code: CA5-106-01-05

530 Lytton Avenue, Suite 101

Palo Alto, California 94301

Attn: John Plecque, Senior Vice President

Telephone: (650) 853-4475

Facsimile: (650) 853-4529

Electronic Mail: John.Plecque@bankofamerica.com

Lending Office for Letters of Credit and

payments with respect thereto, including

Letter of Credit fees:

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.

Trade Operations-Los Angeles #22621

1000 W. Temple Street

Mail Code: CA9-705-07-05

Los Angeles, CA 90012-1514

 

 

*** Confidential Treatment has been requested for portions of this Exhibit. Confidential portions of this Exhibit are designated by [****]. A complete version of this exhibit has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Schedule 9.02

1

Exhibit 10.2

LOGO

V ARIAN M EDICAL S YSTEMS , I NC .

P LAN D OCUMENT

A MENDMENT AND R ESTATEMENT

E FFECTIVE J ANUARY  1, 2009


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page
ARTICLE 1    DEFINITIONS    1
ARTICLE 2    SELECTION/ENROLLMENT/ELIGIBILITY    6

2.1

  

Eligibility

   6

2.2

  

Enrollment Requirements

   7

2.3

  

Commencement of Participation

   7

2.4

  

Termination of Participation and/or Deferrals

   7
ARTICLE 3    DEFERRAL COMMITMENTS/COMPANY CONTRIBUTIONS/CREDITING/TAXES    7

3.1

  

Minimum Deferral

   7

3.2

  

Maximum Deferral

   8

3.3

  

Election to Defer/Effect of Election Form

   8

3.4

  

Withholding of Annual Deferral Amounts

   10

3.5

  

Annual Company Supplemental Contribution Amount

   10

3.6

  

Annual Company Discretionary Contribution Amount

   10

3.7

  

Investment of Trust Assets

   10

3.8

  

Vesting

   11

3.9

  

Crediting/Debiting of Account Balances

   12

3.10

  

Payroll Reductions and Taxes

   14

3.11

  

Distributions

   14

3.12

  

Offset for Obligations to Employer

   15
ARTICLE 4    SHORT-TERM PAYOUT/UNFORESEEABLE FINANCIAL EMERGENCIES    15

4.1

  

Short-Term Payout

   15

4.2

  

Other Benefits Take Precedence Over Short-Term Payout

   16

4.3

  

Withdrawal Payout/Termination of Deferral Election for Unforeseeable Financial Emergencies

   16
ARTICLE 5    RETIREMENT BENEFIT    17

5.1

  

Retirement Benefit

   17

5.2

  

Payment of Retirement Benefit

   17
ARTICLE 6    SURVIVOR BENEFIT    18

6.1

  

Pre-Termination Survivor Benefit

   18

6.2

  

Payment of Pre-Termination Survivor Benefit

   18

6.3

  

Death Prior to Completion of Regular Termination Benefit or Retirement Benefit

   18
ARTICLE 7    REGULAR TERMINATION BENEFIT    18

7.1

  

Regular Termination Benefit

   18

7.2

  

Payment of Regular Termination Benefit

   18


ARTICLE 8    BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION    19

8.1

  

Beneficiary

   19

8.2

  

Beneficiary Designation/Change

   19

8.3

  

Acknowledgment

   19

8.4

  

No Beneficiary Designation

   19

8.5

  

Doubt as to Beneficiary

   19

8.6

  

Discharge of Obligations

   19
ARTICLE 9    TERMINATION/AMENDMENT/MODIFICATION    20

9.1

  

Termination

   20

9.2

  

Amendment

   21

9.3

  

Plan Agreement

   21

9.4

  

Effect of Payment

   21
ARTICLE 10    ADMINISTRATION    22

10.1

  

Administrator Duties

   22

10.2

  

Agents

   22

10.3

  

Binding Effect of Decisions

   22

10.4

  

Indemnity of Administrator

   23

10.5

  

Employer Information

   23
ARTICLE 11    OTHER BENEFITS AND AGREEMENTS    23

11.1

  

Coordination with Other Benefits

   23
ARTICLE 12    CLAIMS PROCEDURES    23

12.1

  

Scope of Claims Procedures

   23

12.2

  

Initial Claim

   24

12.3

  

Review Procedures

   25

12.4

  

Calculation of Time Periods

   26

12.5

  

Legal Action

   26
ARTICLE 13    TRUST    27

13.1

  

Establishment of the Trust

   27

13.2

  

Interrelationship of the Plan and the Trust

   27

13.3

  

Distributions from the Trust

   27
ARTICLE 14    MISCELLANEOUS    27

14.1

  

Status of Plan

   27

14.2

  

Unsecured General Creditor

   27

14.3

  

Employer’s Liability

   28

14.4

  

Nonassignability

   28

14.5

  

Not a Contract of Continued Service

   28


14.6

  

Furnishing Information

   28

14.7

  

Terms

   28

14.8

  

Captions

   28

14.9

  

Governing Law

   28

14.10

  

Notice

   29

14.11

  

Successors

   29

14.12

  

Spouse’s Interest

   29

14.13

  

Validity

   29

14.14

  

Incompetent

   29

14.15

  

Court Order

   30

14.16

  

Acceleration of Distribution

   30

14.17

  

Delay in Payment

   30

14.18

  

Prohibited Acceleration/Distribution Timing

   30

14.19

  

Insurance

   31

14.20

  

Aggregation of Employers

   31

14.21

  

Aggregation of Plans

   31

14.22

  

USERRA

   31


V ARIAN M EDICAL S YSTEMS , I NC .

P LAN D OCUMENT CONTINUED…

VARIAN MEDICAL SYSTEMS, INC.

2005 DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

Amendment and Restatement

Effective January 1, 2009

Purpose

The purpose of this Plan is to provide specified benefits to a select group of management or highly compensated Employees and Directors who contribute materially to the continued growth, development and future business success of Varian Medical Systems, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its subsidiaries, if any, that sponsor this Plan. This Plan shall be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of ERISA. This Plan is intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, as added by the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 and the final Treasury regulations or any other authoritative guidance issued thereunder. The purpose of this amendment and restatement of the Plan is to conform the Plan to said final Treasury regulations, issued by the Internal Revenue Service in April 2007. As permitted under guidance issued under Section 409A, the Plan does not contain provisions retroactive to the effective date of Section 409A, but the Plan has complied with Section 409A and guidance thereunder since the effective date of such legislation.

ARTICLE 1

Definitions

For purposes of this Plan, unless otherwise clearly apparent from the context, the following phrases or terms shall have the following indicated meanings:

 

1.1 “Administrator” shall mean the Committee, or, to the extent provided in Article 10, appropriate management personnel designated by the Committee to perform certain of the Committee’s duties and responsibilities in respect of the Plan.

 

1.2 “Account Balance” shall mean, with respect to a Participant, a credit on the records of the Employer equal to the sum of (i) the Deferral Account balance, (ii) the Company Supplemental Contribution Account balance and (iii) the Company Discretionary Contribution Account balance. The Account Balance, and each other specified account balance, shall be a bookkeeping entry only and shall be utilized solely as a device for the measurement and determination of the amounts to be paid to a Participant, or his or her designated Beneficiary, pursuant to this Plan.

 

1.3 “Annual Company Discretionary Contribution Amount” shall mean, for the Plan Year of reference, the amount determined in accordance with Section 3.6.

 

1


V ARIAN M EDICAL S YSTEMS , I NC .

P LAN D OCUMENT CONTINUED

 

1.4 “Annual Company Supplemental Contribution Amount” shall mean, for the Plan Year of reference, the amount determined in accordance with Section 3.5.

 

1.5 “Annual Deferral Amount” shall mean that portion of a Participant’s Base Annual Salary, Incentive Payments and/or Directors’ Fees that a Participant elects to have, and is deferred, in accordance with Article 3, for any one Plan Year. In the event of a Participant’s Retirement, death or a Regular Termination prior to the end of a Plan Year, such year’s Annual Deferral Amount shall be the actual amount withheld prior to such event.

 

1.6 “Base Annual Salary” shall mean the annual cash compensation relating to services performed during any calendar year, whether or not paid in such calendar year or included on the Federal Income Tax Form W-2 for such calendar year, excluding bonuses, commissions, overtime, fringe benefits, stock options, relocation expenses, incentive payments, non-monetary awards, Directors’ Fees and other fees, automobile and other allowances paid to a Participant for employment services rendered (whether or not such allowances are included in the Employee’s gross income). Base Annual Salary shall be calculated before reduction for compensation voluntarily deferred or contributed by the Participant pursuant to all qualified or non-qualified plans of the Employer and shall be calculated to exclude amounts not otherwise included in the Participant’s gross income under Code Sections 125, 402(e)(3), 402(h), or 403(b) pursuant to plans established by the Employer.

 

1.7 “Beneficiary” shall mean one or more persons, trusts, estates or other entities, designated in accordance with Article 8, that are entitled to receive benefits under this Plan upon the death of a Participant.

 

1.8 “Beneficiary Designation Form” shall mean the form established from time to time by the Administrator that a Participant completes, signs and returns to the Administrator to designate one or more Beneficiaries (which form may take the form of an electronic transmission, if required or permitted by the Administrator).

 

1.9 “Board” shall mean the board of directors of the Company.

 

1.10 “Claimant” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12.2.

 

1.11 “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

1.12 “Committee” shall mean the Company’s Compensation and Management Development Committee.

 

1.13 “Company” shall mean Varian Medical Systems, Inc. a Delaware corporation, and any successor.

 

1.14 “Company Discretionary Contribution Account” shall mean (i) the sum of all of the Participant’s Annual Company Discretionary Contribution Amounts, plus (ii) amounts credited or debited in accordance with all the applicable crediting provisions of this Plan that relate to the Participant’s Company Discretionary Contribution Account, less (iii) all distributions made to the Participant or his or her Beneficiary pursuant to this Plan that relate to the Participant’s Company Discretionary Contribution Account.

 

2


V ARIAN M EDICAL S YSTEMS , I NC .

P LAN D OCUMENT CONTINUED

 

1.15 “Company Supplemental Contribution Account” shall mean (i) the sum of all of the Participant’s Annual Company Supplemental Contribution Amounts, plus (ii) amounts credited or debited in accordance with all the applicable crediting provisions of this Plan that relate to the Participant’s Company Supplemental Contribution Account, less (iii) all distributions made to the Participant or his or her Beneficiary pursuant to this Plan that relate to the Participant’s Company Supplemental Contribution Account.

 

1.16 “Deduction Limitation” shall mean the following described limitation on a benefit that may otherwise be distributable pursuant to the provisions of this Plan. Except as otherwise provided, this limitation shall be applied to all distributions that are “subject to the Deduction Limitation” under this Plan. If the Employer reasonably anticipates that, if any distribution hereunder were made as scheduled, the Employer’s deduction with respect to that distribution would not be permitted by reason of the limitation under Code Section 162(m), then the Employer may delay that distribution, provided that all distributions that could be deferred in accordance with this Section 1.16 are so deferred, and provided further that the Employer treats payments to all similarly situated Participants on a reasonably consistent basis. Any amounts delayed pursuant to this limitation shall continue to be credited or debited with additional amounts in accordance with Section 3.9 below, even if such amount is being paid out in installments. The amounts so deferred and amounts credited or debited thereon shall be distributed to the Participant or his or her Beneficiary (in the event of the Participant’s death) during the Participant’s first taxable year in which the Employer reasonably anticipates, or reasonably should anticipate, that if the distribution is made its deductibility will not be limited by Code Section 162(m), or, if later, following the Participant’s Separation from Service in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b)(7)(i).

 

1.17 “Deferral Account” shall mean (i) the sum of all of a Participant’s Annual Deferral Amounts, plus (ii) amounts credited or debited in accordance with all the applicable crediting provisions of this Plan that relate to the Participant’s Deferral Account, less (iii) all distributions made to the Participant or his or her Beneficiary pursuant to this Plan that relate to his or her Deferral Account.

 

1.18 “Director” shall mean any member of the Board.

 

1.19 “Directors’ Fees” shall mean the fees paid by the Employer, including retainer fees and meetings fees, as compensation for serving on the Board.

 

1.20 “Effective Date” shall mean the effective date of the Plan and of this amendment and restatement of the Plan, which is January 1, 2009.

 

1.21 “Election Form” shall mean the form or forms established from time to time by the Administrator that a Participant completes, signs and returns to the Administrator to make an election under the Plan (which form or forms may take the form of an electronic transmission, if required or permitted by the Administrator).

 

1.22 “Employee” shall mean a person who is an employee of the Employer.

 

1.23 “Employer” shall mean the Company and/or any of its subsidiaries (now in existence or hereafter formed or acquired) that have been selected by the Board to participate in the Plan and have adopted the Plan as a sponsor. For purposes of this Plan, “subsidiary” shall include entities required to be aggregated with the Company pursuant to Section 14.20.

 

1.24 “ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

 

3


V ARIAN M EDICAL S YSTEMS , I NC .

P LAN D OCUMENT CONTINUED

 

1.25 “Fiscal Year Compensation” means compensation relating to a period of service coextensive with one or more taxable years of the Company, of which no amount is paid or payable during the Company’s taxable year or years constituting the period of service.

 

1.26 “401(k) Plan” shall mean the Varian Medical Systems, Inc. Retirement Plan, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

1.27 “Incentive Payments” shall mean any compensation payable to a Participant under the Annual Incentive Plan, Employee Incentive Plan, Sales Incentive Plan or Service Incentive Plan.

 

1.28 “Measurement Funds” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.9(d).

 

1.29 “Participant” shall mean any Employee who is selected to participate in the Plan or any Director; provided that such Employee or Director (i) elects to participate in the Plan, (ii) signs a Plan Agreement, an Election Form(s) and a Beneficiary Designation Form, (iii) has his or her signed Plan Agreement, Election Form(s) and Beneficiary Designation Form accepted by the Administrator, (iv) commences participation in the Plan, and (v) has not had his or her Plan Agreement terminated. A spouse or former spouse of a Participant shall not be treated as a Participant in the Plan or have an Account Balance under the Plan under any circumstance.

 

1.30 “Performance-Based Compensation” shall mean that portion of a Participant’s Incentive Payments the amount of which, or the entitlement to which, is contingent on the satisfaction of pre-established organizational or individual performance criteria relating to a performance period of at least twelve (12) consecutive months, and which satisfies the requirements for “performance-based compensation” under Section 409A including the requirement that the performance criteria be established in writing by not later than (i) ninety (90) days after the commencement of the period of service to which the criteria relates and (ii) the date the outcome ceases to be substantially uncertain.

 

1.31 “Plan” shall mean this 2005 Deferred Compensation Plan, as evidenced by this instrument and by each Plan Agreement, as they may be amended from time to time.

 

1.32 “Plan Agreement” shall mean a written agreement (which may take the form of an electronic transmission, if required or permitted by the Administrator), as may be amended from time to time, which is entered into by and between the Employer and a Participant. Each Plan Agreement executed by a Participant and the Employer shall provide for the entire benefit to which such Participant is entitled under the Plan; should there be more than one Plan Agreement, the Plan Agreement bearing the latest date of acceptance by the Employer shall supersede all previous Plan Agreements in their entirety and shall govern such entitlement. The terms of any Plan Agreement may be different for any Participant, and any Plan Agreement may provide additional benefits not set forth in the Plan or limit the benefits otherwise provided under the Plan; provided, however, that any such additional benefits or benefit limitations must be agreed to by both the Employer and the Participant. In the Plan Agreement, each Participant shall acknowledge that he or she accepts all of the terms of the Plan including the discretionary authority of the Administrator as set forth in Article 10.

 

1.33 “Plan Year” shall mean a period beginning on January 1 of each calendar year and continuing through December 31 of such calendar year during which this Plan is in effect.

 

4


V ARIAN M EDICAL S YSTEMS , I NC .

P LAN D OCUMENT CONTINUED

 

1.34 “Pre-Termination Survivor Benefit” shall mean the benefit set forth in Article 6.

 

1.35 “Regular Termination” shall mean Separation from Service, voluntarily or involuntarily, for any reason other than Retirement or death.

 

1.36 “Regular Termination Benefit” shall mean the benefit set forth in Article 7.

 

1.37 “Retirement”, “Retire(s)” or “Retired” shall mean, with respect to an Employee, Separation from Service for any reason other than death on or after the attainment of age fifty-five (55) with ten (10) Years of Service; and shall mean with respect to a Director who is not an Employee, Separation from Service on or after the attainment of age seventy (70). If a Participant is both an Employee and a Director, Retirement shall not occur until he or she Retires as both an Employee and a Director on or after the attainment of age fifty-five (55) with ten (10) Years of Service.

 

1.38 “Retirement Benefit” shall mean the benefit set forth in Article 5.

 

1.39 “Sales Commission Compensation” shall mean compensation or portions of compensation earned by a Participant if a substantial portion of the services provided by such Participant to the Company consist of the direct sale of a product or service to an unrelated customer, the compensation paid by the Company to the Participant consists of either a portion of the purchase price for the product or service or an amount substantially all of which is calculated by reference to the volume of sales, and payment of the compensation is either contingent upon the Company receiving payment from an unrelated customer for the product or services or, if applied consistently to all similarly situated service providers, is contingent upon the closing of the sales transaction and such other requirements as may be specified by the Company before the closing of the sales transaction.

 

1.40 “Section 409A” shall mean Code Section 409A and the Treasury regulations or other authoritative guidance issued thereunder.

 

1.41 “Separation from Service” shall mean the Participant’s separation from service, within the meaning of Section 409A treating as a Separation from Service an anticipated permanent reduction in the level of bona fide services to twenty percent (20%) or less of the average level of bona fide services performed over the immediately preceding thirty-six (36) month period (or the full period during which the Participant performed services for the Employer, if that is less than thirty-six (36) months). For this purpose, upon a sale or other disposition of the assets of the Employer to an unrelated purchaser, the Committee reserves the right to the extent permitted by Section 409A to determine whether Participants providing services to the purchaser after and in connection with the purchase transaction have experienced a Separation from Service.

 

1.42 “Short-Term Payout” shall mean the payout set forth in Section 4.1.

 

1.43 “Trust” shall mean the trust established pursuant to this Plan, as amended from time to time. The assets of the Trust shall be the property of the Employer.

 

5


V ARIAN M EDICAL S YSTEMS , I NC .

P LAN D OCUMENT CONTINUED

 

1.44

“Unforeseeable Financial Emergency” shall mean a severe financial hardship to the Participant resulting from (i) an illness or accident of the Participant, the Participant s spouse, the Participant’s dependent (as defined in Code Section 152(a), without regard to Code Section 152(b)(1), (b)(2) or (d)(1)(B)) or, effective August 17, 2006, the Participant’s Beneficiary, (ii) a loss of the Participant s property due to casualty (including the need to rebuild a home following damage not otherwise covered by insurance, for example, not as a result of a natural disaster), or (iii) such other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant (e.g., imminent foreclosure of or eviction from the Participant’s primary residence, the need to pay for medical expenses, including non-refundable deductibles and prescription drugs, the need to pay funeral expenses of a spouse, dependent or, effective August 17, 2006, the Participant’s Beneficiary), all as determined in the sole discretion of the Administrator (which discretion the Administrator is bound to exercise, however, within the limitations of Section 409A).

 

1.45 “Yearly Installment Method” shall be a yearly installment payment over one of the installment payout alternatives selected by the Participant in accordance with this Plan, calculated as follows (subject to Section 3.11): The Account Balance of the Participant shall be calculated as of the close of business on the date of reference (or, if the date of reference is not a business day, on the immediately following business day), and shall be paid during the calendar month containing the date of reference unless otherwise provided herein. The date of reference with respect to the first yearly installment payment shall be the first day of the month provided in Section 5.2 and the date of reference with respect to subsequent yearly installment payments shall be the anniversary of such date.

The installment payout alternative available for election by the Participant with respect to his or her Retirement Benefit is substantially equal annual installments of between two (2) and fifteen (15) years. The yearly installment shall be calculated by multiplying this Account Balance by a fraction, the numerator of which is one (1), and the denominator of which is the remaining number of yearly payments due the Participant. By way of example, if the Participant elects a five (5) year Yearly Installment Method, the first payment shall be one-fifth (1/5) of the Account Balance (or applicable portion thereof), calculated as described in this definition. During the calendar month containing the anniversary of the date of reference for the first yearly installment payment, the payment shall be one-fourth (1/4) of the Account Balance (or applicable portion thereof), calculated as described in this definition

 

1.46 “Years of Service” shall mean the total number of full years in which a Participant has been employed by one or more Employers. For purposes of this definition, a year of employment shall be a 365 day period (or 366 day period in the case of a leap year) that, for the first year of employment, commences on the Employee’s date of hiring and that, for any subsequent year, commences on an anniversary of that hiring date. Any partial year of employment shall not be counted.

ARTICLE 2

Selection/Enrollment/Eligibility

 

2.1

Eligibility . Participation in the Plan shall be limited to Employees whom the Administrator designates, in its sole discretion, for participation, provided that any Employees may not participate in the Plan unless they are members of a select group of management or highly compensated employees of the Employer, as membership in such group is determined in accordance with Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of

 

6


V ARIAN M EDICAL S YSTEMS , I NC .

P LAN D OCUMENT CONTINUED

 

 

ERISA (which determination shall be made by the Administrator in its sole discretion). In addition to Employees described in the preceding sentence, each Director shall become eligible for participation in the Plan upon the date he or she is named as a Director (or upon the Effective Date, if later).

 

2.2 Enrollment Requirements . As a condition to participation, each Employee and Director who is eligible for participation shall complete, execute and return to the Administrator a Plan Agreement, an Election Form(s) and a Beneficiary Designation Form, all within thirty (30) days after he or she first becomes eligible for participation in the Plan. In addition, the Administrator shall establish from time to time such other enrollment requirements as it determines in its sole discretion are necessary.

 

2.3 Commencement of Participation . Provided an Employee or Director who is eligible for participation has met all enrollment requirements set forth in this Plan and required by the Administrator, that Employee or Director shall commence participation in the Plan immediately following the Employee’s or Director’s timely completion of all enrollment requirements (or as soon as practicable thereafter as the Administrator may determine). If an Employee or Director fails to meet all such requirements within the specified period required, in accordance with Section 2.2, that Employee or Director shall not be eligible to participate in the Plan until the first day of the following Plan Year, again subject to timely delivery to and acceptance by the Administrator of the required documents.

 

2.4 Termination of Participation and/or Deferrals . If the Administrator determines in good faith that an Employee no longer qualifies as a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees of the Employer, the Administrator shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to prevent the Participant from making future deferral elections and/or from being credited with any further Annual Company Supplemental Contribution Amounts or Annual Company Discretionary Contribution Amounts.

ARTICLE 3

Deferral Commitments/Company Contributions/Crediting/Taxes

 

3.1 Minimum Deferral . For each Plan Year, a Participant may elect to defer, as his or her Annual Deferral Amount, Base Annual Salary, Incentive Payments and/or Directors’ Fees (in the case of a Participant who is also a Director) in the following minimum amounts for each deferral elected:

 

Deferral

   Minimum
Amount

Base Annual Salary

   $ 2,000

Incentive Payments

   $ 2,000

Directors’ Fees

   $ 2,000

 

7


V ARIAN M EDICAL S YSTEMS , I NC .

P LAN D OCUMENT CONTINUED

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, establish for any Plan Year different minimum amount(s). Subject to Section 409A, if an election is made for less than the stated minimum amount, or if no election is made, the amount deferred shall be zero (0).

 

3.2 Maximum Deferral .

For each Plan Year, a Participant may elect to defer, as his or her Annual Deferral Amount, Base Annual Salary, Incentive Payments and/or Directors’ Fees (in the case of a Participant who is also a Director) up to the following maximum percentages for each deferral elected:

 

Deferral

   Maximum
Amount
 

Base Annual Salary

   50 %

Incentive Payments

   100 %

Directors’ Fees

   100 %

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, establish for any Plan Year maximum percentage(s) which differ from that set forth above.

 

3.3 Election to Defer/Effect of Election Form .

 

  (a) Timing of Election . Except as provided below, a Participant shall make a deferral election with respect to Base Annual Salary, Incentive Payments and/or Directors’ Fees, as applicable, to be earned for services performed during an upcoming twelve (12) month Plan Year. Such election must be made during such period as shall be established by the Administrator which ends no later than the last day of the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year in which the services giving rise to the Base Annual Salary, Incentive Payments and/or Directors’ Fees, as applicable, to be deferred are to be performed. For these purposes, Base Annual Salary payable after the last day of the Plan Year for services performed during the final payroll period containing the last day of the Plan Year shall be treated as Base Annual Salary for services performed in the subsequent Plan Year. In the case of Sales Commission Compensation, a Participant earning Sales Commission Compensation is treated as providing services to which such compensation relates only in the calendar year in which the customer remits payment to the Company or, if applied consistently to all similarly situated service providers, the calendar year in which the sale occurs.

Notwithstanding the preceding, if and to the extent permitted by the Administrator and in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A, a Participant may make an election to defer that portion (if any) of his or her Incentive Payments which qualifies as Performance-Based Compensation no later than six (6) months prior to the last day of the period over which the services giving rise to the Performance-Based Compensation are performed, provided that the Participant performs services continuously from the later of the beginning of the performance period or the date the performance

 

8


V ARIAN M EDICAL S YSTEMS , I NC .

P LAN D OCUMENT CONTINUED

 

criteria are established through the date of the deferral election, and provided further that in no event may such deferral election be made pursuant to this paragraph with respect to any portion of the Performance-Based Compensation that has become reasonably ascertainable prior to the making of the deferral election, within the meaning of Section 409A.

Notwithstanding the preceding, if and to the extent permitted by the Administrator and in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A, a participant may make an election to defer that portion (if any) of his or her Incentive Payments which qualifies as Fiscal Year Compensation during such period as shall be established by the Administrator which ends no later than the close of the Company’s taxable year immediately preceding the first taxable year of the Company in which any services are performed for which such compensation is payable.

In addition, notwithstanding the preceding, but subject to Section 14.21, in the case of the first Plan Year in which an Employee or Director first becomes eligible to become a Participant (or again becomes eligible after having been ineligible for at least twenty four (24) months), if and to the extent permitted by the Administrator, the individual may make an election no later than thirty (30) days after the date he or she becomes eligible to become a Participant to defer Base Annual Salary, Incentive Payments and/or Directors’ Fees (as applicable) for services to be performed after the election. For this purpose, an election will be deemed to apply to Incentive Payments for services performed after the election if the election applies to no more than an amount equal to the total Incentive Payments for the performance period multiplied by the ratio of the number of days remaining in the performance period after the election over the total number of days in the performance period.

 

  (b) Manner of Election . For any Plan Year (or portion thereof), a deferral election for amount(s) earned during that Plan Year (or portion thereof), and such other elections as the Administrator deems necessary or desirable under the Plan, shall be made by timely delivering to the Administrator, in accordance with its rules and procedures, by the deadline(s) set forth above, an Election Form, along with such other elections as the Administrator deems necessary or desirable under the Plan. For these elections to be valid, the Election Form(s) must be completed and signed by the Participant, timely delivered to the Administrator (in accordance with Section 2.2 above) and accepted by the Administrator. If no such Election Form(s) is timely delivered for a Plan Year (or portion thereof), the Annual Deferral Amount shall be zero (0) for that Plan Year (or portion thereof).

 

  (c) Change in Election . Once the deadline(s) for making a deferral election for a Plan Year (as set forth in Section 3.3(a)) has passed, a Participant may not elect to change his or her deferral election that is in effect for that Plan Year, except if and to the extent permitted by the Administrator and made in accordance with the provisions of Section 409A specifically relating to a change and/or revocation of deferral elections (such as, for example, to cancel a deferral election upon the Participant’s disability (as defined in Section 1.409A-3(j)(4)(xii) of the Treasury regulations), or, as provided in Section 1.409A-3(j)(4) of the Treasury regulations, following an Unforeseeable Financial Emergency or a hardship distribution pursuant to Section 1.401(k)-1(d)(3) of the Treasury regulations).

 

9


V ARIAN M EDICAL S YSTEMS , I NC .

P LAN D OCUMENT CONTINUED

 

3.4 Withholding of Annual Deferral Amounts . For each Plan Year, the Base Annual Salary portion of the Annual Deferral Amount shall be withheld from each regularly scheduled Base Annual Salary payroll in equal amounts, as adjusted from time to time for increases and decreases in Base Annual Salary. The Incentive Payments and/or Directors’ Fees portion of the Annual Deferral Amount shall be withheld at the time the Incentive Payments or Directors’ Fees are or otherwise would be paid to the Participant, whether or not this occurs during the Plan Year itself.

 

3.5 Annual Company Supplemental Contribution Amount . For each Plan Year, the Employer, in its sole discretion, may, but is not required to, credit the Company Supplemental Contribution Accounts of Employee Participants with an Annual Company Supplemental Contribution Amount for that Plan Year equal to the product of (a) the excess, if any, of the Participant’s Base Annual Salary and any applicable Incentive Payments over the dollar limit on recognizable compensation under Code Section 401(a)(17) for the Plan Year (i.e., $230,000 for 2008, as indexed for future years), and (b) the Company matching contribution rate under the 401(k) Plan applicable to the Participant for the Plan Year.

The Annual Company Supplemental Contribution Amount, if any, shall be credited no earlier than January 1 and no later than March 15 of the following Plan Year.

 

3.6 Annual Company Discretionary Contribution Amount . For each Plan Year, an Employer, in its sole discretion, may, but is not required to, credit any amount it desires to any Participant’s Company Discretionary Contribution Account under this Plan, which amount shall be for that Participant the Annual Company Discretionary Contribution Amount for that Plan Year. The amount so credited to a Participant may be smaller or larger than the amount credited to any other Participant, and the amount credited to any Participant for a Plan Year may be zero, even though one or more other Participants receive an Annual Company Discretionary Contribution Amount for that Plan Year. If a Participant is not employed by the Employer as of the last day of a Plan Year other than by reason of his or her Retirement or death while employed, the Annual Company Discretionary Contribution Amount for that Plan Year shall be zero. The Annual Company Discretionary Contribution Amount, if any, shall be credited as agreed upon between the Employer and the Participant by no later than the date on which the Participant acquires a legally binding right to have an Annual Company Discretionary Contribution Amount credited on his or her behalf.

 

3.7 Investment of Trust Assets . The trustee of the Trust shall be authorized to invest and reinvest the assets of the Trust in accordance with the applicable Trust agreement, including the reinvestment of the proceeds in one or more investment vehicles designated by the Administrator.

 

10


V ARIAN M EDICAL S YSTEMS , I NC .

P LAN D OCUMENT CONTINUED

 

3.8 Vesting .

 

  (a) A Participant shall at all times be 100% vested in his or her Deferral Account.

 

  (b) A Participant shall at all times be 100% in his or her Company Discretionary Contribution Account unless a vesting schedule is approved and documented by the Administrator at the time the Annual Company Discretionary Contribution Amount is credited to the Participant’s Company Discretionary Contribution Account for that Plan Year.

 

  (c) A Participant shall at all times be 100% vested in his or her Company Supplemental Contribution Account.

 

  (d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 3.8, in the event of a Change in Control, a Participant’s Company Discretionary Contribution Account shall immediately become 100% vested (if it is not already vested in accordance with a vesting schedule). For purposes of this Section 3.8, a “Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred if:

 

  (i) Any individual or group constituting a “person,” as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act (other than (A) the Company or any of its subsidiaries or (B) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or of any of its subsidiaries), is or becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing thirty percent (30%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities then entitled ordinarily (and apart from rights accruing under special circumstances) to vote for the election of Directors; or

 

  (ii) Continuing Directors cease to constitute at least a majority of the Board; or

 

  (iii) there occurs a reorganization, merger, consolidation or other corporate transaction involving the Company (a “Transaction”), in each case with respect to which the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such Transaction do not, immediately after the Transaction, own more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company or other corporation resulting from such Transaction; or

 

  (iv) all or substantially all of the assets of the Company are sold, liquidated or distributed.

Notwithstanding the forgoing a “Change in Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred under this Plan if, prior to the occurrence of a specified event that would otherwise constitute a Change in Control hereunder, the disinterested Continuing Directors then in office, by a majority vote thereof, determine that the occurrence of such specified event shall not be deemed to be a Change in Control with respect to an Employee hereunder if the Change in Control results from actions or events in which an Employee is a participant in a capacity other than solely as an officer, employee or Director of the Company.

“Continuing Directors” for purposes of the above shall mean the Directors of the Company in office on the date of the adoption of this Plan and any successor to any such Director who was nominated or selected by a majority of the Continuing Directors in office at the time of the Director’s nomination or selection and who is

 

11


V ARIAN M EDICAL S YSTEMS , I NC .

P LAN D OCUMENT CONTINUED

 

not an “affiliate” or “associate” (as defined in Regulation12B under the Exchange Act) of any person who is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of securities representing ten percent (10%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities then entitled ordinarily to vote for the election of Directors.

 

3.9 Crediting/Debiting of Account Balances . In accordance with, and subject to, the rules and procedures that are established from time to time by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, amounts shall be credited or debited to a Participant’s Account Balance in accordance with the following rules:

 

  (a) Sub-Accounts . Separate sub-accounts shall be established and maintained with respect to each Participant’s Account Balance (together, the “Sub-Accounts”), each attributable to the portion of the Participant’s Account Balance with respect to which the same time and form of distribution has been elected pursuant to Sections 4.1 and 5.2 hereof.

 

  (b) Election of Measurement Funds . Subject to Section 3.9(f) below, a Participant, in connection with his or her initial deferral election in accordance with Section 3.3(a) above, shall elect, on the Election Form(s), one or more Measurement Funds (as described in Section 3.9(d) below) to be used to determine the additional amounts to be credited or debited to each of his or her Sub-Accounts for the first business day of the Plan Year, continuing thereafter unless changed in accordance with the next sentence. Commencing with the first business day of the Plan Year, and continuing thereafter for the remainder of the Plan Year (unless the Participant ceases during the Plan Year to participate in the Plan), the Participant may (but is not required to) elect daily, by submitting an Election Form(s) to the Administrator that is accepted by the Administrator (which submission may take the form of an electronic transmission, if required or permitted by the Administrator), to add or delete one or more Measurement Funds to be used to determine the additional amounts to be credited or debited to each of his or her Sub-Accounts, or to change the portion of each of his or her Sub-Accounts allocated to each previously or newly elected Measurement Funds. If an election is made in accordance with the previous sentence, it shall apply to the next business day and continue thereafter for the remainder of the Plan Year (unless the Participant ceases during the Plan Year to participate in the Plan), unless changed in accordance with the previous sentence.

 

  (c) Proportionate Allocation . In making any election described in Section 3.9(b) above, the Participant shall specify on the Election Form(s), in whole percentage points, the percentage of each of his or her Sub-Account(s) to be allocated to a Measurement Fund (as if the Participant was making an investment in that Measurement Fund with that portion of his or her Account Balance).

 

  (d)

Measurement Funds . Subject to Section 3.9(f) below, the Participant may elect one or more of the Measurement Funds set forth on Schedule A (the “Measurement Funds”), for the purpose of crediting or debiting additional amounts to his or her Account Balance. The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, discontinue, substitute or add a Measurement Fund. Each such action will take effect as of the first business day that follows by thirty (30) days the day on which the Administrator gives Participants advance written notice of such change. If the Administrator receives an initial or revised Measurement Funds election which

 

12


V ARIAN M EDICAL S YSTEMS , I NC .

P LAN D OCUMENT CONTINUED

 

 

it deems to be incomplete, unclear or improper, the Participant’s Measurement Funds election then in effect shall remain in effect (or, in the case of a deficiency in an initial Measurement Funds election, the Participant shall be deemed to have filed no deemed investment direction). If the Administrator possesses (or is deemed to possess as provided in the previous sentence) at any time directions as to Measurement Funds of less than all of the Participant’s Account Balance, the Participant shall be deemed to have directed that the undesignated portion of the Account Balance be deemed to be invested in a money market, fixed income or similar Measurement Fund made available under the Plan as determined by the Administrator in its discretion. Each Participant hereunder, as a condition to his or her participation hereunder, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Administrator, the Employer and the Company, and their agents and representatives, from any losses or damages of any kind relating to (i) the Measurement Funds made available hereunder and (ii) any discrepancy between the credits and debits to the Participant’s Account Balance based on the performance of the Measurement Funds and what the credits and debits otherwise might be in the case of an actual investment in the Measurement Funds.

 

  (e) Crediting or Debiting Method . The performance of each elected Measurement Fund (either positive or negative) will be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, based on the performance of the Measurement Funds themselves. A Participant’s Account Balance shall be credited or debited on a daily basis based on the performance of each Measurement Fund selected by the Participant, or as otherwise determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion, as though (i) a Participant’s Account Balance were invested in the Measurement Funds selected by the Participant, in the percentages elected by the Participant as of such date, at the closing price on such date; (ii) the portion of the Annual Deferral Amount that was actually deferred was invested in the Measurement Funds selected by the Participant, in the percentages elected by the Participant, no later than the close of business on the third (3rd) business day after the day on which such amounts are actually deferred from the Participant’s Base Annual Salary, Incentive Payments or Directors’ Fees, as applicable, at the closing price on such date; (iii) any Annual Company Supplemental Contribution Amounts and/or Annual Company Discretionary Contribution Amounts credited to a Participant’s Account Balance were invested in the Measurement Fund(s) selected by the Participant, in the percentages elected by the Participant, as soon as administratively practicable following the date such amount(s) were credited to the Participant’s Plan Account; and (iv) any distribution made to a Participant that decreases such Participant’s Account Balance ceased being invested in the Measurement Funds, in the percentages applicable to such calendar day, no earlier than three (3) business days prior to the distribution, at the closing price on such date.

 

  (f)

No Actual Investment . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan that may be interpreted to the contrary, the Measurement Funds are to be used for measurement purposes only, and a Participant’s election of any such Measurement Fund, the allocation of his or her Account Balance thereto, the calculation of additional amounts and the crediting or debiting of such amounts to a Participant’s Account Balance shall not be considered or construed in any manner as an actual investment of his or her Account Balance in any such Measurement Fund. In the event that the Employer or the trustee (as that term is defined in the Trust),

 

13


V ARIAN M EDICAL S YSTEMS , I NC .

P LAN D OCUMENT CONTINUED

 

 

in its own discretion, decides to invest funds in any or all of the Measurement Funds, no Participant shall have any rights in or to such investments themselves. Without limiting the foregoing, a Participant’s Account Balance shall at all times be a bookkeeping entry only and shall not represent any investment made on his or her behalf by the Employer or the Trust; the Participant shall at all times remain an unsecured general creditor of the Employer.

 

  (g) Beneficiary Elections . Each reference in this Section 3.9 to a Participant shall be deemed to include, where applicable, a reference to a Beneficiary.

 

3.10 Payroll Reductions and Taxes .

 

  (a) Annual Deferral Amounts . For each Plan Year in which an Annual Deferral Amount is being withheld from a Participant, the Employer shall withhold from that portion of the Participant’s Base Annual Salary or Incentive Payments that are not being deferred, in a manner determined by the Employer, the Participant’s share of FICA and other employment taxes on such Annual Deferral Amount. If necessary, the Administrator may reduce the Annual Deferral Amount in order to comply with this Section 3.10. In addition, the Administrator may reduce the Annual Deferral Amount as permitted by Section 409A to the extent necessary to make any other payroll reductions elected by the Participant or required under any other benefit plan of the Employer (e.g., reductions for contributions to a cafeteria plan (as defined in Code Section 125(d)).

 

  (b) Annual Company Supplemental Contribution Amounts . When a Participant is credited with Annual Company Supplemental Contribution Amounts, the Employer shall have the discretion to withhold from the Participant’s Base Annual Salary and/or Incentive Payments that is not deferred, in a manner determined by the Employer, the Participant’s share of FICA and other employment taxes. If necessary, the Administrator may reduce the Participant’s Annual Company Supplemental Contribution Amounts in order to comply with this Section 3.10.

 

  (c) Annual Company Discretionary Contribution Amounts . When a Participant becomes vested in his or her Company Discretionary Contribution Account, the Employer shall withhold from the Participant’s Base Annual Salary, Incentive Payments and/or Directors’ Fees that is not deferred, in a manner determined by the Employer, the Participant’s share of FICA and other employment taxes. If necessary, the Committee may reduce the vested portion of the Participant’s Company Discretionary Contribution Account in order to comply with this Section 3.10.

 

3.11

Distributions . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any payments made to a Participant or Beneficiary under this Plan shall be in cash form, and the Employer, or the trustee of the Trust, shall withhold from any payments made under this Plan all Federal, state and local income, employment and other taxes required to be withheld by the Employer, or the trustee of the Trust, in connection with such payments, and, subject to Section 3.12, any indebtedness of the Participant to the Employer as of the date(s) of distribution, in amounts and in a manner to be determined in the reasonable discretion of the Employer and the trustee of the Trust. Any payment made to a Participant or Beneficiary under this Plan shall be made on or during the period after the payment date or event specified herein; provided, however, such payment

 

14


V ARIAN M EDICAL S YSTEMS , I NC .

P LAN D OCUMENT CONTINUED

 

 

shall not be made later than the later of (i) the last day of the calendar year in which the payment date or event occurs, or, if later, the fifteenth (15 th ) day of the third (3 rd ) calendar month following the date of the payment date or event, or (ii) the last day of such other, extended period as the IRS may prescribe, such as in the case of disputed payments or refusals to pay, provided the conditions of such extension have been satisfied. If a Participant who experiences a Separation from Service is rehired, his or her distributions hereunder may not be suspended.

 

3.12 Offset for Obligations to Employer . If, at the time a Participant or his or her Beneficiary becomes entitled to a payment hereunder, the Participant has a debt, obligation or other liability to the Employer due and owing which has been incurred in the ordinary course of the service relationship, the Employer or trustee of the Trust may offset the amount owed to the Employer against the amount otherwise payable hereunder, provided that the entire offset in an taxable year does not exceed five thousand dollars ($5,000) and the offset is taken at the same time and in the same amount as the debt otherwise would have been due from the Participant.

ARTICLE 4

Short-Term Payout/Unforeseeable Financial Emergencies

 

4.1

Short-Term Payout . At the same time that a Participant elects to defer an Annual Deferral Amount for a given Plan Year, the Participant may elect to receive a future “Short-Term Payout” from the Plan. For these purposes, any Incentive Payments deferred pursuant to a deferral election made during a given Plan Year shall be considered as part of the immediately following Plan Year’s Annual Deferral Amount regardless of when the Incentive Payments would have been payable in absence of the deferral election (e.g., Incentive Payments that are not Performance-Based Compensation and that are deferred pursuant to a deferral election made in 2008 shall be considered as part of the Participant’s 2009 Annual Deferral Amount). The Participant’s Short-Term Payout election must be made by the deadline(s) set forth in Section 3.3(a) for making a deferral election in respect of the Base Annual Salary, Incentive Payments and/or Directors’ Fees to which it relates, and is irrevocable after that deadline has passed. Subject to such requirements as may be imposed by the Administrator, a Participant may make separate Short-Term Payout elections in respect of the Base Annual Salary, Incentive Payments and/or Directors’ Fees portions of his or her Annual Deferral Amount. Subject to the Deduction Limitation and to Section 3.11, the Short-Term Payout shall be a lump sum payment in an amount that is equal to the Annual Deferral Amount (or applicable portion thereof) and amounts credited or debited thereto in the manner provided in Section 3.9 above, determined at the time that the Short-Term Payout becomes payable. Subject to the Deduction Limitation and the other terms and conditions of this Plan, each Short-Term Payout elected shall be paid out during a period beginning one (1) day and ending sixty (60) days after the last day of any Plan Year designated by the Participant that is at least three (3) Plan Years after the Plan Year of the Annual Deferral Amount as specifically elected by the Participant. By way of example, if a three (3) year Short-Term Payout is elected for 2006 Plan Year Annual Deferral Amounts, the three (3) year Short-Term Payout would become payable during a sixty (60) day period commencing January 1, 2010. Notwithstanding the preceding sentences or any other provision of this Plan

 

15


V ARIAN M EDICAL S YSTEMS , I NC .

P LAN D OCUMENT CONTINUED

 

 

that may be construed to the contrary, a Participant who is in active service with the Employer may, with respect to each Short-Term Payout, on a form determined by the Administrator, make one (1) or more additional deferral elections (a “Subsequent Election”) to defer payment of such Short-Term Payout to a Plan Year subsequent to the Plan Year originally (or subsequently) elected in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b); provided, however, any such Subsequent Election will be null and void unless accepted by the Administrator no later than one (1) year prior to the first day of the Plan Year in which, but for the Subsequent Election, such Short-Term Payout would be paid, and such Subsequent Election provides for a deferral of at least five (5) Plan Years following the Plan Year in which the Short-Term Payout, but for the Subsequent Election, would be paid. Any amounts credited to the Participant’s Company Supplemental Contribution Account and/or Company Discretionary Contribution Account shall not be eligible for a Short-Term Payout under the Plan.

 

4.2 Other Benefits Take Precedence Over Short-Term Payout . Should an event occur that triggers a benefit under Article 5, 6 or 7 prior to the occurrence of the Short-Term Payout Date, any Annual Deferral Amounts, plus or minus amounts credited or debited thereon, that are subject to a Short-Term Payout election under Section 4.1 shall not be paid in accordance with Section 4.1 but shall be paid in accordance with the other applicable Article.

 

4.3

Withdrawal Payout/Termination of Deferral Election for Unforeseeable Financial Emergencies . If a Participant experiences an Unforeseeable Financial Emergency, the Participant may petition the Administrator to (i) halt any deferrals required to be made by the Participant to the extent permitted by Section 409A and (ii) receive a partial or full payout from the Plan. The payout shall not exceed the lesser of the Participant’s Account Balance, or the amount reasonably needed to satisfy the Unforeseeable Financial Emergency plus amounts necessary to pay taxes reasonably anticipated as a result of the payouts, after taking into account the extent to which the Unforeseeable Financial Emergency is or may be relieved through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise, by liquidation of the Participant s assets (to the extent the liquidation of assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship) or by termination of deferrals hereunder. If, subject to the sole discretion of the Administrator (which discretion the Administrator is bound to exercise, however, within the limitations of Section 409A), the petition for a termination of deferrals and payout is approved, cessation shall take effect upon the date of approval and any payout shall be made within sixty (60) days of the date of approval. The payment of any amount under this Section 4.3 shall be subject to Section 3.11, but shall not be subject to the Deduction Limitation. Notwithstanding anything set forth in this Section 4.3, a Participant may not receive a payout pursuant to this Section 4.3 to the extent such payout would not be permitted under Section 409A.

 

16


V ARIAN M EDICAL S YSTEMS , I NC .

P LAN D OCUMENT CONTINUED

 

ARTICLE 5

Retirement Benefit

 

5.1 Retirement Benefit . Subject to the Deduction Limitation and to Section 3.11, a Participant who Retires shall receive, as a Retirement Benefit, his or her vested Account Balance (or applicable portion thereof).

 

5.2 Payment of Retirement Benefit . At the same time that a Participant elects to defer an Annual Deferral Amount for a given Plan Year, the Participant may elect to receive that portion of his or her Retirement Benefit attributable to the Annual Deferral Amount in a lump sum, or pursuant to one of the available Yearly Installment Methods. For these purposes, any Incentive Payments deferred pursuant to a deferral election made during a given Plan Year shall be considered as part of the immediately following Plan Year’s Annual Deferral Amount regardless of when the Incentive Payments would have been payable in absence of the deferral election (e.g., Incentive Payments deferred pursuant to a deferral election made in 2008 shall be considered as part of the Participant’s 2009 Annual Deferral Amount). Subject to such requirements as may be imposed by the Administrator, a Participant may make separate Retirement Benefit distribution elections in respect of the Base Annual Salary, Incentive Payments and/or Directors’ Fees portions of his or her Annual Deferral Amount. The lump sum payment shall be made, or installments shall commence, (i) if the Participant’s Retirement occurs during January through June of any Plan Year, during the January of the Plan Year following the Plan Year of the Participant’s Retirement; (ii) if the Participant’s Retirement occurs during July through December of any Plan Year, during the July of the Plan Year following the Plan Year of the Participant’s Retirement.

The Participant may change his or her election to an allowable alternative payout period date by submitting a new Election Form to the Administrator in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-2(b), provided that any such Election Form will be null and void unless accepted by the Administrator no later than one (1) year prior to the date of the Participant’s Retirement and provides for a distribution (or commencement of distributions) date which is at least five (5) years from the distribution (or commencement of distributions) date then in effect. Subject to the foregoing, the Election Form most recently accepted by the Administrator shall govern the payout of the Retirement Benefit with respect to the portion of the Participant s Account Balance to which it pertains.

Notwithstanding anything above or elsewhere in the Plan to the contrary, no change submitted on an Election Form shall be accepted by the Administrator if the change accelerates the time over which distributions shall be made to the Participant (except as otherwise permitted under Section 409A) and the Administrator shall deny any change made to an election if the Administrator determines that the change violates the requirement under Section 409A that the first payment with respect to which such election is made be deferred for a period of not less than five (5) years from the date such payment would otherwise have been made. For these purposes, installment payments shall be treated as a single payment, with the result that an election to change from installments to a lump sum (or to an different Yearly Installment Method) will require that the lump sum (or first installment) be postponed until a date which is at least five (5) years from the previously scheduled payment date of the first installment.

 

17


V ARIAN M EDICAL S YSTEMS , I NC .

P LAN D OCUMENT CONTINUED

 

If the Participant does not make any election with respect to the payment of any portion of the Retirement Benefit, then such portion shall be paid in a lump sum: (i) if the Participant’s Retirement occurs during January through June of any Plan Year, during the January of the Plan Year following the Plan Year of the Participant’s Retirement; (ii) if the Participant’s Retirement occurs during July through December of any Plan Year, during the July of the Plan Year following the Plan Year of the Participant’s Retirement.

Any payment made shall be subject to Section 3.11 and to the Deduction Limitation.

Any amounts credited to the Participant’s Company Supplemental Contribution Account and/or Company Discretionary Contribution Account shall be payable under the Plan solely in the form of a lump sum (in accordance with the timing rule set forth in the last sentence of the first paragraph of this Section 5.2) and shall not be eligible for installment distribution.

ARTICLE 6

Survivor Benefit

 

6.1 Pre-Termination Survivor Benefit . The Participant’s Beneficiary shall receive a Pre-Termination Survivor Benefit equal to the Participant’s vested Account Balance if the Participant dies before he or she experiences a Retirement or a Regular Termination.

 

6.2 Payment of Pre-Termination Survivor Benefit . The Pre-Termination Survivor Benefit shall be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary in a lump sum at the time of the Participant’s death, provided the Administrator receives proof that is satisfactory to the Administrator of the Participant’s death. Any payment made hereunder shall be subject to Section 3.11, but shall not be subject to the Deduction Limitation.

 

6.3

Death Prior to Completion of Regular Termination Benefit or Retirement Benefit . If a Participant dies after Regular Termination or Retirement but before the Regular Termination Benefit or Retirement Benefit is paid in full, the Participant s unpaid Regular Termination Benefit or Retirement Benefit shall be paid to the Participant’s Beneficiary in a lump sum at the time of the Participant’s death, provided the Administrator receives proof that is satisfactory to the Administrator of the Participant’s death. Any payment made hereunder shall be subject to Section 3.11, but shall not be subject to the Deduction Limitation.

ARTICLE 7

Regular Termination Benefit

 

7.1 Regular Termination Benefit . Subject to the Deduction Limitation and to Section 3.11, the Participant shall receive a Regular Termination Benefit, which shall be equal to the Participant’s vested Account Balance if a Participant experiences a Regular Termination prior to his or her Retirement or death.

 

7.2

Payment of Regular Termination Benefit . The Participant’s Regular Termination Benefit shall be paid in a lump sum: (i) if the Participant’s Regular Termination occurs during January through June of any Plan Year, during the January of the Plan Year following the Plan Year of the Participant’s Regular

 

18


V ARIAN M EDICAL S YSTEMS , I NC .

P LAN D OCUMENT CONTINUED

 

 

Termination; (ii) if the Participant’s Regular Termination occurs during July through December of any Plan Year, during the July of the Plan Year following the Plan Year of the Participant’s Regular Termination. Any payment made shall be subject to Section 3.11 and the Deduction Limitation.

ARTICLE 8

Beneficiary Designation

 

8.1 Beneficiary . Each Participant shall have the right, at any time, to designate his or her Beneficiary(ies) (both primary as well as contingent) to receive any benefits payable under the Plan upon the death of a Participant. The Beneficiary designated under this Plan may be the same as or different from the Beneficiary designation under any other plan of the Employer in which the Participant participates.

 

8.2 Beneficiary Designation/Change . A Participant shall designate his or her Beneficiary by completing and signing the Beneficiary Designation Form, and returning it to the Administrator or its designated agent. A Participant shall have the right to change a Beneficiary by completing, signing and otherwise complying with the terms of the Beneficiary Designation Form and the Administrator’s rules and procedures, as in effect from time to time. If the Participant names someone other than his or her spouse as a Beneficiary, a spousal consent, in the form designated by the Administrator, must be signed by the Participant’s spouse and returned to the Administrator. Upon the acceptance by the Administrator of a new Beneficiary Designation Form, all Beneficiary designations previously filed shall be canceled. The Administrator shall be entitled to rely on the last Beneficiary Designation Form filed by the Participant and accepted by the Administrator prior to his or her death.

 

8.3 Acknowledgment . No designation or change in designation of a Beneficiary shall be effective until received and acknowledged in writing by the Administrator or its designated agent.

 

8.4 No Beneficiary Designation . If a Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary as provided in Sections 8.1, 8.2 and 8.3 above or, if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Participant or die prior to complete distribution of the Participant’s benefits, then the Participant’s designated Beneficiary shall be deemed to be his or her surviving spouse, or, if the Participant has no surviving spouse, the benefits remaining under the Plan to be paid to a Beneficiary shall be payable to the executor or personal representative of the Participant’s estate.

 

8.5 Doubt as to Beneficiary . Subject to any limitations imposed by Section 409A, if the Administrator has any doubt as to the proper Beneficiary to receive payments pursuant to this Plan, the Administrator shall have the right, exercisable in its discretion, to cause the Employer to withhold such payments until this matter is resolved to the Administrator’s satisfaction.

 

8.6

Discharge of Obligations . The payment of benefits under the Plan to a person believed in good faith by the Administrator to be a valid Beneficiary shall fully and completely discharge the Employer and the Administrator from all further obligations under this Plan with respect to the Participant, and that

 

19


V ARIAN M EDICAL S YSTEMS , I NC .

P LAN D OCUMENT CONTINUED

 

 

Participant’s Plan Agreement shall terminate upon such full payment of benefits. Neither the Administrator nor the Employer shall be obliged to search for any Participant or Beneficiary beyond the sending of a registered letter to such person’s last known address. If the Administrator notifies any Participant or Beneficiary that he or she is entitled to an amount under the Plan and the Participant or Beneficiary fails to claim such amount or make his or her location known to the Administrator within three (3) years thereafter, then, except as otherwise required by law, if the location of one or more of the next of kin of the Participant is known to the Administrator, the Administrator may direct distribution of such amount to any one or more or all of such next of kin, and in such proportions as the Administrator determines. If the location of none of the foregoing persons can be determined, the Administrator shall have the right to direct that the amount payable shall be deemed to be a forfeiture, except that the dollar amount of the forfeiture, unadjusted for deemed gains or losses in the interim, shall be paid by the Employer if a claim for the benefit subsequently is made by the Participant or the Beneficiary to whom it was payable. If a benefit payable to an unlocated Participant or Beneficiary is subject to escheat and/or unclaimed property laws pursuant to applicable law, neither the Administrator nor the Employer shall be liable to any person for any payment made in accordance with such law.

ARTICLE 9

Termination/Amendment/Modification

 

9.1

Termination . Although the Employer anticipates that it will continue the Plan for an indefinite period of time, there is no guarantee that the Employer will continue the Plan or will not terminate the Plan at any time in the future. Accordingly, the Employer reserves the right to discontinue its sponsorship of the Plan and/or to terminate the Plan at any time with respect to any or all of its participating Employees or Directors, by action of the Administrator. Upon a termination of the Plan in accordance with the requirements, restrictions and limitations of Section 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix) of the Treasury regulations, the Plan Agreements of the affected Participants shall terminate and they shall be paid in a single lump sum distribution their vested Account Balances (but not to commence before or end after any distribution period required by Section 409A). If, due to the circumstances surrounding the Plan termination, a distribution of a Participant s vested Account Balance upon Plan termination is not permitted by Section 409A, the payment of the Account Balance shall be made only after Plan benefits otherwise become due hereunder. Except by reason of changing the time and form of payment of a Participant’s benefit under the Plan, the termination of the Plan shall not adversely affect any Participant or Beneficiary who has become entitled to the payment of any benefits under the Plan as of the date of termination.

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Employer specifically reserves the right to terminate and liquidate the Plan with respect to all of its participating Employees and Directors, in its discretion and by action of the Administrator, within the thirty (30) days preceding or the twelve (12) months following a “change in control event” (as defined in Section 409A) in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix); provided, however, that such termination and liquidation must be irrevocable and shall

 

20


V ARIAN M EDICAL S YSTEMS , I NC .

P LAN D OCUMENT CONTINUED

 

be permitted only if all arrangements sponsored by the Employer that are required to be aggregated with the Plan pursuant to Section 14.21 are also irrevocable terminated and liquidated with respect to each participant therein who is employed by the Employer has experienced the change in control event, so that the Employees or Directors participating under the Plan and all participants under those other arrangements that have experienced the change in control event are required to receive all amounts of compensation deferred under the terminated and liquidated arrangements within twelve (12) months of the date the Employer takes irrevocable action to terminate and liquidate the arrangements.

 

9.2 Amendment . The Employer may, at any time, amend or modify the Plan in whole or in part by the action of the Administrator; provided, however, that no amendment or modification shall be effective to decrease or restrict the value of a Participant’s vested Account Balance in existence at the time the amendment or modification is made, calculated as if the Participant had experienced a Regular Termination as of the effective date of the amendment or modification or, if the amendment or modification occurs after the date upon which the Participant was eligible for Retirement, the Participant had Retired as of the effective date of the amendment or modification. The amendment or modification of the Plan shall not affect any Participant or Beneficiary who has become entitled to the payment of benefits under the Plan as of the date of the amendment or modification.

 

9.3 Plan Agreement . Despite the provisions of Sections 9.1 and 9.2 above, if a Participant’s Plan Agreement contains benefits or limitations that are not in this Plan document, the Employer may only amend or terminate such provisions with the consent of the Participant.

 

9.4 Effect of Payment . The full payment of the applicable benefit under Articles 4, 5, 6 or 7 of the Plan shall completely discharge all obligations to a Participant and his or her designated Beneficiaries under this Plan and the Participant’s Plan Agreement shall terminate.

Amendment to Ensure Proper Characterization of the Plan . Notwithstanding the previous Sections of this Article, the Plan may be amended at any time, retroactively if required, if found necessary, in the opinion of the Employer, in order to ensure that the Plan is characterized as a non-tax-qualified “top hat” plan of deferred compensation maintained for a select group of management or highly compensated employees, as described under ERISA Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1), to conform the Plan to the provisions to Section 409A and to ensure that amounts under the Plan are not considered to be taxed to a Participant under the Federal income tax laws prior to the Participant’s receipt of the amounts or to conform the Plan and the Trust to the provisions and requirements of any applicable law (including ERISA and the Code).

 

21


V ARIAN M EDICAL S YSTEMS , I NC .

P LAN D OCUMENT CONTINUED

 

ARTICLE 10

Administration

 

10.1 Administrator Duties . This Plan shall be administered by the Committee, or, with respect to those duties and responsibilities described below, appropriate management personnel designated by the Committee to perform such duties and responsibilities. The Administrator shall have the discretion and authority to (i) make, amend, interpret and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Plan and (ii) decide or resolve any and all questions including interpretations of this Plan, as may arise in connection with the Plan. Any individual serving as a member of the Administrator who is a Participant shall not vote or act on any matter relating solely to himself or herself. When making a determination or calculation, the Administrator shall be entitled to rely on information furnished by a Participant or the Employer.

Any of the duties and responsibilities of the Administrator under the Plan, including, but not limited to those listed below, may be performed by appropriate management personnel designated by the Committee to perform such duties and responsibilities, except that any decision, interpretation, calculation or other action which would materially increase the Employer’s liability and/or costs associated with the Plan must be approved by the Committee:

 

  (a) the appropriate management personnel may designate those Employees of the Employer who are eligible to participate in the Plan in accordance with Section 2.1;

 

  (b) the appropriate management personnel may make all discretionary decisions under the Plan with respect to Annual Company Discretionary Contribution Amounts; provided, however, that the appropriate management personnel may only credit an Annual Company Discretionary Contribution Amount under the Plan on behalf of a Participant without Committee approval if, but for the decision to so credit, the appropriate management personnel could otherwise have directed, without Committee approval, that the Participant receive an amount equal to the Annual Company Discretionary Contribution Amount in cash;

 

  (c) the appropriate management personnel may administer the claims procedure requirements of the Plan set forth in Article 12;

 

  (d) the appropriate management personnel may make Plan amendments under Article 9, but only to the extent such amendments do not materially increase the Employer’s liability and/or costs associated with the Plan;

 

  (e) the appropriate management personnel may change service providers used in connection with the Plan;

 

  (f) the appropriate management personnel may allocate expenses associated with the Plan’s administration among Participants’ Account Balances;

 

  (g) the appropriate management personnel may change the deemed investment alternatives available under the Plan.

 

10.2 Agents . In the administration of this Plan, the Administrator may, from time to time, employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as they see fit (including acting through a duly appointed representative) and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to the Employer.

 

10.3 Binding Effect of Decisions . The decision or action of the Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Plan.

 

22


V ARIAN M EDICAL S YSTEMS , I NC .

P LAN D OCUMENT CONTINUED

 

10.4 Indemnity of Administrator . The Employer shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Administrator, and any individuals to whom the duties of the Administrator may be delegated, against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Plan, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Administrator or any of its members or any such individuals. This indemnification shall be in addition to, and not in limitation of, any other indemnification protections of the Administrator.

 

10.5 Employer Information . To enable the Administrator to perform its functions, the Employer shall supply full and timely information to the Administrator on all matters relating to the compensation of the Participants, the date and circumstances of the Retirement, death or Regular Termination of the Participants, and such other pertinent information as the Administrator may reasonably require.

ARTICLE 11

Other Benefits and Agreements

 

11.1 Coordination with Other Benefits . The benefits provided for a Participant or a Participant’s Beneficiary under the Plan are in addition to any other benefits available to such Participant under any other plan or program for Employees or Directors of the Employer. The Plan shall supplement and shall not supersede, modify or amend any other plan or program except as may otherwise be expressly provided.

ARTICLE 12

Claims Procedures

 

12.1 Scope of Claims Procedures . This Article is based on final regulations issued by the Department of Labor and published in the Federal Register on November 21, 2000 and codified at 29 C.F.R. section 2560.503-1. If any provision of this Article conflicts with the requirements of those regulations, the requirements of those regulations will prevail.

For purposes of this Article, references to disability benefit claims are intended to describe claims made by Participants in connection with a revocation of a deferral election pursuant to Section 3.3(c), but only if and to the extent that such claims require an independent determination by the Administrator that the Participant is or is not suffering from a disability, within the meaning Section 1.409A-3(j)(4)(xii) of the Treasury regulations. If the Administrator’s determination is based entirely on a disability determination made by another party, such as the Social Security Administration or another federal or state agency or an insurer with respect to a disability insurance policy covering the Participant, the Participant’s claim shall not be treated as a disability claim for purposes of the special provisions of this Article that apply to claims for which an independent determination of disability is required.

 

23


V ARIAN M EDICAL S YSTEMS , I NC .

P LAN D OCUMENT CONTINUED

 

12.2 Initial Claim . A Participant or Beneficiary who believes he or she is entitled to any benefit under the Plan (a “Claimant”) may file a claim with the Administrator. The Administrator shall review the claim itself or appoint an individual or an entity to review the claim.

 

  (a) Benefit Claims that do not Require a Determination of Disability . If the claim is for a benefit other than one that requires a determination by the Committee of a Participant’s disability, the Claimant shall be notified within ninety (90) days after the claim is filed whether the claim is allowed or denied, unless the Claimant receives written notice from the Administrator or appointee of the Administrator prior to the end of the ninety (90) day period stating that special circumstances require an extension of the time for decision, such extension not to extend beyond the day which is one hundred eighty (180) days after the day the claim is filed.

 

  (b) Disability Benefit Claims . In the case of a benefits claim that requires an independent determination by the Administrator of a Participant’s disability status, the Administrator shall notify the Claimant of the Plan’s adverse benefit determination within a reasonable period of time, but not later than forty-five (45) days after receipt of the claim. If, due to matters beyond the control of the Plan, the Administrator needs additional time to process a claim, the Claimant will be notified, within forty-five (45) days after the Administrator receives the claim, of those circumstances and of when the Administrator expects to make its decision but not beyond seventy-five (75) days. If, prior to the end of the extension period, due to matters beyond the control of the Plan, a decision cannot be rendered within that extension period, the period for making the determination may be extended for up to one hundred five (105) days, provided that the Administrator notifies the Claimant of the circumstances requiring the extension and the date as of which the Plan expects to render a decision. The extension notice shall specifically explain the standards on which the determination of a disability is based, the unresolved issues that prevent a decision on the claim and the additional information needed from the Claimant to resolve those issues, and the Claimant shall be afforded at least forty-five (45) days within which to provide the specified information.

 

  (c) Manner and Content of Denial of Initial Claims . If the Administrator denies a claim, it must provide to the Claimant, in writing or by electronic communication:

 

  (i) The specific reasons for the denial;

 

  (ii) A reference to the Plan provision or insurance contract provision upon which the denial is based;

 

  (iii) A description of any additional information or material that the Claimant must provide in order to perfect the claim;

 

  (iv) An explanation of why such additional material or information is necessary;

 

  (v) Notice that the Claimant has a right to request a review of the claim denial and information on the steps to be taken if the Claimant wishes to request a review of the claim denial; and

 

24


V ARIAN M EDICAL S YSTEMS , I NC .

P LAN D OCUMENT CONTINUED

 

  (vi) A statement of the participant’s right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following a denial on review of the initial denial.

In addition, in the case of a denial of benefits on the basis of the Administrator’s independent determination of the Participant’s disability status, the Administrator will provide a copy of any rule, guideline, protocol, or other similar criterion relied upon in making the adverse determination (or a statement that the same will be provided upon request by the Claimant and without charge).

 

12.3 Review Procedures .

 

  (a) Benefit Claims that do not Require a Determination of Disability . Except for claims requiring an independent determination of a Participant’s Disability status, a request for review of a denied claim must be made in writing to the Administrator within sixty (60) days after receiving notice of denial. The decision upon review will be made within sixty (60) days after the Administrator’s receipt of a request for review, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, in which case a decision will be rendered not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of a request for review. A notice of such an extension must be provided to the Claimant within the initial sixty (60) day period and must explain the special circumstances and provide an expected date of decision.

The reviewer shall afford the Claimant an opportunity to review and receive, without charge, all relevant documents, information and records and to submit issues and comments in writing to the Administrator. The reviewer shall take into account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by the Claimant relating to the claim regardless of whether the information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

 

  (b) Disability Benefit Claims . In addition to having the right to review documents and submit comments as described in (a) above, a Claimant whose claim for benefits requires an independent determination by the Administrator of the Participant’s disability status has at least one hundred eighty (180) days following receipt of a notification of an adverse benefit determination within which to request a review of the initial determination. In such cases, the review will meet the following requirements:

 

  (i) The Plan will provide a review that does not afford deference to the initial adverse benefit determination and that is conducted by an appropriate named fiduciary of the Plan who did not make the initial determination that is the subject of the appeal, nor by a subordinate of the individual who made the determination.

 

  (ii) The appropriate named fiduciary of the Plan will consult with a health care professional who has appropriate training and experience in the field of medicine involved in the medical judgment before making a decision on review of any adverse initial determination based in whole or in part on a medical judgment. The professional engaged for purposes of a consultation in the preceding sentence shall not be an individual who was consulted in connection with the initial determination that is the subject of the appeal or the subordinate of any such individual.

 

25


V ARIAN M EDICAL S YSTEMS , I NC .

P LAN D OCUMENT CONTINUED

 

  (iii) The Plan will identify to the Claimant the medical or vocational experts whose advice was obtained on behalf of the Plan in connection with the review, without regard to whether the advice was relied upon in making the benefit review determination.

 

  (iv) The decision on review will be made within forty-five (45) days after the Committee’s receipt of a request for review, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, in which case a decision will be rendered not later than ninety (90) days after receipt of a request for review. A notice of such an extension must be provided to the Claimant within the initial forty-five (45) day period and must explain the special circumstances and provide an expected date of decision.

 

  (c) Manner and Content of Notice of Decision on Review . Upon completion of its review of an adverse initial claim determination, the Administrator will give the Claimant, in writing or by electronic notification, a notice containing:

 

  (i) its decision;

 

  (ii) the specific reasons for the decision;

 

  (iii) the relevant Plan provisions or insurance contract provisions on which its decision is based;

 

  (iv) a statement that the Claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and without charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information in the Plan’s files which is relevant to the Claimant’s claim for benefits;

 

  (v) a statement describing the Claimant’s right to bring an action for judicial review under ERISA Section 502(a); and

 

  (vi) if an internal rule, guideline, protocol or other similar criterion was relied upon in making the adverse determination on review, a statement that a copy of the rule, guideline, protocol or other similar criterion will be provided without charge to the Claimant upon request.

 

12.4 Calculation of Time Periods . For purposes of the time periods specified in this Article, the period of time during which a benefit determination is required to be made begins at the time a claim is filed in accordance with the Plan procedures without regard to whether all the information necessary to make a decision accompanies the claim. If a period of time is extended due to a Claimant’s failure to submit all information necessary, the period for making the determination shall be tolled from the date the notification is sent to the Claimant until the date the Claimant responds.

 

12.5

Legal Action . If the Plan fails to follow the claims procedures required by this Article, a Claimant shall be deemed to have exhausted the administrative remedies available under the Plan and shall be entitled to pursue any available remedy under ERISA Section 502(a) on the basis that the Plan has failed to provide a reasonable claims procedure that would yield a decision on the merits of the claim. A Claimant’s compliance with the foregoing

 

26


V ARIAN M EDICAL S YSTEMS , I NC .

P LAN D OCUMENT CONTINUED

 

 

provisions of this Article is a mandatory prerequisite to a Claimant’s right to commence any legal action with respect to any claims for benefits under the Plan. However, notwithstanding anything herein that may suggest otherwise, with respect to any claim pertaining to a Participant who is not subject to ERISA, following the Claimant’s exhaustion of the foregoing provisions of this Article, all disputes in connection with such claim shall be resolved by binding arbitration in accordance with the commercial arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association.

ARTICLE 13

Trust

 

13.1 Establishment of the Trust . The Company has established the Trust, and the Employer intends, but is not required, to transfer over to the Trust at least annually such assets as the Employer determines, in its sole discretion, are necessary to provide for its respective future liabilities created with respect to the Annual Deferral Amounts, Annual Company Supplemental Contribution Amounts and Annual Company Discretionary Contribution Amounts for the Participants.

 

13.2 Interrelationship of the Plan and the T rust. The provisions of the Plan and the Plan Agreement shall govern the rights of a Participant to receive distributions pursuant to the Plan. The provisions of the Trust shall govern the rights of the Employer, Participants and the creditors of the Employer to the assets transferred to the Trust. The Employer shall at all times remain liable to carry out its obligations under the Plan.

 

13.3 Distributions from the Trust . The Employer’s obligations under the Plan may be satisfied with Trust assets distributed pursuant to the terms of the Trust, and any such distribution shall reduce the Employer’s obligations under this Plan.

ARTICLE 14

Miscellaneous

 

14.1 Status of Plan . The Plan is intended to be a plan that is not qualified within the meaning of Code Section 401(a) and that “is unfunded and is maintained by an employer primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees” within the meaning of ERISA Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1). The Plan shall be administered and interpreted to the extent possible in a manner consistent with that intent.

 

14.2 Unsecured General Creditor . Participants and their Beneficiaries, heirs, successors and assigns shall have no legal or equitable rights, interests or claims in any property or assets of the Employer. For purposes of the payment of benefits under this Plan, any and all of the Employer’s assets shall be, and remain, the general, unpledged unrestricted assets of the Employer. The Employer’s obligation under the Plan shall be merely that of an unfunded and unsecured promise to pay money in the future.

 

27


V ARIAN M EDICAL S YSTEMS , I NC .

P LAN D OCUMENT CONTINUED

 

14.3 Employer’s Liability . The Employer’s liability for the payment of benefits shall be defined only by the Plan and the Plan Agreement, as entered into between the Employer and a Participant. The Employer shall have no obligation to a Participant under the Plan except as expressly provided in the Plan and his or her Plan Agreement.

 

14.4 Nonassignability . Subject to Sections 3.11 and 3.12, neither a Participant nor any other person shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate, alienate or convey in advance of actual receipt, the amounts, if any, payable hereunder, or any part thereof, which are, and all rights to which are expressly declared to be, unassignable and non-transferable. Subject to Sections 3.12 and 14.15, no part of the amounts payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to seizure, attachment, garnishment or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance owed by a Participant or any other person, be transferable by operation of law in the event of a Participant’s or any other person’s bankruptcy or insolvency or be transferable to a spouse as a result of a property settlement or otherwise.

 

14.5 Not a Contract of Continued Service . The terms and conditions of this Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of continued service by the Participant to the Employer and a Participant, whether in an employee or independent contractor capacity. Such service is hereby acknowledged, subject to applicable state law, to be an “at will” service relationship that can be terminated at any time for any reason, or no reason, with or without cause, and with or without notice, unless expressly provided in a written employment, consulting or like agreement. Nothing in this Plan shall be deemed to give any Participant the right to be retained in the service of the Employer either as an Employee or Director, or to interfere with the right of the Employer to discipline or discharge the Participant at any time.

 

14.6 Furnishing Information . A Participant or his or her Beneficiary will cooperate with the Administrator by furnishing any and all information requested by the Administrator and take such other actions as may be requested in order to facilitate the administration of the Plan and the payments of benefits hereunder, including, but not limited to, taking such physical examinations as the Administrator may deem necessary.

 

14.7 Terms . Whenever any words are used herein in the masculine, they shall be construed as though they were in the feminine in all cases where they would so apply; and whenever any words are used herein in the singular or in the plural, they shall be construed as though they were used in the plural or the singular, as the case may be, in all cases where they would so apply.

 

14.8 Captions . The captions of the articles, sections and paragraphs of this Plan are for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of its provisions.

 

14.9 Governing Law . Subject to ERISA, the provisions of this Plan shall be construed and interpreted according to the internal laws of the State of California without regard to its conflicts of laws principles.

 

28


V ARIAN M EDICAL S YSTEMS , I NC .

P LAN D OCUMENT CONTINUED

 

14.10 Notic e . Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Administrator under this Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered, or sent by registered or certified mail, to the address below:

Vice President, Human Resources

3100 Hansen Way

Palo Alto, California 94304

With Copy To:

General Counsel

3100 Hansen Way

Palo Alto, California 94304

Such notice shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark on the receipt for registration or certification.

Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to a Participant under this Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered, or sent by mail, to the last known address of the Participant.

 

14.11 Successors . The provisions of this Plan shall bind and inure to the benefit of the Participant’s Employer and its successors and assigns and the Participant and the Participant’s designated Beneficiaries.

 

14.12 Spouse’s Interest . The interest in the benefits hereunder of a spouse of a Participant who has predeceased the Participant shall automatically pass to the Participant and shall not be transferable by such spouse in any manner, including but not limited to such spouse’s will, nor shall such interest pass under the laws of intestate succession.

 

14.13 Validity . In case any provision of this Plan shall be illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts hereof, but this Plan shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal or invalid provision had never been inserted herein; except to the extent that Section 409A requires that this Section 14.13 be disregarded because it purports to nullify Plan terms that are not in compliance with Section 409A.

 

14.14 Incompetent . If the Administrator determines in its discretion that a benefit under this Plan is to be paid to a minor, a person declared incompetent or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of that person’s property, the Administrator may direct payment of such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care and custody of such minor, incompetent or incapable person. The Administrator may require proof of minority, incompetence, incapacity or guardianship, as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Any payment of a benefit shall be a payment for the account of the Participant and the Participant’s Beneficiary, as the case may be, and shall be a complete discharge of any liability under the Plan for such payment amount.

 

29


14.15 Court Order . The Administrator is authorized to make any payments otherwise distributable here under as directed by court order in any action in which the Plan or the Administrator has been named as a party. In addition, if a court determines that a spouse or former spouse of a Participant has an interest in the Participant’s benefits under the Plan in connection with a property settlement or otherwise, the Administrator, in its sole discretion but solely if and to the extent permitted by Section 409A, shall have the right, notwithstanding any election made by a Participant, to immediately distribute the spouse’s or former spouse’s interest in the Participant’s benefits under the Plan to that spouse or former spouse.

 

14.16 Acceleration of Distribution .

 

  (a) In General . The Employer may, in its discretion (without any direct or indirect election on the part of any Participant), accelerate the date of distribution or commencement of distributions hereunder, or accelerate installment payments by paying the vested Account Balance in a lump sum or pursuant to a Yearly Installment Method using fewer years, to the extent permitted under Section 409A (such as, for example, as provided in Section 1.409A-3(j)(4) of the Treasury regulations, to comply with domestic relations orders or certain conflict of interest rules, to pay employment taxes, to make a lump sum cashout of certain de minimus amounts that are less than the applicable dollar amount under Code Section 402(g)(1)(B), or to make payments upon income inclusion under Section 409A).

 

  (b) Trust . If the Trust terminates in accordance with the provisions of the Trust and benefits are distributed from the Trust to a Participant in accordance with such provisions, the Participant’s benefits under this Plan shall be reduced to the extent of such distributions.

 

14.17 Delay in Payment . If the Employer reasonably anticipates that any payment scheduled to be made hereunder would violate securities laws (or other applicable laws) or jeopardize the ability of the Employer to continue as a going concern if paid as scheduled, then the Administrator may defer that payment, provided the Employer treats payments to all similarly situated Participants on a reasonably consistent basis. In addition, the Employer may, in its discretion, delay a payment upon such other events and conditions as the IRS may prescribe, provided the Employer treats payments to all similarly situated Participants on a reasonably consistent basis. Any amounts deferred pursuant to this Section shall continue to be credited or debited with additional amounts in accordance with Section 3.9 above, even if such amount is being paid out in installments. The amounts so deferred and amounts credited or debited thereon shall be distributed to the Participant or his or her Beneficiary (in the event of the Participant’s death) at the earliest possible date on which the Administrator reasonably anticipates that such violation or material harm would be avoided or as otherwise prescribed by the IRS.

 

14.18 Prohibited Acceleration/Distribution Timing . This Section shall take precedence over any other provision of the Plan or this Article 14 to the contrary. If the timing of any distribution election would result in any tax or other penalty (other than ordinarily payable Federal, state or local income or payroll taxes), which tax or penalty can be avoided by payment of the distribution at a later time, then the

 

30


V ARIAN M EDICAL S YSTEMS , I NC .

P LAN D OCUMENT CONTINUED

 

 

distribution shall be made (or commence, as the case may be) on (or as soon as practicable after) the first date on which such distributions can be made (or commence) without such tax or penalty; except to the extent that Section 409A requires that this Section be disregarded because it purports to nullify Plan terms that are not in compliance with Section 409A.

 

14.19 Insurance . The Employer, on its own behalf or on behalf of the trustee of the Trust, and, in its sole discretion, may apply for and procure insurance on the life of the Participant, in such amounts and in such forms as the Trust may choose. The Employer or the trustee of the Trust, as the case may be, shall be the sole owner and beneficiary of any such insurance. The Participant shall have no interest whatsoever in any such policy or policies, and at the request of the Employer shall supply such information and execute such documents as may be required by the insurance company or companies to whom the Employer has applied for insurance.

 

14.20 Aggregation of Employers . If the Employer is a member of a controlled group of corporations or a group of trades or business under common control (as described in Code §414(b) or (c), but substituting a fifty percent (50%) ownership level for the eighty percent (80%) level set forth in those Code Sections), all members of the group shall be treated as a single Employer for purposes of whether there has occurred a Separation from Service and for any other purposes under the Plan as Section 409A shall require. For purposes of Section 9.1, in the case of a change in control event, the entities to be treated as a single Employer shall be determined immediately following the change in control event.

 

14.21 Aggregation of Plans . If the Employer offers other account balance deferred compensation plans in addition to the Plan, those plans together with the Plan shall be treated as a single plan to the extent required under Section 409A for purposes of determining whether an Employee or Director may make a deferral election pursuant to Section 3.3(a) within thirty (30) days of becoming eligible to participate in the Plan, for purposes of cashing out de minimus amounts pursuant to Section 14.16 and for any other purposes under the Plan as Section 409A shall require.

 

14.22 USERRA . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any deferral or distribution election provided to a Participant as necessary to satisfy the requirements of the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994, as amended, shall be permissible hereunder.

 

31


V ARIAN M EDICAL S YSTEMS , I NC .

P LAN D OCUMENT CONTINUED

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Employer has adopted this amended and restated Plan document effective as of January 1, 2009.

 

VARIAN MEDICAL SYSTEMS, INC
By:    
Print Name:    
Title:    
Date:    

 

OTHER SPONSORING EMPLOYERS:
 
By:    
Print Name:    
Title:    
Date:    
 
By:    
Print Name:    
Title:    
Date:    

 

32

Exhibit 15.1

February 10, 2009

Securities and Exchange Commission

100 F Street, N.E.

N.W. Washington, D.C. 20549

Commissioners:

We are aware that our report dated February 10, 2009 on our review of interim financial information of Varian Medical Systems, Inc. for the three-month periods ended January 2, 2009 and December 28, 2007 and included in the Company’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended January 2, 2009 is incorporated by reference in its Registration Statements on Form S-8 (No. 333-146176, No. 333-130001, No. 333-152903, No. 333-123778, No. 333-75531, No. 333-57006, No. 333-57008, No. 333-57010, No. 333-57012).

 

Yours very truly,
/ S / P RICEWATERHOUSE C OOPERS LLP

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

PURSUANT TO EXCHANGE ACT RULE 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a)

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302

OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Timothy E. Guertin, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Varian Medical Systems, Inc. (the “registrant”);

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonable likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Dated: February 10, 2009     /s/ Timothy E. Guertin
    Timothy E. Guertin
    President
and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

PURSUANT TO EXCHANGE ACT RULE 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a)

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302

OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Elisha W. Finney, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Varian Medical Systems, Inc. (the “registrant”);

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 

  a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

  c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonable likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Dated: February 10, 2009     /s/ Elisha W. Finney
    Elisha W. Finney
    Senior Vice President, Finance and
Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION

PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the accompanying Quarterly Report of Varian Medical Systems, Inc. (the “Company”), on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended January 2, 2009 (the “Report”), I, Timothy E. Guertin, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, hereby certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 that:

 

  (1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

  (2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Dated: February 10, 2009     /s/ Timothy E. Guertin
    Timothy E. Guertin
    President
and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION

PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the accompanying Quarterly Report of Varian Medical Systems, Inc. (the “Company”), on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended January 2, 2009 (the “Report”), I, Elisha W. Finney, Senior Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer of the Company, hereby certify pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 that:

 

  (1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

  (2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Dated: February 10, 2009     / S / E LISHA W. F INNEY
    Elisha W. Finney
    Senior Vice President, Finance and
Chief Financial Officer